Issuu

CRL Contract 3 Aotea Utility Relocation Works â€“ Stages 4 & 5 Construction Environmental Management Plan Addendum to: ENABLING WORKS - CONTRACT 2.1 & 2.2 CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Albert Street Canopy Removal and Utility Relocation

CRL-AOT-RME-LKA-PLN-800012

Revision: 1.1 25 November 2019

Page 1

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station

Construction Environmental Management Plan CRL-AOT-RME-LKA-PLN-800012

This document is uncontrolled when printed. This document should be printed in colour

Revision Status Revision

Issue Date

Major Changes

Changed By

Approved By

1.0

11/11/2019

For issue

Caroline Secretin

Peter Roan

1.1

25/11/2019

Amended referencing

Caitlin Smith

Peter Roan

Approval Status Name/Title

Signature

Date

Prepared by:

Caroline Secretin Principal Environmental Scientist

11 November 2019

Reviewed by:

Alisdair Simpson Senior Planner

11 November 2019

Controlled by:

Fiona Davies Associate Director - Environment

11 November 2019

Approved by:

Peter Roan Consents Lead â€“ Link Alliance

11 November 2019

Page 2

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station

Table of contents Glossary ............................................................................................................. 7 1. Introduction .............................................................................................. 10 1.1

Purpose of CEMP Addendum........................................................................................... 10

1.2

CEMP Requirements ........................................................................................................ 11

1.3

Environmental Sub-Plans................................................................................................. 11

1.4

Development of CEMP, DWPs and MPs Addendums ....................................................... 12

1.5

Mana Whenua ................................................................................................................. 12

1.6

Designation Conditions.................................................................................................... 13

1.7

Resource Consent Conditions .......................................................................................... 27

1.8

Sustainability ................................................................................................................... 39

1.8.1.

Infrastructure Sustainability .................................................................................... 39

1.8.2.

ISCA IS Rating Scheme............................................................................................. 39

2. Project Description.................................................................................... 41 2.1

CRL Overview .................................................................................................................. 41

2.1.1.

CRL Overview.......................................................................................................... 41

2.1.2.

Stage 4 and 5 Works Overview ................................................................................ 41

2.2

Canopy Removal and Utilities Relocation ........................................................................ 41

2.2.1.

Canopy Removal (Stage 4A) .................................................................................... 43

2.2.2.

Utility Relocation Works (Stage 4A and Stage 4B) .................................................... 43

2.2.3.

Provision of Joint Bays/Pulling Pits (Stage 5) ........................................................... 44

2.3

Construction Methodology .............................................................................................. 44

2.3.1.

Canopy Removal Works .......................................................................................... 44

2.3.2.

Utility Relocation Works ......................................................................................... 45

2.3.3.

Provision of joint bays/pulling pits .......................................................................... 46

2.3.4.

Summary of Construction Activities ........................................................................ 46

2.4

Programme ...................................................................................................................... 50

2.5

Hours of Operation .......................................................................................................... 50

2.6

Site Layout and Management.......................................................................................... 50

2.7

Security, Safety and Public Viewing ................................................................................. 53

2.8

Graffiti and Litter ............................................................................................................. 53

2.9

Returning the Site to Public Use ...................................................................................... 53

3. Social and Environmental Management ................................................... 54 Page 3

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station 3.1

Construction Activities and Associated Environmental Receivers ................................... 54

3.2

Environmental Risk Register ............................................................................................ 54

3.2.1.

Review of the Register ............................................................................................ 54

3.3

Cumulative Effects ........................................................................................................... 54

3.4

Legislative and Other Requirements................................................................................ 54

3.4.1.

National Legal Requirements and Policies ............................................................... 54

3.4.2.

Legislation, Standards and Guidelines relating to Environmental Aspects ................ 55

4. Implementation and Operation ................................................................ 57 4.1

4.1.1.

Overview and Responsibility for this Plan ................................................................ 57

4.1.2.

Specific Roles and Responsibilities .......................................................................... 57

4.1.3.

Contact Details ....................................................................................................... 60

4.2

Training and Induction..................................................................................................... 60

4.2.1.

Induction Training ................................................................................................... 60

4.2.2.

Tool Box Talks ......................................................................................................... 61

4.2.3.

Pre-Start Meetings .................................................................................................. 61

4.3

Page 4

Roles and Responsibilities ............................................................................................... 57

Operating Procedures...................................................................................................... 61

4.3.1.

Network Utilities ..................................................................................................... 61

4.3.2.

Erosion and Sediment Control ................................................................................. 62

4.3.3.

Traffic, Access and Parking ...................................................................................... 63

4.3.4.

Construction Noise and Vibration ........................................................................... 64

4.3.5.

Lighting Spill and Glare............................................................................................ 64

4.3.6.

Historic Character: Archaeology and Built Heritage ................................................. 64

4.3.7.

Urban Design .......................................................................................................... 65

4.3.8.

Contaminated Soils ................................................................................................. 66

4.3.9.

Air Quality............................................................................................................... 66

4.3.10.

Social Impact and Business Disruption .................................................................... 67

4.3.11.

Communications and Consultation Plan .................................................................. 68

4.3.12.

Groundwater Settlement Monitoring and Contingency ........................................... 68

4.3.13.

Building Conditions Surveys .................................................................................... 69

4.3.14.

Hazardous Substances ............................................................................................ 69

4.3.15.

Trees and Vegetation .............................................................................................. 70

4.3.16.

Waste Management ............................................................................................... 71

4.3.17.

Energy Use.............................................................................................................. 72

4.3.18.

Water use ............................................................................................................... 72

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station 4.3.19. 4.4

Material use............................................................................................................ 73

Emergency and Incident Response .................................................................................. 73

4.4.1.

Emergency Response Plan ...................................................................................... 73

4.4.2.

Incident Response................................................................................................... 73

4.4.3.

Notification Procedure ............................................................................................ 73

4.5

Stakeholder Communications.......................................................................................... 73

4.5.1.

Public Safety ........................................................................................................... 74

5. Monitor and Review ................................................................................. 74 5.1

Page 5

Environmental Monitoring .............................................................................................. 74

5.1.1.

Collaborative Working ............................................................................................ 74

5.1.2.

Collaborative Meeting ............................................................................................ 74

5.2

Environmental Inspections .............................................................................................. 74

5.3

Environmental Auditing................................................................................................... 75

5.4

Corrective and Preventive Action .................................................................................... 75

5.5

Reporting......................................................................................................................... 75

5.6

Document Control ........................................................................................................... 75

5.7

CEMP Addendum Review ................................................................................................ 75

5.7.1.

Management Review .............................................................................................. 75

5.7.2.

Review Certification ................................................................................................ 75

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station

Appendix A

Designation Conditions

Appendix B

Resource Consent Conditions

Appendix C

CEMP Addendum Site Layout Plans

Appendix D

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan Addendum

Appendix E

Transport Access and Parking Delivery Work Plan Addendum

Appendix F

Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan Addendum

Appendix G

Historic Character Delivery Work Plan Addendum (Archaeology)

Appendix H

Contaminated Land Delivery Work Plan Addendum

Appendix I

Air Quality Delivery Work Plan Addendum

Appendix J

Social Impact and Business Disruption Delivery Work Plan Addendum 86

Appendix K

Communication and Consultation Plan Addendum

Appendix L Addendum

Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan 88

Appendix M

Building Condition Surveys

Appendix N

Records of CLG and IPRP feedback on the CEMP Addendum

Appendix O

Tree and Vegetation Delivery Work Plan

111

Appendix P

Historic Character Delivery Work Plan (Built Heritage)

112

Appendix Q

Approved CEMP

113

Appendix R

ISCA Requirements

114

Page 6

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station

Glossary Term

Definition

AECOM

AECOM New Zealand Limited

AEE

Assessment of Environmental Effects

Approved CEMP

This refers to the CEMP that has been prepared by Aurecon as part of the canopy removal and utility relocation (Doc Ref CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 dated October 2017).

AQ DWP

Air Quality Delivery Work Plan, also Air Quality Management Plan (AQMP)

ATF panel fencing

Panel fencing produced by a company known as ‘ATF Services’

AUP(OP)

Auckland Unitary Plan (Operative in Part)

BCS

Building Condition Survey

CLG (or CBLG)

Community (Business) Liaison Group

CCP

Communication and Consultation Plan

CEMP

Construction Environmental Management Plan

CEMP addendum

This document

CDWP

Contamination Delivery Work Plan, also refers to Contaminated Soils Management Plan

CNV DWP

Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan

Communication and Consultation Manager

Responsible for notifying residents of works occurring within the near vicinity and managing mitigation as required; primary contact for project related complaints and enquiries.

Construction Contractor

Also referred to as Link Alliance

CPTED

Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design

CRL

City Rail Link

CRLL

City Rail Link Limited

CWD

Clean Water Diversion Bunds

CSA

Construction Support Area

A unit of measurement on a logarithmic scale which describes the magnitude of sound pressure with respect to a reference value (20µPa)

DBH

Tree Diameter at Breast Height

DWD

Dirty water diversion

DWP

Delivery Work Plan

ERP

Emergency Response Plan

ESCP

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan

Page 7

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station

Term

Definition

ESCM

Erosion and Sediment Control Measures

ESM

Environment and Sustainability Manager

ESRP

Emergency Spill Response Plan

GD05

Auckland Council, Erosion and Sediment Control, Guidelines for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region, Guideline Document 005, 2016

GSMCP

Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan

H&S

Health and Safety

HHA

Historic Heritage Area

HC DWP

Historic Character Delivery Work Plan

HNZPT

Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga

IAP2

International Association for Public Participation

IPRP

Independent Peer Review Panel

Infrastructure Sustainability

ISCA

Infrastructure Sustainability Council of Australia

Link Alliance

Construction Contractor

Main construction works

These works relate to the construction of the station and mined tunnels for the rail tracks

Management Plan

MTBM

Micro Tunnel Boring Machine

Not applicable

NAL

North Auckland Rail Line

NIMT

North Island Main Trunk-line

NPS FM (2014)

National Policy Statement for Freshwater Management 2014 (updated in 2017)

NUO

Network Utility Operators

NZHPT

New Zealand Historic Places Trust

OPW

Outline Plan of Works

PA DWP

Public Art Delivery Work Plan

Permit to Notify (PTN)

Permit to Notify will be used to facilitate internal approvals for works that are likely to have an impact on the adjacent community (refer CCP for further detail)

RMA

Resource Management Act 1991

SIBD DWP

Social Impact and Business Disruption Delivery Work Plan

SSCNMP

Site Specific Construction Noise Management Plan

Page 8

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station

Term

Definition

SSCNVMP

Site Specific Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan

SSCVMP

Site Specific Construction Vibration Management Plan

SDS (or MSDS)

(Material) Safety Data Sheet

Stage 4 and 5 works

Refer to the works being undertaken prior to the main works and described in section 2 of this CEMP addendum. The works involve Stage 4 and 5 utility relocation works, canopy removal and Construction Support Area establishment, and must be read in conjunction with the Approved CEMP.

Sub-plans, suite of plans, DWP, MPs

Referring to sub-plans throughout the documents. These plans include all Delivery Work Plans (DWP) and Management Plans (MP) which are supporting documents to the CEMP. All DWP/MPs are listed in section 1.3 of the CEMP.

TAP DWP

Transport Access and Parking Delivery Work Plan

TV DWP

Trees and Vegetation Delivery Work Plan

UD DWP

Urban Design Delivery Work Plan

WARRMP

Waste Avoidance and Resource Recovery Management Plan

Page 9

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station

1. Introduction In 2017, City Rail Link Limited (CRLL) submitted an outline plan for canopy removal and utility relocation works within the Aotea Station (the Station) area, along the western side of Albert Street between Victoria Street West and Wellesley Street West (Auckland Council ref. OPW60310921). This outline plan was accepted by Auckland Council without changes. The canopy removal works have now been completed. Additional utility relocation and canopy removal works are required beyond the footprint of the approved works. These additional works (herein referred to as the Aotea ‘Stage 4 and 5 works’) are located within Albert Street and the adjoining streets, between Wyndham Street and Mayoral Drive. As such, the Link Alliance is seeking authorisation for works that are beyond the scope of OPW60310921. This addendum updates the “Enabling Works - Contract 2.1 & 2.2 Construction Environmental Management Plan Albert St Canopy Removal and Utility Relocation” (Doc Ref CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT0100), dated 27 October 2017 and prepared by Aurecon New Zealand Limited (“the Approved CEMP”, refer Appendix Q of this document), to address the Stage 4 and 5 works. This addendum must be read in conjunction with the Approved CEMP. The section numbering within the addendum is the same as that within the Approved CEMP and, where necessary, additional sections are added specifically in relation to the Stage 4 and 5 works. All references to ‘Connectus’ in the Approved CEMP should be read as references to ‘the Link Alliance’ for the purposes of the Stage 4 and 5 works. The Stage 4 and 5 works will be undertaken along parts of Albert Street, Kingston Street, Victoria Street, Wellesley Street and Mayoral Drive. In addition, a construction compound (herein referred to as the ‘Construction Support Area’ (CSA)) is to be established within the outdoor car park area to the west of Bledisloe House. The Stage 4 and 5 works are to be broken down into three sub-stages, based on location and timing: •

•

Stage 4A relates to Victoria Street and Albert Street southern slip lane. It includes canopy removal works, utility relocation works (trenching and micro-tunnelling) and CSA establishment. Stage 4B relates to Wellesley Street, Albert Street and Mayoral Drive intersection. It includes utility relocation works through trenching in Wellesley Street and directional drilling between Albert Street and Federal Street, along Wellesley Street. Stage 5 relates to Wellesley Street intersection and Victoria Street. It involves the provision of joint bays/ pulling pits throughout the utility relocation works to date.

1.1 Purpose of CEMP Addendum The purpose of this CEMP addendum is to confirm the Stage 4 and 5 works construction details and staging and to set out how construction activities will be carried out and managed as far as is reasonably practical to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on the environment. This CEMP addendum provides the overarching framework for the management of construction effects associated with the Stage 4 and 5 works. Addendums to the original Contract 2.1 and 2.2 Delivery Work Plans (DWPs) and Management Plans (MPs) detailing the specific environmental management controls to be implemented for the additional works are provided as part of this CEMP addendum Page 10

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station Additional consultation records relevant to the Stage 4 and 5 works are provided in Appendix N of this CEMP addendum. Similar to the Approved CEMP, a record of specific consultation outcomes is included in each relevant DWP and MP addendum.

1.2 CEMP Requirements Sections 1.2, 1.6 and 1.7 of the Approved CEMP identify the resource consent and designation conditions relevant to the preparation of a CEMP for utility relocation and canopy removal works.

1.3 Environmental Sub-Plans Additional DWPs and MPs, and addendums to the suite of existing DWPs and MPs, required as a result of the Stage 4 and 5 works are summarised in Table 1 along with the relevant appendices of this CEMP addendum. Table 1 Plans attached to the CEMP Addendum for the Stage 4 and 5 works

Plan/Addendums and relevant assessment Trees and Vegetation DWP

Acronym

CRL Des. Condition #

Purpose

TV DWP

Historic Character DWP (Built Heritage)

HC DWP (Built Heritage)

To avoid the removal of scheduled trees as far as practicable, and otherwise manage adverse effects on trees and vegetation during construction. To avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on built heritage during construction, as far as reasonably practicable.

Historic Character DWP (Archaeology) Addendum

HC DWP (Archaeology)

To avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on archaeological remains during construction, as far as reasonably practicable.

Section 4.3.6 & Appendix G

Transport Access and Parking DWP Addendum

TAP DWP

25 and 30

4.3.3 & Appendix E

Construction Noise and Vibration DWP Addendum

CNV DWP

Contamination DWP (also a Contaminated Soils Management Plan) Addendum Air Quality DWP (also an Air Quality Management Plan) Addendum Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP Addendum

C DWP

To outline the practices and processes to manage the adverse effects of construction on the transport network (including parking and access). To outline the best practicable options to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on receivers of noise and vibration resulting from construction. To outline the practices and processes to manage the adverse effects of contaminated land arising from construction.

AQ DWP

To outline the practices and processes to avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects on air quality arising from construction.

Section 4.3.9 & Appendix I

SIBD DWP

To outline the practices and processes to avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects arising from disruption to businesses, residents and community services/facilities during construction, so far as reasonably practicable.

Section 4.3.10 & Appendix J

Communication and Consultation Plan Addendum

CCP

To outline the practices and processes to ensure appropriate communication and consultation is undertaken with the

Section 4.3.11 & Appendix K

Page 11

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Section of CEMP Addendum Section 4.3.15 & Appendix O Section 4.3.6 & Appendix P

Section 4.3.4 & Appendix F

Section 4.3.8 & Appendix H

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station community, stakeholders and parties affected by construction activities. Purpose

Plan/Addendums and relevant assessment

Acronym

Aotea to NAL* Condition #

Section of CEMP

Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring Contingency Plan Addendum

GSMCP

96-103

To outline the practices and processes to prevent or minimise settlement damage that may affect the serviceability of buildings and services as a result of excavation and dewatering activities for the Stage 4 and 5 works.

Section 4.3.12 & Appendix L

Communication and Consultation Plan Addendum

CCP

25 to 33

Section 4.3.11 & Appendix K

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan Addendum Contaminated Soils Management Plan Addendum

ESCP

53-58

CDWP

131-134

To outline the practices and processes to ensure appropriate communication and consultation is undertaken with the community, stakeholders and parties affected by construction activities. To outline the methods for managing and controlling erosion and sediment discharges from the construction area. To outline the practices and processes to manage the adverse effects of contaminated land arising from construction.

Air Quality Management Plan Addendum

AQ DWP

223-224

To outline the practices and processes to avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects on air quality arising from construction.

Section 4.3.9 & Appendix I

Section 4.3.2 & Appendix D Section 4.3.8 & Appendix H

*NAL: North Auckland line

1.4 Development of CEMP, DWPs and MPs Addendums Refer to section 1.4 of the Approved CEMP for a description of the process followed for development of the CEMP, DWPs and MPs. The Stage 4 and 5 works will require the additional removal of trees, and accordingly a Trees and Vegetation DWP (TV DWP) has been prepared (attached as Appendix O to this CEMP addendum). Similarly, due to the extent of excavations for the Stage 4 and 5 works, potential effects on groundwater and settlement are anticipated and therefore a GSCMP addendum has been prepared (attached as Appendix L to this CEMP addendum). Due to the additional canopy removals as part of the Stage 4 and 5 works, the preparation of a Historic Character DWP (HC DWP) (Built Heritage) is considered necessary to manage any potential effects on built heritage. This HC DWP (Built Heritage) is attached as Appendix P to this CEMP addendum. Development of the TV DWP, GSMCP addendum, HC DWP (Built Heritage) and all addendums to the existing DWPs and MPs has followed the process described in Section 1.4 of the Approved CEMP. A record of feedback from the Aotea Community and Business Liaison Group (CLG) and peer review comments from the IPRP are attached in Appendix N to this CEMP addendum.

1.5 Mana Whenua No changes or additions are required to Section 1.5 of the Approved CEMP as a result of the Stage 4 and 5 works. Page 12

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station

1.6 Designation Conditions The Stage 4 and 5 works relate to CRL Designation 2500-1 in the Auckland Unitary Plan, confirmed in 2017 (referred to as CRL Designation 1714 in the Approved CEMP). Table 2 identifies the designation conditions relevant to the Approved CEMP and the sections that are addressed in both the Approved CEMP and CEMP addendum. It also provides a summary of changes addressed in this CEMP addendum. The designation conditions are attached as Appendix A to this CEMP addendum.

Page 13

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station Table 2 Designation conditions form the CRL designation relating to the Approved CEMP and CEMP addendum for Stage 4 and 5 works.

Condition Number

Condition

Section of Approved CEMP

Section of the CEMP Addendum

1.4, 4.3.11

Designation Conditions (Designation 2500-1) 7.1

Within three months of the confirmation of the designations the Requiring Authority shall, in consultation with the Auckland Council, establish at least one Community Liaison Group in each the following key construction areas: (a)

7.4

Relevant condition that wasn’t included in the Approved CEMP Table 2.

Britomart and Albert Street

In addition to the requirements in Condition 5, the purpose of the Groups shall be to:

1.4

(d) Provide feedback on the requirements of the CEMP and DWPs.

Appendix N Relevant condition that wasn’t included in the Approved CEMP Table 2.

13.1

13.2

Page 14

The Requiring Authority, its contractor team, and the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s) shall establish and implement a collaborative working process for dealing with day to day construction processes, including monitoring compliance with the designation conditions and with the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs) and any material changes to these plans associated with construction of the City Rail Link.

5.1

(b) Have a “key contact” person representing the Requiring Authority and a “key contact” person representing the contractor team to work with the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer (s);

5.1

This collaborative working process shall:

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station Condition Number

Condition

Section of Approved CEMP

Section of the CEMP Addendum

designation conditions and with the CEMP, DWPs and material changes to these plans and on any matters of noncompliance and how they have been addressed; (d) Once construction has commenced, the Requiring Authority and / or the contractor shall provide an update to the Community Liaison Groups (Condition 7 of this designation) at least once every 3 months, or if in accordance with Condition 7 these groups meet more regularly, at least once every two months. 13.3

17.1

The purpose and function of the collaborative working process is to: (a) Assist as necessary the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s) to confirm that:

5.1

(i) The works authorised under these designations are being carried out in compliance with the designation conditions, the CEMP, DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs) and any material changes to these plans;

5.1

(ii) The Requiring Authority and its contractor are undertaking all monitoring and the recording of monitoring results in compliance with the requirements of the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs) and any material changes to these plans;

5.1

(b) Subsequent to a confirmed Outline Plan, provide a mechanism through which any changes to the design, CEMP or DWPs, which are not material changes requiring approval under Condition 10 triggering the requirement for a new Outline Plan, can be required, reviewed and confirmed;

5.1

(c) Advise where changes to construction works following a confirmed Outline Plan require a new CEMP or DWP (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs);

5.1

(d) Review and identify any concerns or complaints received from, or related to, the construction works monthly (unless a different timeframe is mutually agreed with the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer) and adequacy of the measures adopted to respond to these.

5.1

Upon receiving a concern or complaint during construction, the Requiring Authority shall instigate a process to address concerns or complaints received about adverse effects. This shall:

5 & Appendix K

5.1

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

5 & Appendix K 5 & Appendix K 5 & Appendix K

4.3.3, 5 & Appendix K

Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station Condition Number 17.2

Condition A record of all concerns and / or complaints received shall be kept by the Requiring Authority. This record shall include:

Page 16

5 & Appendix K

(b) Where practicable, weather conditions at the time of the concern or complaint, including wind direction and cloud cover if the complaint relates to noise or air quality;

5 & Appendix K

(e) Remedial actions undertaken (if any) and the outcome of these, including monitoring of the activity.

19.1

5 & Appendix K 5 & Appendix K

(d) Any other activities in the area unrelated to the City Rail Link construction that may have contributed to the concern or complaint such as non-City Rail Link construction, fires, traffic accidents or unusually dusty conditions generally;

17.4

Section of the CEMP Addendum

(a) The name and address of the person(s) who raised the concern or complaint (unless they elect not to provide this) and details of the concern or complaint;

17.3

Section of Approved CEMP

This record shall be maintained on site, be available for inspection upon request, and shall be provided every two months (or as otherwise agreed) to the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer, and to the “key contacts” (see Condition 13). Where a complaint remains unresolved or a dispute arises, Auckland Council Compliance Monitoring Officer will be provided with all records of the complaint and how it has been dealt with and addressed and whether the Requiring Authority considers that any other steps to resolve the complaint are required. Upon receiving records of the complaint the Auckland Council Compliance Monitoring Officer must determine whether a review of the CEMP and/or DWPs is required under Condition 22 to address this complaint. The Auckland Council Compliance Monitoring Officer shall advise the Requiring Authority of its recommendation within 10 working days of receiving the records of complaint. The objective of the CEMP and DWPs is to so far as is reasonably practicable, avoid, remedy or mitigate any adverse effects (including cumulative effects) associated with the City Rail Link construction.

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

5 & Appendix K 5 & Appendix K 5 & Appendix K 5 & Appendix K

5 & Appendix K

1 The objective is unchanged but the CEMP addendum addresses a wider area for Stage 4 and 5 works than that covered by the Approved CEMP as well as canopy

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station Condition Number

Condition

Section of the CEMP Addendum removal works and CSA establishment.

19.2

All works must be carried out in accordance with the CEMP, the DWPs required by these conditions and in accordance with any changes to plans made under Condition 23.

Noted

19.3

The CEMP and DWPs shall be prepared, complied with and monitored by the Requiring Authority throughout the duration of construction of the City Rail Link.

Noted

19.4

The DWPs shall give effect to the specific requirements and objectives set out in these designation conditions.

Noted

19.5

The CEMP shall include measures to give effect to any specific requirements and objectives set out in these designation conditions that are not addressed by the DWPs.

20.1

In order to give effect to the objective in Condition 19.1, the CEMP must provide for the following: (b) Notice boards that clearly identify the Requiring Authority and the Project name, together with the name, telephone number and email address of the Site or Project Manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager;

4.1

(c) Training requirements for employees, sub-contractors and visitors on construction procedures, environment management and monitoring;

4.2

Appendix E

5 & Appendix K

4.3.4, 5 & Appendix K

(a) The site or Project Manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager (who will implement and monitor the Communication and Consultation Plan), including their contact details (phone, email and physical address);

4.1

(b) The Document management system for administering the CEMP, including review and Requiring Authority / Constructor/ Auckland Council requirements;

4.1.2.4

5.6 & 5.7

(d) A Travel Management Plan for each construction site outlining onsite car parking management and methods for encouraging travel to the site using forms of transport other than private vehicle to assist in mitigating localised traffic effects; and (e) Where a complaint is received, the complaint must be recorded and responded to as provided for in Conditions 13, 15 and 17. 20.2

Page 17

Section of Approved CEMP

The CEMP shall include details of:

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station Condition Number

Condition

(c) Environmental incident and emergency management procedures; (d) Environmental complaint's management procedures (see also Condition 17); (e) An outline of the construction programme of the work, including construction hours of operation, indicating linkages to the DWPs which address the management of adverse effects during construction; (f) Specific details on demolition to be undertaken during the construction period;

(g) Means of ensuring the safety of the general public; and (h) Methods to assess and monitor potential cumulative adverse effects.

21.1

Section of Approved CEMP

Section of the CEMP Addendum

4.4

4.5 & Appendix K

4.3.4, 4.5 & Appendix K

CEMP addendum does not cover demolition.

3.3 & 4

2.6 & Appendix E

4.3.2 & Appendix D

In order to give effect to the objective in Condition 19.1, the CEMP shall include the following details and requirements in relation to all areas within the surface designation footprint where construction works are to occur, and / or where materials and construction machinery are to be used or stored: (a) Where access points are to be located and procedures for managing construction vehicle ingress and egress to construction support and storage areas; (b) Methods for managing the control of silt and sediment within the construction area;

Amended as per the ESCP addendum

Page 18

Appendix D

(d) Measures to adopt to keep the construction area in a tidy condition in terms of disposal / storage of rubbish and storage unloading of construction materials (including equipment). All storage of materials and equipment associated with the construction works shall take place within the boundaries of the designation;

2.7 & 2.8

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station Condition Number

Condition

Section of Approved CEMP

Section of the CEMP Addendum

(e) Measures to ensure all temporary boundary / security fences associated with the construction of the City Rail Link are maintained in good order with any graffiti removed as soon as possible;

2.6, 2.7 & 2.8

(g) The location and specification of any temporary acoustic fences and visual barriers, and where practicable, opportunities for mana whenua (see Condition 8) and community art or other decorative measures along with viewing screens to be incorporated into these without compromising the purpose for which these are erected;

2.6 & Appendix F

2.7

(i) The location of any temporary buildings (including workers offices and portaloos) and vehicle parking (which should be located within the construction area and not on adjacent streets);

2.6

(j) Methods to control the intensity, location and direction of artificial construction lighting to avoid light spill and glare onto sites adjacent construction areas;

4.3.5

(k) Methods to ensure the prevention and mitigation of adverse effects associated with the storage, use, disposal, or transportation of hazardous substances;

4.4

4.3.14 and 4.4

(l) That onsite stockpiling of spoil or fill at Downtown and Lower Albert Street construction yards be minimised where practicable;

(m) That site offices and less noisy construction activities be located at the edge of the construction yards where practicable; and

2.6

(n) Methods for management of vacant areas once construction is completed in accordance with the Urban Design DWP.

21.2

Page 19

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station Condition Number

Condition

Section of Approved CEMP

Section of the CEMP Addendum

longer required for construction. 22.1

The CEMP and DWPs shall be reviewed at least annually or as a result of a material change to the City Rail Link project or to address unforeseen adverse effects arising from construction or unresolved complaints. Such a review may be initiated by either Auckland Council or the Requiring Authority. The review shall take into consideration:

Noted

(a) Compliance with designation conditions, the CEMP, DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs) and material changes to these plans;

Noted

(b) Any changes to construction methods; (c) Key changes to roles and responsibilities within the City Rail Link project; (d) Changes in industry best practice standards; (e) Changes in legal or other requirements;

22.2 23.1 23.2 23.3 Page 20

5.7

Noted Noted Noted Noted

(f) Results of monitoring and reporting procedures associated with the management of adverse effects during construction;

Noted

(g) Any comments or recommendations received from Auckland Council regarding the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs); and

Noted

(h) Any unresolved complaints and any response to the complaints and remedial action taken to address the complaint as required under Condition 17.

Noted

A summary of the review process shall be kept by the Requiring Authority, provided annually to the Auckland Council, and made available to the Auckland Council upon request.

Noted

5.7

Noted

5.7

Noted

5.7

Noted

Appendix K

Following the CEMP and DWPs review process described in Condition 22, the CEMP may require updating. Any material change to the CEMP and DWP must be consistent with the purpose and objective of the relevant condition. Affected parties will be notified of the review and any material change proposed to the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs). | Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station Condition Number

Condition

Section of Approved CEMP

Section of the CEMP Addendum

23.4

Noted

23.5

Any material change proposed to the CEMP and DWPs shall be subject to an independent peer review as required by Condition 11.

Noted

4.3.1

Noted

4.3.1

Noted

4.3.1

4.3.1 & Appendix K

23.6

24.1 24.2

24.3

Following that review any material change proposed to the CEMP and DWPs relating to an adverse effect shall be submitted for approval to Auckland Council Compliance and Monitoring Officer, at least 10 working days prior to the proposed changes taking effect. If any changes are not agreed, the relevant provisions of the RMA relating to approval of outline plans shall apply. To manage the adverse effects on Network Utilities Operations during the construction of the City Rail Link, the following shall be included in the CEMP. The purpose of this section of the CEMP shall be to ensure that the enabling works and construction of the City Rail Link adequately take account of, and include measures to address the safety, integrity, protection or, where necessary, relocation of existing network utilities that traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation during the construction of the City Rail Link. For the avoidance of doubt and for the purposes of this condition an “existing Network Utility” includes infrastructure operated by a Network Utility Operator which was: (a) In place at the time the notice of requirement for the City Rail Link was served on Auckland Council (23 August 2012); or (b) Undertaken in accordance with condition 6 of this designation or the section 176(1)(b) RMA process.

24.4

The CEMP shall be prepared in consultation with Network Utility Operators who have existing Network Utilities that traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation and shall be adhered to and implemented during the construction of the City Rail Link. The CEMP shall include as a minimum: (a) Cross references to the Communication and Consultation Plan for the methods that will be used to liaise with all Network Utility Operators who have existing network utilities that traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation; (b) Measures to be used to accurately identify the location of existing Network Utilities, and the measures for the protection, support, relocation and/or reinstatement of existing Network Utilities; (c) Methods to be used to ensure that all construction personnel, including contractors, are aware of the presence and location of the various existing Network Utilities (and their priority designations) which traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation, and the restrictions in place in relation to those existing Network Utilities. This shall include:

Page 21

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

4.3.1 & Appendix K

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station Condition Number

Condition

Section of Approved CEMP

Section of the CEMP Addendum

2.3.2

2.3

(i) Measures to provide for the safe operation of plant and equipment, and the safety of workers, in proximity to

existing Network Utilities; (ii) Plans identifying the locations of the existing Network Utilities (and their designations) and appropriate physical

indicators on the ground showing specific surveyed locations; (d) Measures to be used to ensure the continued operation of Network Utility Operations and the security of supply of the utilities by Network Utility Operators at all times; (e) Measures to be used to enable Network Utility Operators to access existing Network Utilities for maintenance at all reasonable times on an ongoing basis during construction, and to access existing Network Utilities for emergency and urgent repair works at all times during the construction of the City Rail Link (f) Contingency management plans for reasonably foreseeable circumstances in respect of the relocation and rebuild of existing Network Utilities during the construction of the City Rail Link; (g) A risk analysis for the relocation and rebuild of existing Network Utilities during the construction of the City Rail Link; (h) Earthworks management (including depth and extent of earthworks and temporary and permanent stabilisation measures), for earthworks in close proximity to existing Network Utilities; (i) Vibration management and monitoring for works in close proximity to existing Network Utilities;

2.3.2, 4.3.1 Appendix F

(j) Emergency management procedures in the event of any emergency involving existing Network Utilities;

Page 22

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

2.3, 4.3.1, Appendix F

4.3.1

(k) The process for providing as-built drawings showing the relationship of the relocated Network Utilities to the City Rail Link to Network Utility Operators and the timing for providing these drawings; (l) Measures to ensure that network utilities are not interrupted to the Mt Eden Corrections Facility as a result of City Rail Link works. The requiring authority shall advise the Department of Corrections and the entity contracted by Department of Corrections to administer and run the Mt Eden Corrections facility at 1 Lauder Road, of any works on network utilities in the vicinity of the Mt Eden Corrections Facility which may impact on utility service provision to the Mt Eden Corrections Facility at least 14 days prior to those works occurring to allow the Department of Corrections (and the entity contracted to administer and run the facility at 1 Lauder Road) to arrange suitable contingencies. Communication and consultation with the Department of Corrections, and the entity contracted to administer and run

4.3.1 NA

4.3.4

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station Condition Number

Condition

Section of Approved CEMP

Section of the CEMP Addendum

4.3.1 & Appendix K

the facility at 1 Lauder Road, shall be recorded in accordance with condition 15) of this designation. The Requiring Authority shall be responsible for ensuring that construction works do not interrupt network utilities to the Mt Eden Corrections Facility, unless by prior arrangement with Department of Corrections and the entity contracted by Department of Corrections to administer and run the Mt Eden Corrections facility at 1 Lauder Road. (m) A summary of the consultation (including any methods or measures in dispute and the Requiring Authorities response to them) undertaken between the Requiring Authority and any Network Utility Operators during the preparation of the CEMP. 24.5

If the Requiring Authority and a Network Utility Operator cannot agree on the methods proposed under the CEMP to manage the construction effects on the Operatorâ€™s network utility operation, unless otherwise agreed, each party will appoint a suitably qualified and independent expert, who shall jointly appoint a third such expert to advise the parties and make a recommendation. That recommendation will be provided by the Requiring Authority as part of the CEMP along with reasons if the recommendation is not accepted.

Noted

41.1

The Historic Character DWP shall be prepared to manage the adverse effects on built heritage and archaeology that may result from associated works prior to, during, and after the construction of the City Rail Link or any part of it.

4.3.6

41.2

The objective of the Built Heritage section is to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on built heritage as far as reasonably practicable. To achieve the above objective, the following shall, as a minimum, be included in the built heritage section of the Historic Character DWP: (a) Preparation of a Building Record and Salvage Strategy that outlines a suitable set of procedures for the removal, storage and for later refitting and reuse of elements of heritage buildings and/or structures identified for demolition including the Griffiths Building, Beresford Toilets, Bluestone Toilets, and the rear annex to the building at 223-227 Symonds Street. (b) The proposed methods for monitoring building damage that is to be undertaken by a suitably qualified person for the duration of construction works. This includes confirming which Built Heritage buildings and structures are to be subject to a pre and post building condition survey through: (i) Using the updated predicted vibration contours undertaken in Condition 36; (ii) Reviewing those buildings in Appendix 2 to these conditions in accordance with Condition 46.1;

Page 23

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Appendix P

A HC DWP (Built Heritage) has been prepared to address the effects of Stage 4 and 5 construction works.

Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station Condition Number

Condition (iii) Reviewing buildings within the designation footprint (including above sub-strata designation) or located in close proximity to identify buildings which have been recognised as having heritage value as a result of scheduling under the Historic Places Act 1993 [now the HNZPTA] or in the Auckland Unitary Plan.

(known as Martha’s Corner building) with complete demolition only considered as a last resort. As guidance, an appropriate level of adaptive re-use could include retention of the façade on all street frontages or the utilisation and incorporation of elements of the building into the design: (e) How Built Heritage Buildings and Structures will be protected during construction through the use of screening or other protective measures to mitigate adverse construction effects; (f) How mitigation or rectification of damage to Built Heritage Buildings and Structures will be addressed; and

Page 24

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Section of Approved CEMP

Section of the CEMP Addendum

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station Condition Number

Condition

Section of Approved CEMP

Section of the CEMP Addendum

(g) Cross references to the specific sections in the Communication and Consultation Plan which detail how the Auckland Council Heritage Department, the New Zealand Historic Places Trust [now HNZPT], and mana whenua (see condition 15) are consulted, and the communication with the general public on the management of the adverse effects relating to Built Heritage.

55.1

A Trees and Vegetation DWP shall be prepared to manage the adverse effects from the removal of trees and vegetation during the construction of the City Rail Link or any part of it.

4.3.15 & Appendix O

55.2

The objective of the Trees and Vegetation DWP is to avoid the removal of scheduled trees as far as practicable. Where trees are identified for removal in surface works the Requiring Authority will remedy or mitigate the adverse effects of construction on trees and vegetation.

The stage 4 and 5 works are anticipated to impact trees, and accordingly a TV DWP has been included in the CEMP Addendum.

55.3

" To achieve the above objective the following shall be included in the Trees and Vegetation DWP and implemented as required:

The CRL enabling works C2.1 and 2.2 did not involve work to trees and a TV DWP was not required and was not included in the Approved CEMP.

(a) Confirmation of the trees to be removed due to surface construction works and whether it is appropriate and feasible to relocate or store these trees for replanting. The removal of schedule trees which form a significant group should only be undertaken as a last resort; (b) A list of trees, which due to being located in proximity to construction works, have root systems and / or foliage within and / or overhanging the surface designation footprint, and the methods to be used, where practicable, to protect these trees from construction works; (c) Cross references to the Urban Design DWP and the proposed mitigation of any tree / vegetation removal through replanting trees at a 1:1 ratio, re-instatement of the area, and other methods. In preparing the Trees and Vegetation DWP, the Requiring Authority shall seek input from the Auckland Council Parks Department with regard to tree species / vegetation selection, tree pit construction where deemed necessary, and the positioning of replacement trees and from directly affected land owners with regards to preferences for any replacement planting for vegetation / trees removed from private property or for any replacement planting on private property; (d) Other methods to be used to monitor and report on the management of the adverse effects from tree / vegetation removal; and Page 25

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station Condition Number

Condition (e) Cross references to the specific sections in the Communication and Consultation Plan which detail how the Auckland Council Parks Department, mana whenua (see condition 8) are consulted, and communication with the general public on the management of the adverse effects relating to the removal of trees and vegetation. "

Page 26

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Section of Approved CEMP

Section of the CEMP Addendum

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station

1.7 Resource Consent Conditions The Stage 4 and 5 works fall within the scope of the CRL Aotea to North Auckland Line (A2N) regional resource consents approved by Auckland Council on 17 November 2016. Table 3 identifies the resource consent conditions relevant to the Approved CEMP and the sections that are addressed in both the Approved CEMP and CEMP addendum. It also provides a summary of changes addressed in this CEMP addendum. The resource consent conditions are attached as Appendix B to this CEMP addendum.

Page 27

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station Table 3 Resource consent conditions from the Aotea to NAL resource consents relating to the Approved CEMP and CEMP addendum for Stage 4 and 5 works.

Condition Number

Condition

Section of the Approved CEMP

Section of the CEMP Addendum

Appendix K

Aotea to NAL Resource Consent Conditions Communication and Consultation 25

26 27

At least 3 months prior to the commencement of construction, the Consent Holder shall prepare a CCP the purpose of which is to set out a framework to ensure appropriate communication and consultation with the community, stakeholders, affected parties and affected in-proximity parties during the construction of the Project. Blank The CCP shall be based on and, where appropriate, incorporate the provisions of the PCCP, and shall set out how the Consent Holder will: a. Inform the community and business of construction progress and future construction activities and constraints

that could affect them; b. Provide early information on key Project milestones; c. Obtain and specify a reasonable timeframe (being not less than 10 working days), for feedback and inputs from

directly affected and affected in-proximity parties regarding the implementation and review of the CEMP or other Management Plans; d. Respond to queries and complaints including but not limited to: i) Who is responsible for responding; ii) How responses will be provided; and iii) The timeframes within which responses will be provided.

Page 28

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station and postal address); c. The 0800 CRL TALK phone number; d. The methods for identifying, communicating and consulting with persons affected by the project including

but not limited to: i) All property owners and occupiers of the sites that are identified at Appendix 4, and adjacent to the

Projectâ€™s construction sites; ii) Mana Whenua unless any of those named advise the Consent Holder of a different liaison process; iii) Heritage NZ; iv) NZ Transport Agency/ Auckland Motorway Alliance (AMA); v) Kiwirail; vi) Department of Corrections; vii) Ministry of Justice; viii) Network Utility Operators; and ix) The Community and Business Liaison Group (refer Conditions 16-24) e. How stakeholders and persons affected by the Project will be notified of the commencement of construction,

the expected duration of the activities and works, and who to contact for any queries, concerns and complaints; f. How stakeholders and persons affected by the Project will be consulted in the development and review of the

CEMP and other Management Plans, including specifying reasonable timeframes for feedback; g. A list of stakeholders, directly affected and affected in-proximity parties to the construction works with

whom the Consent Holder will communicate; h. A requirement that the Consent Holder shall make any information that is relevant to 22 Stable Lane available to

the owner of that property (Christopher Patrick Browne) on request, and advise that owner in the event that any alert or alarm trigger levels are exceeded that are relevant to 22 Stable Lane. In addition, the CCP shall state the method by which Christopher Patrick Browne can make such a request and the anticipated timeframe within which it will be provided; i. A summary of communication and consultation undertaken between the Consent Holder and parties as required by

the PCCP. The summary shall include any outstanding issues or disputes raised by parties; 29

Page 29

The CCP shall also include (as relevant) linkages and cross-references to the CEMP and other Management Plans.

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Noted

Appendix K

Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station

The CCP shall be reviewed six monthly for the duration of construction and updated if required. Any updates to the CCP shall be provided to the “key contacts” and the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for review and agreement on any further action to be undertaken.

Noted

Appendix K

Any further action recommended as a result of the review under Condition 30 shall be undertaken by the Consent Holder’s Communication and Consultation Manager for the Project and confirmation of completion shall be provided to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring).

Noted

Appendix K

If, in the course of amendments undertaken as part of the review process under Condition 30, a material change to the CCP is made, the Consent Holder shall notify those parties affected by the change within 20 working days of the material change occurring.

Noted

Appendix K

Noted

Appendix K

The Approved CEMP

The Approved CEMP and CEMP addendum

All sections

The CCP shall be implemented and complied with for the duration of the construction of the Project.

Construction Management 35

Prior to the commencement of construction of the Project, the Consent Holder shall prepare a Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) including all certified Management Plans which form part of these conditions to ensure compliance with the resource consents. The CEMP shall include details of: a. Final project details and staging of works to illustrate that the works remain within the limits and standards approved

under these resource consents and that the construction activities avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on the environment. b. The site or project manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager, including their contact details

(phone, email and physical address); c. The “key contacts”,

d. Communication and consultation procedures for ensuring that residents, road users and businesses in the immediate vicinity of construction areas are given prior notice of the commencement of construction and are informed about the expected duration and effects of the work. In particular, the procedures shall provide for the following in relation to residents, road users and businesses potentially affected by the construction works: i) consultation prior to the commencement of construction; ii) notice periods for changes to pedestrian and vehicle access; iii) regular updates on construction progress;

Page 30

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station

iv) key dates for major milestones such as road closure and re-opening; and v) communication on any other matters potentially affecting residents or business operations in the vicinity of the works. e. Notice boards that clearly identify the Consent Holder and the Project name, together with the name, telephone

number and email address of the Site or Project Manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager; f. General site layout and management; g. An outline of the Project’s construction programme, including construction hours of operation; h. Means of ensuring the safety of the general public; i. Certified Management Plans referred to in these conditions; j. Water Discharge Quality Monitoring Programme; and k. Identification of the suitably independent, qualified Chartered Professional Engineer, or member of the Royal

37 38

Institution of Chartered Surveyors, who will be undertaking the condition surveys required by the conditions of consent. The CEMP shall be provided to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification at least 20 working days prior to the commencement of construction CEMP can be certified as per the requirements of these consent conditions within 10 working days of receipt of the CEMP.

Noted

5.7

5.7 of the Approved CEMP

Construction shall not commence until written certification is obtained from Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring). 39

The CEMP required by Condition 35 shall be implemented and maintained throughout the entire construction period for the Project, or relevant Project stage, to manage potential adverse effects arising from the construction and shall be updated as necessary (or as required by the review process in Condition 42).

5.7

The Consent Holder shall request the Council’s (Team Leader Central Monitoring) determination as to whether the proposed change can be certified, in writing, within 10 working days of submission of the change. 42

A review pursuant to Condition 42 may be initiated by either the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) or the Consent Holder and shall take into consideration: a. Compliance with resource consent conditions, the CEMP, other Management Plans and any material changes to

these Plans; b. Any changes to construction methods; c. Key changes to roles and responsibilities relating to the Project;

Page 31

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Noted

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station

d. Relevant changes in industry best practice standards; e. Relevant changes in legal or other requirements; f. Results of monitoring and reporting procedures associated with the management of adverse effects during construction; g. Any comments or recommendations received from Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) or as a result of the

CCP process regarding the CEMP and other Management Plans; and h. Any complaints and any response to complaints and remedial action taken to address the complaint as required

under Conditions 45-49. 43

A review pursuant to Condition 42 may be initiated by either the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) or the Consent Holder and shall take into consideration:

Noted

5.7

No change to this section

6 and Appendix E

4.3.3

i. Compliance with resource consent conditions, the CEMP, other Management Plans and any material changes to

these Plans; j. Any changes to construction methods; k. Key changes to roles and responsibilities relating to the Project; l. Relevant changes in industry best practice standards; m. Relevant changes in legal or other requirements; n. Results of monitoring and reporting procedures associated with the management of adverse effects during construction; o. Any comments or recommendations received from Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) or as a result of the

CCP process regarding the CEMP and other Management Plans; and p. Any complaints and any response to complaints and remedial action taken to address the complaint as required

under Conditions 45-49. 44

A summary of the review process shall be kept by the Consent Holder, provided annually to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring), and advised to and made available to the CLG.

Construction Traffic 41

The Consent Holder shall, so far as is it is reasonably practicable, avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects of construction on transport, parking and property access. This is to be achieved through the following objectives: a. managing the road transport network for the duration of the construction by adopting the best practicable option to

manage congestion; Page 32

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

TAP DWP in Appendix E has been amended

Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station

b. maintaining pedestrian access to private property at all times; and c. providing on-going vehicle access to private property to the greatest extent possible.

Advice Note: Condition 41 refers to objectives to be achieved. The requirement to provide mechanisms to achieve these objectives is included in the relevant CRL designation conditions. Erosion and Sediment Control Plan 53

56 57 Page 33

At least 20 working days prior to the commencement of construction within a CSA or ACZ, the Consent Holder shall submit to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification an ESCP which provides for the management of all bulk earthworks to minimise any discharge of debris, soil, sediment or sediment-laden water beyond the site to either land and/ or stormwater drainage systems. The Consent Holder shall request the Council's (Team Leader Central Monitoring) determination as to whether the ESCP can be certified, in writing, within 10 working days of receipt of the ESCP. No construction activity shall commence until certification from Council is provided. An ESCP shall include, but is not limited to, the following matters: • identification of construction zones and construction support areas; • specific erosion and sediment control works for each Active Construction Zone (location, dimensions, capacity supporting calculations and design drawings), which should be in line with Industry Best Practice that will meet or exceed the performance of measures detailed in TP90; • catchment boundaries; • the timing and duration of construction and operation of control works (in relation to the staging and sequencing of earthworks); • details relating to the management of exposed areas; • reference to the Flocculent Treatment Management Plan and confirmation of erosion and sediment control measures necessary to give effect to that plan; • reference to the Contaminated Soils Management Plan and confirmation of erosion and sediment control measures necessary to give effect to that plan; and • monitoring and maintenance requirements, including information on complaint investigation and response procedures, training, and roles and responsibilities. Any change to an ESCP shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification. The Consent Holder shall request the Council s (Team Leader Central Monitoring) written determination as to whether the proposed change can be certified, to be provided within 10 working days of submission of the change. No activity reliant | Construction Environmental Management Plan

4.3.2 & Appendix D

4.3.2 & Appendix D ESCP has amended

been

Noted

4.3.2 & Appendix D

Noted

Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station upon a change to the ESCP can be undertaken until the change has been certified. 58

The Consent Holder shall comply with the ESCP for the duration of the earthworks associated with the Project.

Noted

Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan 96

During construction, the Consent Holder shall implement procedures that will appropriately respond to the information received from the monitoring system, including assessment at each excavation stage of the actual retention and building response against the predictions determined from the detailed design.

Appendix L

4.3.12 & Appendix L

The procedures referred to in Condition 96 shall be set out in a GSMCP, prepared and submitted by the Consent Holder at least 20 working days prior to the Commencement of Dewatering, together with a statement from the IBA confirming its adequacy, to the Manager for certification.

Noted

Appendix L

Noted

Appendix L

Noted

Appendix L

4.3.12 & Appendix L

99 100

The Consent Holder shall request Council’s (The Manager) determination as to whether the GSMCP can be certified in writing within 10 working days of receipt of the GSMCP. No dewatering on the subject site shall commence until certification from the Manager is provided.

The GSMCP required by Condition 97 shall include the requirements of this resource consent including, but not limited to, the following: a.

c. d. e.

Page 34

An “as built” survey plan of all monitoring locations based on approximate positions located on the plans entitled: • A02502731, Figure 39, Rev B dated May 2016 and ET Table 7.1 (Appendix 3); and • Plans referred to in Appendix 1 and any further building-specific monitoring requirements determined from the detailed pre-construction building condition assessment. Full details (frequency and scope) of groundwater (including construction logs), ground surface, building, retaining wall, building façade, inclinometer monitoring programme and conditions surveys, and frequency and scope of visual inspections required by this consent; A bar chart, such as a Gantt chart, showing the timing and frequency of the condition surveys and monitoring required by this consent relative to the Commencement of Dewatering and the Completion of Dewatering; Groundwater alert triggers, defined as 90% of predicted drawdown below seasonal low groundwater levels; Details of all alert and alarm triggers (including any necessary horizontal and vertical displacements), the frequency of monitoring and the criteria to cease monitoring for each ground, building and retaining wall deformation marks and inclinometers, extensometers. The alert and alarm triggers shall be an update of the provisional triggers

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

A GSMCP addendum has been prepared to address the effects of Stage 4 and 5 construction works.

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station

f. g. h. i.

101

provided on drawings CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2640 Rev 4. dated 14 October 2016 and CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG2642 Rev 3. dated 11 October 2016; Details of the contingency measures to be implemented if alert or alarm triggers are exceeded, including a Response Plan; Identification of any adjacent Services susceptible to damage and details of any pre and post construction monitoring or inspection; Details of monitoring proposed to ensure the effects of any ground settlement adjacent to shafts proposed for the installation of new utilities near Mt Eden Station are adequately monitored; Details of the monitoring proposed to be undertaken to protect the issued groundwater diversion consents listed below against cumulative settlement effects: i. Consent No. 45735, 46 Upper Queen Street ii. Consent No. 44531, 224 Hobson Street iii. Consent 44857, 106 Vincent Street iv. Consent No. 45635, 210 Federal Street v. Consent No. 44571, 58 Albert Street vi. Consent No. 43162, 26 Poynton Terrace Identification of existing basements which could be subject to potential flooding from post-construction groundwater mounding; details of monitoring of long-term groundwater mounding effects; and details of groundwater drain construction to prevent groundwater mounding; and The review of the proposed alarm and alert trigger levels in Appendix 2, approved by the IBA, following the preconstruction building condition surveys (required by Condition 109) that confirms they are set to ensure Serviceability Limits will be not be exceeded and whether the monitoring frequency is adequate, possibly requiring further site investigation work where sensitive structures are identified as part of Condition 112.

The GSMCP may be varied, including frequency of monitoring, subject to the certification of the Manager, which is contingent on approval of the IBA.

Noted

Advice Note: The Manager will endeavour to determine whether the change can be certified, in writing, within 10 working days of submission of the change. 102 103

Once certified, the GSMCP shall be implemented for the periods specified in conditions of this consent. The Consent Holder shall advise the Manager, in writing, of the date of the proposed Commencement of Dewatering.

Building Inspection Page 35

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station

109

Prior to the submission of the GSMCP, the Consent Holder shall employ an independent Senior Qualified Person to undertake, subject to the approval of the property owner, a detailed pre-construction condition survey of all buildings specified in Appendix 2 in order to confirm their existing condition.

Appendix M

4.3.13 & Appendix M Minor additions to building condition surveys

without recourse to intrusive or destructive investigation; d. a professional opinion as to whether observed damage may or may not be associated with actual structural damage; e. susceptibility of the building or structure to further movement; f. specific assessment of building damage with reference to the trigger levels identified in Appendix 2; g. review of proposed alarm and alert trigger levels to confirm they are appropriately set; and h. photographic evidence of (b) and (c).

Contaminated Soils Management Plan 131

132

133

At least 20 days prior to the commencement of construction (earthworks), the Consent Holder shall provide a Contaminated Soils Management Plan (CSMP) to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification. The CSMP shall be prepared by a Contaminated Land Professional in accordance with the Contaminated Land Management Guidelines, No.1 - Reporting on Contaminated Sites in New Zealand, Ministry for the Environment (revised 2011).

The Consent Holder shall request that Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) provide a determination to the Consent Holder, in writing, within 10 working days of receipt of the CSMP, whether the CSMP can be certified as per the requirements of the Condition 134. No earthworks shall commence until a.certification is provided from the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) that the CSMP satisfactorily meets the requirements of Schedule 13 (A4) of the ACRP:ALW, and b.all measures identified in that plan as being required to be established prior to the commencement of earthworks have been established.

Page 36

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Appendix H

Section 4.3.8 and CDWP addendum (Appendix H)

Noted

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station

134

The CSMP shall address the following matters: a. The areas within the project site designated for the excavation works, including depths and extent of the proposed

works, and an updated map/s showing the land disturbance activity areas

Appendix H, sections 2.0 & 5.0

Appendix H

Appendix I, sections 2.0, 3.3, 4.0 & 5.0

4.3.9 and AQ DWP addendum (Appendix I)

Appendix I, sections 3.0 & 4.0

Section 4.3.9 Appendix I

b. Excavation, management, and disposal procedures for soil, sediment, dust, surface run-off water, perched

groundwater, and groundwater, if encountered c. Temporary containment, treatment, and testing procedures for any water getting in contact with the contaminated

material if the disposal option is to the stormwater system or the marine environment is considered d. Contingency measures for unexpected discovery of contamination e. Proposed sampling and analysis, if applicable; and f. Any proposed works summary reporting.

Advice Note: The Council acknowledges that the CSMP is intended to provide flexibility of for the management of the works and contaminant discharge. Accordingly, the Plan may need to be further updated. Any updates must be limited to the scope of this consent and consistent with the conditions of this consent. If you would like to confirm that any proposed updates are within scope, or have any other queries, please contact the Council (Team Leader Earth and Stream Works, Trees, and Contaminated Land, Natural Resources and Specialist Input) on (09) 301 0101. Air Quality Management Plan 223

The final AQMP/s shall be prepared by a Senior Qualified Person, provided to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification at least 20 working days prior to the commencement of construction and shall include: a. a clear identification of the type and location of the controls proposed; b. a detailed framework for the management, mitigation and monitoring of construction and earthworks activities

associated with the Project; c. a focus principally on the sources of dust discharges, and d. an assessment of the risk of discharges from each ACZ and the associated CSA.

224

water spray system or other suitable system, water carts and other suppression methods); b. ensuring a 20 km/hr vehicle speed limit within the ACZs and CSAs; c. operation of wheel washes; d. regular sweeping of public roads around the exit points of ACZs and CSAs and sealed vehicle accessways within these

Page 37

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

and

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station areas; e. measures for supressing dust from any temporary stock piles (demonstrating how they are to be limited to no more than

24 mÂł of uncovered spoil at any one time in each ACZ); f. measures for the handling of cement associated with the forming of cement stabilised columns, including filter systems

and high level alarms where a silo is used; g. covering of loads of material being delivered and removed from the site; h. instrument monitoring of dust concentrations (including identification of a monitoring methodology, monitoring

network and appropriate alert thresholds) to ensure that any significant dust effects arising from the ACZs or CSAs are identified and remedied as soon as practicable throughout the Project; i. the locations of instrument dust monitoring sites, including at least three re-locatable and/or fixed monitors to be

associated with each of ACZs A, K and M, and the duration of this monitoring; j. measures for responding to continuous instrument dust monitoring trigger alarms, including contingency measures to

reduce measured concentrations below the trigger thresholds and provisions for responding after standard operating hours; k. measures for undertaking meteorological observations and visual inspections of dust or other air discharges from

the Project, to be completed at least on a daily basis, with all relevant information logged; and l. information regarding complaint logging, investigation and response procedures, training and roles and responsibilities.

The Team Leader Central Monitoring shall be requested to respond to the AQMP/s with any suggested changes within 10 working days from receipt of the AQMP; otherwise the AQMP may be considered by the Consent Holder to be certified by the Council.

Page 38

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station

1.8 Sustainability This is a new section that provides detail about the sustainability practices implemented as part of the project and Stage 4 and 5 works (it has been added for consistency between all CEMPs for CRL C3). It includes a description of the rating scheme chosen to measure sustainability of the project.

1.8.1. Infrastructure Sustainability The Link Alliance shares CRLL’s objective for the project, which is to set the benchmark for designing, building and operating sustainable infrastructure in New Zealand and to optimise environmental, social and economic outcomes over the long term. Optimising outcomes involves more than simply minimising impacts and complying with consent conditions but reflects the ‘triple bottom line’. The context for environmental and sustainability targets for the CRL has been established through a comprehensive review of local and national targets. The Infrastructure Sustainability Council of Australia’s (ISCA) Infrastructure Sustainability (IS) rating scheme has been chosen to measure the sustainability performance of the project.

1.8.2. ISCA IS Rating Scheme The project is targeting certified Design and As-built ratings against the IS rating scheme, specifically, an ‘Excellent’ rating. The project performance will be assessed in the categories outlined in Table 3A. Details regarding the management of the IS Rating Scheme are included in the project’s Sustainability Management Plan1. In some cases, the IS requirements are additional to the project’s designation and resource consent requirements and effectively enhance the designation and consent requirements. It is essential that the IS requirements are met to achieve the project’s sustainability goals, however they are not designation or resource consent requirements that require certification by Auckland Council2. Table 3A ISCA Rating Categories

Themes

Categories

Abbreviation

People & Place

Community Health, Wellbeing & Safety

Hea

Heritage

Her

Stakeholder Participation

Sta

Urban & Landscape Design

Urb

Innovation

Inn

Innovation

Note: Numbering for Table 3A means this is an additional Table following Table 3 from the Approved CEMP. Tables numbering in this CEMP addendum have been kept consistent to the table numbering in the Approved CEMP.

Project sustainability requirements that relate directly to the Approved CEMP and this CEMP addendum are included in Appendix R. Further details regarding the specifics of the evaluation and means of achieving relevant sustainability targets are provided in the relevant management plans and DWPs.

Page 40

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station

2. Project Description 2.1 CRL Overview 2.1.1. CRL Overview The CRL project comprises the construction, operation and maintenance of a 3.4km underground passenger railway, running between Britomart Station and the NAL in the vicinity of Mt Eden Station. The CRL involves the construction of two new underground stations at Aotea and Karangahape, and a redeveloped station at Mt Eden. The design and construction of the CRL infrastructure between the Aotea and Mt Eden Stations is being delivered by the Link Alliance.

2.1.2. Stage 4 and 5 Works Overview The Stage 4 and 5 works are described in sections 2.2 and 2.3 of this CEMP addendum and the area of works is shown in Figure 1.

Figure 1 Stage 4 and 5 Site Location

The area surrounding the work site is a dense urban environment with a built form comprised of medium to high rise buildings. Common land uses in the surrounding area include commercial offices and services, residential apartments, retail, civic, hospitality, hotel accommodation and car parking. Along Albert Street, active construction sites are present including for the CRL and private development. Buildings adjoin much of the work area (being the road corridor) forming active frontages that provide access to private residences and businesses. The area of Stage 4 and 5 works is highly utilised by pedestrians and vehicles, both for private and business purposes. Albert Street, Victoria Street West, Wellesley Street West and Mayoral Drive are classified as primary arterial roads. Kingston Street and Durham Street West are classified as local roads.

2.2 Canopy Removal and Utilities Relocation The Stage 4 and 5 works include additional canopy removals, utility relocation works and the establishment of a Construction Support Area (CSA). An overview of activities for each stage as well as indicative timeframes is provided in Table 3B.

Page 41

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station Table 3B Summary of the proposed activities for the Stage 4 and 5 works at Aotea Station

Stage

Stage 4A

Details of Works

Trenching works: - Trenching works along Albert Street (within the southern slip lane) down to 3m in depth. - Trenching works along the east side of Albert Street will be along the ramps to/from Durham Lane, within the roadway. - Trenches along both sides of Kingston Street. Kingston Street will require closure for four to six weeks to undertake these works.

Duration of Works (approximate) 4 months (December 2019 – March 2020)

Canopy Removal and Micro Tunnelling: - Five pits (3 to 8m in depth) within Victoria Street West to provide for micro-tunnelling using a Micro Tunnel Boring Machine (MTBM). Work in this area will be split into two separate sequences of works to ensure traffic access is maintained at all times. The existing canopy on Victoria Street will require removal to enable machinery access. Canopy Removal: - Removal of canopies along buildings near the intersection of Albert Street and Victoria Street West, along the northern side of Albert Street and along Albert Street (between Durham Street West and Victoria Street). - Removal of canopies along Victoria Street West. - Removal of canopies of buildings along the southern side of Wellesley Street and the western side of Mayoral Drive (near the Albert Street/Wellesley Street intersection). - Removal of canopies at the corner of Albert Street/Wellesley Street West. Guide Wall construction: Excavation and installation of 300 thick temporary concrete guide walls. Earthworks volumes = 1,000 m3 (including trenching and pits) CSA establishment: - Establishment of the CSA at the Bledisloe House carpark. The surface of the CSA area is to be levelled, it involves earthworks and the installation of embedded retaining walls. Trees located within the CSA footprint and some along Mayoral Drive will need to be removed (further description in the TV DWP). - CSA will be established from December 2019 and will be in operation in March 2020, remaining in operation until the completion of the project. CSA Earthworks Volume = 1,300 m3

Stage 4B

- Full closure of the Wellesley Street / Albert Street intersection to enable the construction of various east-west and north-south trenches to occur within the intersection (up to 2m deep). - Southwest directional drilling down Wellesley Street between Albert Street and Federal Street.

4 months for site set up (December 2019 – March 2020) Operation in March 2020 until the end of Aotea Station construction 4 months (March 2020 – July 2020)

Some of these works will occur outside of CRL Designation 1 (AUP ref 2500-1) and therefore fall outside the scope of this OPW3.

Stage 5

Earthworks volumes = 1,700 m3 - Joint bays and pulling pits to be formed across the Stage 4 and 5 work areas. Joint bays will be approximately 3m long by 2m wide with a depth of 1.5m across Victoria Street and Wellesley Street intersections with Albert Street.

1 month (July 2020 – August 2020)

Earthworks volumes = 440 m3 Approximate total volume 4,440 m³ of spoil being removed.

Approx. 9 months

This will be covered in a planning assessment separate to this OPW which outlines how these works are considered a Permitted Activity under the Auckland Unitary Plan (Operative in Part) (AUP(OP)). Page 42 | Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station

2.2.1. Canopy Removal (Stage 4A) Canopy removals will be undertaken in the following locations during Stage 4A: •

•

• •

Canopies of buildings located along the northeast corner of the Albert and Victoria Street intersection (98-102 Albert Street and 43-43A Victoria Street) are required to be removed for traffic management purposes. Canopies of buildings approximately 50m west of the Albert / Victoria Street intersection, on the southern side of Victoria Street are required to enable suitable site access for machinery (such as cranes, trucks, MTBM and excavator) to undertake the sheet piling and microtunnelling works required to relocate deep stormwater and wastewater services along Victoria Street West. These canopies are located at 62A, 62B and 62 Victoria Street. Canopies of buildings located along the southwest corner of the Mayoral Drive / Wellesley Street intersection (44-52 Wellesley Street) are required to be removed for traffic management purposes and for the main construction works (to support Perimeter wall construction). Canopies of buildings located along Albert Street (between Durham Street West and Victoria Street) - 87-89 Albert Street. Canopies of buildings located on the north-eastern corner of the Wellesley Street / Albert Street intersection (37 Albert Street).

2.2.2. Utility Relocation Works (Stage 4A and Stage 4B) Detailed site layout and staging plans are provided in Appendix C of this CEMP addendum. The existing underground network utilities around the proposed Aotea Station will need to be permanently relocated prior to construction of the Station. Activities associated with utility relocation will be undertaken during Stages 4A and 4B as follow: • •

Stage 4A works at Victoria Street and Albert Street southern slip line. Stage 4B at Wellesley Street, Albert Street and Mayoral Drive intersection.

The main element of the works is the continuation of combined service trenches to relocate utilities to ensure they are located outside of the Aotea Station footprint. These trenches will be located within the footpaths where possible. Where trench works are required within the road corridor, this will involve either reduced traffic lanes, or full closure of traffic lanes to enable utility relocation works to commence. Once the new ducts and pipes are installed, the trenches shall be backfilled with the footpath and road reinstated. Trenches will generally be around 3m deep and 1.5m in width. Trenches up to 4m deep will be required in some areas. Within Victoria Street, the relocation of stormwater and wastewater services will be undertaken using micro-tunnelling during Stage 4A. This will require the formation of at least five pits in Victoria Street (between Albert Street and Federal Street). Directional drilling will be undertaken from Albert Street through to Federal Street. Temporary vehicle traffic closures necessary to allow relocation of combined services (stormwater and wastewater lines located in the roadway) include: • • Page 43

Southern slip lane from Durham Street to Albert Street to be closed for approximately four weeks during Stage 4A; Kingston Street to be closed for approximately four weeks during Stage 4A; and | Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station •

Full closure of Albert Street/Wellesley Street Intersection during Stage 4B from March 2020 until the end of 2020/ early 2021 (and remaining closed to support the main station construction works).

Stage 4A will also involve the construction of 200mm thick temporary concrete guide walls.

2.2.3. Provision of Joint Bays/Pulling Pits (Stage 5) Stage 5 works relate to the provision of joint bays/ pulling pits. These will be formed across the Stage 4 and Stage 5 work areas between July and August 2020. Joint bays will be approximately 3m long by 2m wide and 1.5m deep across Victoria Street/Albert Street and Wellesley Street/Albert Street intersections. All joint bays/pulling pits will be located within CRL Designation 1.

2.3 Construction Methodology The drawings provided in Appendix C of this CEMP addendum show the extent of the Stage 4 and 5 works.

2.3.1. Canopy Removal Works The canopy removal or cut back works (specifically the extent of dismantling/removal) differs for each building. There are, however, common methodologies that will apply in each case, and similar tools and techniques that will be used throughout. The equipment list provided in Table 4 will be supplemented by normal hand tools, ladders and hand-held power tools. Table 4 Indicative canopy removal or cut back construction methodology for Stage 4 and 5 works

Activity

Equipment and Materials

Approx. Duration

• Set up and prepare site, and install temporary traffic management, erosion and sediment control and pedestrian pathways. • Provide pedestrian access and vehicle access to affected building entrances.

• • • • • • • •

Trucks Signage Cones Mobile crane Excavator Containers Barriers Hoardings

• 2 weeks

• Terminate all power supplies to and relocate any and all plant, equipment and signage currently located on those parts of the canopy to be removed. • Erect scaffold, dismantle and remove building canopy or cut-back to agreed position. Remove glazing, panel and roof sections. • Remove roof and secondary supports between main support beams. • Remove primary support beams.

• • • • • •

Scaffold Gas welder / cutting torch Cherry picker Mobile crane Trucks Small tools will be used to minimize noise and vibration

• Up to 8-12 weeks per building

• Install weatherproof flashing to building façade.

• Scaffold • Trucks • Cherry picker • Mobile crane Approximately

Total

Page 44

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

• 2-6 weeks per building

12-20 weeks per building

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station

2.3.2. Utility Relocation Works The methodology proposed for the utility relocation works for Stages 4 and 5 is similar to that set out in section 2.3.2 of the Approved CEMP. The utility relocation works relate to electricity, telecommunications, gas, potable water, stormwater and wastewater assets. This will require trenches up to 4m deep in areas. An outline of the general construction methodology that will be implemented for Stages 4A and 4B is provided in Table 5. Approximate duration for the utility relocation works is provided in sections 2.1.2 and 2.3.4 of this CEMP addendum. Table 5 Indicative utility relocation works construction methodology for Stage 4 and 5 works

Activity

Equipment and Materials

Identify and mark-out position of trenches along the affected roadway and footpath areas.

Truck, hand held service locator.

Saw cut and remove existing pavement/ hardstand.

Concrete saw, handheld concrete breaker (only where necessary), excavator, truck.

Expose, identify, and support existing utilities up to a 4m depth. Due diligence investigation trial trenching (i.e. excavation using a hydrovac machine). Width of trenches ranges from 1m to 3m. All spoil loaded onto trucks and disposed of off-site.

Hydro vac, normal excavator, truck, trench shields, air actuated compaction equipment, compressor and mobile generators.

Once trench is at required depth, bedding will be placed in the trench, with the new utility assets installed. Once installed, the trench will be backfilled and compacted. Surface is then reinstated with asphalt. Backfill material will be imported. Fill will be a mixture of cut to fill aggregate from site and imported crushed concrete or Hardfill 80 (depending on availability). Backfill may be stockpiled on site for a short period.

Truck, excavators, plate compactors (no vibrating rollers).

Construct deep pits down to an 8m depth. Transport MTBM machine and install into deep pits for micro tunnelling.

Concrete saw, excavator, vacuum excavation truck, Vibrator attachment for excavator (sheet piling), MTBM (1,200mm diameter), air actuated compaction and tools, compressor and mobile generators. Drill rig, trucks, excavator.

Directional drilling down Wyndham Street, between Albert Street and Federal Street. All activities.

Hand tools, ladders, hand-held power tools, mobile generators.

The above process involving trench construction (excluding the initial mark out of the trench footprint) may be completed in up to 20m sections per day, however, it is more likely to be in the order of 10m per day. Relocation of the deeper services will be in the vicinity of 6 â€“ 10m per day. It is noted that excavations may not be continuous and are dependent on factors such as depth of cable, difficulty to extract services, as well as access requirements and working with adjoining properties that are affected by the works. The trenching works will be undertaken on a rolling basis in order to reduce the length of trenching that is open at any one time. Once a full block (typically intersection to intersection) of trenching has been completed, hot mix (new seal) surface reinstatement will be undertaken.

Page 45

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station

2.3.2.1

Micro-tunnelling

Deeper service relocation along Victoria Street will require the provision of five pits, as illustrated in Table 5A (additional Table not provided in the Approved CEMP), to allow for micro-tunnelling using a MTBM. Two separate pieces of work are required for Stage 4A: •

Combined service trench for dry services and shallow stormwater and wastewater services within the footpath and carriage way; and Deep excavation and micro-tunnelling for stormwater and wastewater installation, including the provision of launch and receival pits.

•

Pit 5 will receive the MTBM from an open cut trench from the upstream manhole and as such, does not require a separate launch shaft. Table 5A Summary of the five pits required for micro tunnelling.

Pit

Dimensions

Volume of earthworks

Proximity to nearest Boundary

4m x 5.5m x 4m

88m3

0.08m

2 (deep)

4m x 8m x 8m

256m3

1.26m

3 (deep)

4m x 4m x 8m

128m3

4.34m

4 (shallow)

4m x 4m x 4m

64m3

5.26m

5 (shallow)

4m x 4m x 4m

64m3

width x length x depth 1 (shallow)

Note: Numbering for Table 5A means this is an additional Table following Table 5 from the Approved CEMP. Tables numbering in this CEMP Addendum have been kept consistent to the table numbering in the Approved CEMP.

2.3.2.2

Directional drilling

Southwest directional drilling (Stage 4B) from Albert Street through to Federal Street is required. A hole will be excavated in the southwestern corner, and drilling will progress west down Wellesley Street towards Federal Street, creating a 5 m deep tunnel. Piping will then be pulled back through the bored tunnel. These works may be undertaken in two stages (approximately three months each) to ensure vehicle traffic access along Victoria Street West is provided at all times.

2.3.3. Provision of joint bays/pulling pits Following the completion of the Stages 4A and 4B works, the Stage 5 works will commence. This involves the construction of 3m long by 2m wide and 1.5m depth joint bays/ pulling pits across the Stage 4 and 5 working areas. New utility cables will be pulled through these open pits through the newly aligned ducts, and this will be undertaken by the relevant Network Utility Operators. Upon completion, the joint bays/ pulling pits will be resealed using hot mix (new seal) reinstatement.

2.3.4. Summary of Construction Activities Table 5B provides a summary of the Stage 4 and 5 construction activities, the sequence of works, equipment and materials and approximate earthworks volumes.

Page 46

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station Table 5B Construction equipment and sequence of works for Stages 4 and 5

Stage

Summary of works

Construction sequence of works

Equipment and material

Approx. area (m2)

Approx. volumes (m3)

Stage 4A December 2019 – March 2020 4 months

Canopy removal or cut back

• • • • •

• • • • • • • • • • • • •

140m2

1,000m3

•

Utility relocation works through: • Trenching • Micro-tunnelling (within Victoria Street) requires formation of five pits

• Guide wall construction Page 47

• • • • • • • • •

• •

Set up and prepare site Install temporary traffic management Install erosion and sediment controls Install pedestrian pathways Terminate all power supplies to and relocate and all plant, equipment and signage currently located on those parts of the canopy to be removed Erect scaffold, dismantle and remove building canopy or cut-back to agreed position - Remove glazing, panel and roof sections - Remove roof and secondary supports between main support beams - Remove primary support beams Install weatherproof flashing to building façade Identify and mark out trenches Saw cut and remove existing pavement/hardstanding Excavation of trenches Place bedding material in trench Install new utility assets Backfill trenches (with imported fill which is to be a mixture of cut to fill aggregate from site and imported crushed concrete or Hardfill 80) Reinstate with asphalt Micro-tunnelling: - Drive sheet piles at pit locations - Excavate pit (dimensions as per summary in Table 5A) - Install MTBM and associated equipment for deeper wastewater and stormwater service installation - Complete tunnelling to pit 2 - Set up MTBM ready for drive to pit 3 - Repeat sequence to pit 4 - Backfill pits - Reinstate Excavate guide wall Construct concrete guide wall

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Trucks Signage Cones Mobile crane Excavator Containers Barriers Hoardings Scaffold Gas welder/cutting torch Cherry picker Mobile crane Hand tools

• Trucks, including vacuum trucks, concrete trucks • 6-Wheeler truck • Hiab • Hand held service locator • Concrete saw • Handheld concrete breaker • Excavator (14T and 30T) • Hydro vac • Trench shields • Air actuated compaction equipment • Compressor • Mobile generators • Vibrator attachment for excavator (sheet piling) • MTBM (1,200 mm diameter)

Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station Stage

Summary of works

Construction sequence of works

Equipment and material

Approx. area (m2)

Approx. volumes (m3)

• Tree removal Trimming of small branches Slinging of main branches Trunk cutting Excavation and removal of roots Evacuation and reinstatement • Levelling of the site with imported granular fill • Construction of retaining walls using embedded piles; • Connection to utilities (power, gas, water, waste water): Cut road pavement Excavate / expose utilities Cut trench for new ducts/pipes Switch over by Network Utility Operators Back fill Reinstate pavement where required. • Construction of concrete slabs • Installation of temporary buildings CSA establishment to start in December 2019 and be operational from March 2020. CSA will remain until the completion of the main construction works for Aotea Station.

• • • • • • • • • • •

3,500m2

Cut (surge pile): 300m3 Cut (CSA): 1,000m3 (Fill: 1,000 m3)

• • • • • • • •

• Drill rig (only Stage 4B) • Hand held service locator and concrete breaker (only Stage 4B) • Vibrator attachment for excavator (sheet piling) - only Stage 4B • Concrete saw (only Stage 4B) • Trucks • Excavator • Hydro vac • Trench shields • Air actuated compaction equipment • Compressor

• Temporary backfill inside guide wall CSA site establishment at Bledisloe Carpark, east of Mayoral Drive.

Stage 4B March – July 2020 4 months

Page 48

Utility relocation works • Trenching • Directional drilling (southwest from Albert Street through to Federal Street)

Identify and mark out trenches Saw cut and remove existing pavement/hardstanding Excavation of trenches Place bedding material in trench Install new utility assets Backfill trenches (with imported fill) Reinstate with asphalt Directional drilling: - Open up hole - Create 5 m deep tunnel - Pull piping through bored hole - Reinstate

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Excavators 6-wheel trucks and Artics Mobile crane Hydro vac trucks Compactor Hand tools Hiabs Side-Loader Concrete Trucks Concrete Pump Generators

Total CSA earthworks volume is 1,300 m3

850m2

1,700m3

Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station Stage

Summary of works

Construction sequence of works

Equipment and material

Approx. area (m2)

Approx. volumes (m3)

Stage 5 July – August 2020 1 month

Joint bays and pulling pits

• Expose, identify and support existing services • Pull new utility cables through open pits • Reseal joint bays/pulling pits using hot mix reinstatement

• Mobile generators

290m2

440m3

1,430m2

4,440m3

Total

Page 49

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station

2.4 Programme The Stage 4 and 5 works are anticipated to take approximately 9 months to complete as per Table 3B in section 2.2 (and Table 5B in section 2.3.4). Stage 4A could potentially be split across Stage 4A and 4B (thus taking an additional three months, but still completed within the above timeframe).

2.5 Hours of Operation It is anticipated that construction works will be undertaken between 0700hrs to 1900hrs Monday to Saturday. Limited construction works may be undertaken beyond 1900hrs, however this would not be a general occurrence and any such works would be done in accordance with the relevant CRL designation and resource consent conditions. Operating procedures will be implemented, including communication with affected residents and businesses, to minimise any potential disturbance (refer to section 4.3 of this CEMP addendum).

2.6 Site Layout and Management The layout of the Stage 4 and 5 works is shown in Figure 1 in section 2.1.2 of this CEMP addendum, and the works adjoin the Contract 2.1 and 2.2 works previously authorised by OPW60310921. A CSA (shown as ‘site compound area’ in Figure 1) will be established within the outdoor car park area to the west of Bledisloe House. The CSA will be used until the completion of the main construction works for Aotea Station. The CSA will be located within CRL Designation 1 and will contain the following: • • • • • • • • • • •

•

• •

• • Page 50

Site welfare facilities i.e. changing rooms, toilets, kitchen and showers facility; Offices; Stores loading area; Waste management area including skip bins/rubbish and recycling bins; Evacuation and briefing area; Emergency access area; Transformers; Hazardous good store; A laydown area for materials and equipment such as tower crane; Water storage tanks; Settlement tanks - The settlement tanks will be emptied using hydro-excavation when full, and the sediment-laden runoff will be discharged offsite (refer to the Erosion and Sediment Control Plan in Appendix D of this CEMP addendum); The location of the proposed surge pile area (to be used during the Aotea Station main works; the surge pile may be set-up during the Stage 4 and 5 works but will not be operational until the main works); Car parking; The location of the proposed bentonite plant (for the main works) including bentonite tank, bentonite silos, polymer storage, desanding plant etc. This plant may be set up during the Stage 4 and 5 works but will only be operational during the Aotea Station main works; A retaining wall will be established around the bentonite plant and around the site office and welfare facilities using bored piles; Connection to utilities (power, gas, water, waste water) will take place as part of the CSA site set up; | Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station • •

The CSA will require levelling prior site establishment using an excavator and imported fill material; and Entrance/exit to CSA for trucks (with stabilised entry and exit) through Mayoral Drive and a separate pedestrian entrance in Myers Street and near the stores loading area).

Shared access will be maintained to a number of Auckland Council car parking spaces via existing street access off Mayoral Drive (Myers Street). Figure 2 shows the proposed layout for the CSA. The CSA layout is also provided in the drawings attached in Appendix C of this CEMP addendum.

Page 51

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station

Figure 2 Site Layout of CSA at Bledisloe Carpark (subject to change) – refer to Appendix C of this CEMP addendum.

Page 52

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station

2.7 Security, Safety and Public Viewing Refer to the Approved CEMP for a more detailed description on pedestrian security, safety, and public access and viewing. Vehicle and pedestrian access will generally be maintained throughout the Stage 4 and 5 works with the exception of some critical works to be undertaken which will require temporary closure or diversion. The southern slip lane between Durham Street and Albert Street will require full closure of the street for up to 4 weeks. Further detail is provided in section 4.3.3 of this CEMP addendum. During each stage of the works, 2m high temporary open mesh fencing (Heras fencing) will be erected to delineate the works and prevent public access. Noise mats will be fixed to the fencing during the works to mitigate noise impacts on nearby stakeholders. Upon the completion of each section of trenching, the 2m high fences will be removed and replaced with 1.2m high temporary barriers. Hoardings in the form of ATF panel fencing with scrim or plywood (approximately 1.8 m high) will be established around the perimeter of the CSA. Notice boards will be placed at certain locations around the project area and will identify the names and contact details of relevant project staff.

2.8 Graffiti and Litter No changes or additions are required to section 2.8 of the Approved CEMP for the Stage 4 and 5 works, except consideration of litter management and inspection to be undertaken at the CSA. Waste management practices will be implemented through the project Waste Avoidance and Resource Recovery Management Plan (refer section 4.3.16).

2.9 Returning the Site to Public Use No changes or additions are required to section 2.9 of the Approved CEMP as a result of the Stage 4 and 5 works. An Urban Design DWP (UD DWP) will be prepared as part of a separate package of works for the urban realm reinstatement works, which will address the manner in which the works area will be returned to public use

Page 53

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station

3. Social and Environmental Management 3.1 Construction Activities and Associated Environmental Receivers The key construction activities associated with the Stage 4 and 5 works are the additional canopy removals, excavation of the utility trenches, micro-tunnelling and directional drilling, and establishment of the CSA. The construction activities have the potential to generate adverse environmental effects relating to traffic and access disruption, noise and vibration, removal of trees, sediment discharges, dust, disturbance of contaminated land, potential for ground and building settlement, potential for damage to heritage buildings, and business disruption. The DWPs and MPs attached to this CEMP addendum detail mitigation measures specific to the potential environmental effects generated by the Stage 4 and 5 works.

3.2 Environmental Risk Register Refer to the Approved CEMP for a description on the project environmental risk register. No changes or additions are required to this section as a result of the Stage 4 and 5 works.

3.2.1. Review of the Register Refer to the Approved CEMP for a description on the review process of the project environmental risk register. No changes or additions are required to this section as a result of the Stage 4 and 5 works.

3.3 Cumulative Effects Additional methods to address cumulative effects are detailed in the suite of DWP and MP addendums and the additional DWPs (Tree and Vegetation DWP and Historic Character DWP (Built Heritage)) prepared for the Stage 4 and 5 works.

3.4 Legislative and Other Requirements 3.4.1. National Legal Requirements and Policies Refer to the Approved CEMP for relevant legislative requirements. Additional requirements and policies relevant to water quality and trees have been identified for the Stage 4 and 5 works. Key national legislation, regulation and standards governing the environmental management of the Stage 4 and 5 works are identified in Table 6. This supersedes Table 6 in the Approved CEMP. Table 6 Key national legislation, regulations and standards

National legislation, regulations, strategies and policies Resource Management Act 1991 Hauraki Gulf Marine Park Act 2000 Hazardous Substances and New Organisms Act 1996 Protected Objects Act 1975 for the relevant archaeological and heritage standards/practices Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga Act 2014 National Environmental Standard â€“ Air Quality 2004 (NES:AQ) Page 54

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station National Environmental Standard for Assessing and Managing Contaminants in Soil to Protect Human Health Regulations 2011 WasteMINZ Technical Guidelines for Disposal to Land, Waste Management Institute New Zealand (WasteMINZ) 2018 National Policy Statement for Freshwater Management 2014 (updated in 2017) (NPS FM (2014) Protection of trees on development sites (non-NZ): Australian Standard AS4970-2009

As the receiving environment is a marine environment, NPS FM 2014 is not relevant and therefore the CEMP addendum for Stage 4 and 5 works will consider NPS FM 2014 as not applicable for these works.

3.4.2. Legislation, Standards and Guidelines relating to Environmental Aspects Table 7 identifies any new legislation, standards and guidelines which are relevant to specific environmental aspects of the Stage 4 and 5 works. This table is to be read in conjunction with Table 7 in the Approved CEMP and with the relevant DWPs and MPs attached to this CEMP addendum. Reference to TP10 (now GD01) has been deleted as this is not relevant to the Stage 4 and 5 works. Table 7 Standards, guidelines and specific statutory requirements associated with environmental aspects and detailed in the CEMP Addendum and plans

Environmental Aspect/Plan Tree and Vegetation DWP

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (and Addendum)

Plan Statutory Requirements, Guidelines and Standards •

•

• Social and Impact Business Disruption DWP

•

Communication and Consultation Plan

• •

Hazardous substances

• • • • • • • • •

Page 55

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Auckland Unitary Plan AUP(OP) Table E26.4.3 Network utilities and electricity generation – Trees in roads and open space zones and the Notable Trees Overlay. GD05, Auckland Council Guideline Document No 2016/005 for Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region. (2016). It supersedes Technical Publication 90 (TP90) “Erosion and sediment control guidelines for land disturbing activities”. Design in accordance with Auckland Council Best Management Practice: Catch pit Protection (AC 2015). International Association for Impact Assessment Social Impact Assessment: Guidance for Assessing and Managing the Social Impacts of Projects, 2015. International Association for Public Participation engagement spectrum (IAP2). CRLL’s Overarching Communication and Consultation Strategy (2018). Hazardous Substances and New Organisms Act 1996, HSNO regulations and gazette notices. Hazardous Substances (fireworks, safety ammunition, and other explosives transfer) Regulations 2003 no. 2003/176. Hazardous Substances (Tank Wagons and Transportable Containers) Regulations 2004. Land Transport Rule 45001/1 and 45001/2: Dangerous Goods 2005. AS/NZ 2430.3 Classification of Hazardous Areas. AS 2430.1:1987 Classification of Hazardous Areas – Explosive Gas Atmosphere. NS 6101.1:1998 Classification of Hazardous Areas – Flammable Gas and Vapour Atmospheres. AS/NZS 238 and AS/NZS 61241.1.2 Electrical Installations in Hazardous Zones. Land Transport Rule 45001/1 and 45001/2: Dangerous Goods.

Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station • Waste Management

Contamination DWP

• • • • • • • •

Page 56

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Health and Safety at Work (Hazardous Substances) 2017 Regulations (HSW-HS). Waste Minimisation Act 2008. NZ Waste Strategy. Auckland Council Bylaws – Part 22 Solid Waste. The Waste Management Institute New Zealand (WasteMinz) Technical Guidelines for the Disposal to Land (2018). New Zealand Guidelines for Assessing and Managing Asbestos in Soil, BRANZ 2017. Health and Safety at Work (Asbestos) Regulations 2016 (Asbestos Regulations). WorkSafe New Zealand, Approved Code of Practice (ACoP): Management and Removal of Asbestos (September 2016). New Zealand Guidelines for Assessing and Managing Asbestos in Soil, 2017.

Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station

4. Implementation and Operation 4.1 Roles and Responsibilities 4.1.1. Overview and Responsibility for this Plan No changes are required to section 4.1.1 of the Approved CEMP. References to Connectus should be replaced with the Link Alliance.

4.1.2. Specific Roles and Responsibilities The following changes are proposed to the roles and responsibilities identified in the Approved CEMP (and Table 8 where appropriate): -

The Construction Contractor is now Link Alliance (instead of Connectus).

The relevant CRLL Contract is now Contract 3 (instead of Contracts 2.1 and 2.2)

A suitably qualified arborist (Matt Paul of Peers Brown Miller Limited) has been appointed for environmental controls and monitoring programmes relevant to affected trees. Table 8 of the Approved CEMP needs various amendments to the roles and responsibilities in relation to environmental monitoring, as well as an update of tasks between Project Director, Construction Manager, Communication and Engagement Manger, Environmental and Sustainability Manager and Project and Site Engineers. The changes are reflected in Table 8. Table 8 Specific roles and responsibilities

Role • Project Director – Francois Dudouit • Deputy Project Director – Dale Burtenshaw • Construction Manager – Philippe Begou • Aotea Project Manager – Matt Sinclair • Aotea Station Construction Manager – Hunter White

• Aotea Station Stakeholder and Communications Manager – Rachel Blundell Page 57

Responsibilities • Overseeing project planning, acquisition, design, constructability, procurement, stakeholder engagement, communications, programme and financial control. • Providing strategic direction to all workstreams to provide an integrated approach to project delivery. • Ultimate responsibility for compliance with resource consent and designation conditions. • Ultimate responsibility for achieving the sustainability outcomes. • Overseeing the Aotea Station construction delivery. • Ensuring site personnel adhere to the CEMP and sub-plans and comply with environmental operating procedures. • Ensuring site personnel adhere to the project communication protocols and procedures. • Development, management and monitoring of Construction Execution Procedures (CEPs), including the integration of environmental and sustainability requirements. • Providing project progress/milestone information for stakeholder briefings (e.g. CLG, Mana Whenua forum). • Coordinating emergency responses, along with the ESM. • Manages a Communications and Engagement team that is the main and readily accessible point of contact for stakeholders and persons affected by the works.

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station Role

• Environmental and Sustainability Manager (ESM) – Sarah Sutherland • Environmental Advisor – To be confirmed

Page 58

Responsibilities • Implementation of Link Alliance Communications for the Aotea works and responsible for communicating key aspects of the works to stakeholders, affected parties and the general public including: - Informing the community / key stakeholders of the project, construction milestones, programme and progress. - Notifying project neighbours / key stakeholders of project works that may affect them and regular liaison with the affected community. • Primary contact for project related complaints and enquiries. • Managing stakeholder enquiries and working with relevant team members to resolve complaints. • Immediately reporting any high-risk stakeholder / communication issues to the Aotea Station Project Manager and the CRLL GM Corporate Relations and Communications. • Assisting the CRLL Communications team with key stakeholder engagement including the Mana Whenua Forum and Local Boards. • Providing advice to the Aotea Station Project Manager / Construction Manager on critical stakeholder engagement, communications and relationship building. • Co-ordination of Aotea CLG meetings. • Assisting the Aotea Station Construction Manager in briefing site personnel on: - The mandatory site inductions regarding the standards and requirements for community relations; - Procedures to follow if staff are approached by a member of the public or the media; and - Behavioural procedures in and around the construction site boundaries. • Providing leadership to the site team to achieve project environmental objectives and outcomes. • Undertaking regular site inspections, auditing and checking of environmental management practices and procedures/compliance with the CEMP, sub-plans and resource consent and designation conditions. • Tracking compliance information. • Coordinating environmental interfaces with consultants, subcontractors and suppliers. • Submitting relevant reporting and records to Auckland Council. • Attending compliance meetings with Auckland Council Compliance and Monitoring Officers. • Reporting any changes to construction techniques or environmental changes which may require changes to existing / new planning approvals. • Reviewing and updating CEMP and relevant sub-plans during works (at least annually). • Updating and maintaining the environmental portion of the project Risk Register. • Coordinating environmental monitoring as per CEMP and sub-plans. • Training staff (including subcontractors) on environmental and sustainability aspects. • Reporting on the project environmental and sustainability KPIs. • Coordinating the interfaces and communications with external agencies and stakeholders in relation to environmental management

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station Role

• Project and Site Engineers

• Project Technical Specialists

• All Staff (including subcontractors)

Responsibilities on the project in conjunction with the Communication and Consultation Manager. • Coordinating environmental emergency / incident responses and undertaking incident investigations. • Informing the Project Director/Aotea Station Project Manager of environmental or sustainability non-compliances. • Investigating environmental non-compliances and implementing corrective actions. • Ensuring staff are for the management of spills and methods to avoid them (including storage and handling of hazardous substances). • ESM is an IS Accredited Professional. • Supervising subcontractors to ensure implementation of environmental controls. • Undertaking daily site inspections and environmental monitoring. • Coordinating and implementing mitigation actions (e.g. in relation to trigger values exceedances or complaint). • Ensuring environmental erosion and sediment control works are installed and maintained. • Ensuring all staff are aware of environmental requirements and management measures are implemented and maintained to ensure ongoing effectiveness. • Write and review sub-plans for the CEMP; • Attend relevant CLG meetings, where required; • Conduct monitoring as required by the sub-plans; • Communicate with the ESM to confirm compliance with the subplans; and • Provide assistance to the ESM on technical matters. • Adherence to the CEMP and sub-plans. • Attending tool-box talks and environmental training (including becoming familiar with the requirements of the CEMP and sub-plans, as directed by the ESM). • Reporting environmental incidents, complaints, defects and any other problems to senior staff. • Ensuring that environmental management processes and procedures are followed and mitigation/protection measures are maintained and working correctly. • Ensuring that the site and adjacent areas are protected and respected (litter placed in bins, site kept tidy). • Direct all public and media enquiries to the Stakeholder and Communications Manager. • Use approved haul routes, site access and designated site parking (if available) to minimise disruption to the local community. • Work within approved construction hours. • Work within the conditions specified in the Permits to Notify (refer Communication and Consultation Plan for further detail). • Show consideration for stakeholders and community members at all times.

4.1.2.1 All Staff Refer to the Approved CEMP for a detailed description of responsibilities. No changes or additions are required to this section as a result of the Stage 4 and 5 works. Page 59

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station

4.1.2.2 Project Director Refer to the Approved CEMP for a detailed description on Project Director responsibilities and see changes in Table 8.

4.1.2.3 Communications and Engagement Manager Refer to the Approved CEMP for a detailed description of the Communications and Engagement Manager responsibilities (known in the Approved CEMP as the ‘Stakeholder and Communications Manager’). Additions are provided in Table 8.

4.1.2.4 Environmental and Sustainability Manager Refer to the Approved CEMP for a detailed description on Environmental and Sustainability Manager responsibilities. Fulcrum will not be used as part of C3 and therefore reference to it needs to be removed. Refer to additions in Table 8.

4.1.2.5 Project Technical Specialists Refer to the Approved CEMP (section 4.1.2.5) for a detailed description on Project Technical Specialist responsibilities. No changes or additions are required to this section as a result of the Stage 4 and 5 works.

4.1.2.6 Project Engineer Refer to the Approved CEMP (section 4.1.2.6) for a detailed description on Project Engineer responsibilities. Refer to additions in Table 8.

4.1.3. Contact Details This section of the Approved CEMP has been updated to provide the relevant contact details for the Stage 4 and 5 works (refer to Table 8A). Table 8A Utility Relocation Works (Implementation and Operation) - Contact Details

Title Aotea Station Project Manager Communications & Engagement Manager

Name Matt Sinclair

Email Matt.Sinclair@linkalliance.co.nz

Contact no. Mobile: +64 0276 755785

Rachel Blundell

Rachel.blundell@linkalliance.co.nz

Mobile: +64 27 306 9156

The general public contact details for the Aotea Station works are as follows: CRL Hotline: 0800 CRL TALK (0800 275 8255) Email: Aotea@linkalliance.co.nz

4.2 Training and Induction Refer to the Approved CEMP for a detailed description on training and induction requirements.

4.2.1. Induction Training Refer to the Approved CEMP for a description on induction training requirements. In addition to the training requirements provided in the Approved CEMP, a Link Alliance Site Access and Inductions Page 60

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station memo (dated 29 August 2019) provides details on the Early Works Site Induction process and booking procedure. Induction training will include an overview of the environmental, cultural, social and sustainability aspects of the works, including the key requirements and staff responsibilities in relation to this CEMP addendum and the sub-plans.

4.2.2. Tool Box Talks Refer to the Approved CEMP for a description on tool box talks. No changes or additions are required to section 4.2.2 of the Approved CEMP as a result of the Stage 4 and 5 works.

4.2.3. Pre-Start Meetings Refer to the Approved CEMP for a description on pre-start meeting requirements. No changes or additions are required to section 4.2.3 of the Approved CEMP as a result of the Stage 4 and 5 works.

4.3 Operating Procedures The below operating procedures have been amended from those described in the Approved CEMP to reflect the Stage 4 and 5 works. Sections 4.3.16 to 4.3.19 relevant to waste management, energy use, water use and material use are additional sections to the Approved CEMP for the purposes of the Stage 4 and 5 works.

4.3.1. Network Utilities Regular meetings are currently held between the Link Alliance and Network Utility Operators (NUO) through the design phase. Minutes of meetings are taken at each meeting to record discussion and actions. Once construction has started, it is anticipated that weekly meetings will be organised with all NUO to go through any changes and impacts to the utilities, risks and actions to be implemented. NUO procedures for utility disruption will be followed in the event of any disruption as a result of the Stage 4 and 5 works. It is considered that current practices by NUOs reflect best practice and will therefore be used as standard procedure for the duration of the Stage 4 and 5 works. Section 5.5 of the Approved Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP describes specific mitigation measures to be implemented. There is a risk of encountering unknown utilities during construction. A Technical Risk Register and Safety in Design Risk Register is provided in Appendix F and G of the Aotea Station Utilities Management Plan4. The risk registers identify potential risks associated with network utilities (e.g. damage to existing unknown utilities) and provides preventative controls and mitigation measures to be implemented.

4.1.3.1

Provision of Drawings to Network Utility Operators

No changes or additions are required to section 4.1.3.1 of the Approved CEMP as a result of the Stage 4 and 5 works.

Aotea Station Utilities Management Plan, Revision 2.0, 23 November 2017, CRL-AOT-UTI-000-PLN-0010.

Page 61

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station

4.3.2. Erosion and Sediment Control Detail of earthworks activities anticipated as part of the Stage 4 and 5 works are provided in section 2.3 of this CEMP addendum. All streets within the works area are currently serviced by existing catchpits that are connected to an existing stormwater system. Further to the measures discussed in section 4.3.2 of the Approved CEMP and Approved Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (ESCP), additional erosion and sediment controls will be implemented during the works. These are listed in the ESCP addendum (refer Appendix D of this CEMP addendum) and are summarised as follows: •

•

Settlement tanks sizing will be increased to reflect the extent of open excavation areas associated with the Stage 4 and 5 works and therefore the volume for stormwater management. Controls to minimise asphalt works and concrete pumping / pouring, i.e. complete isolation of drainage channels and, if this is not practicable, then implementation of careful placement of sandbags or bunds. Potential additional controls to avoid any discharges into stormwater and receiving environment include (but are not limited to): •

Delay concreting works when bad weather is forecasted.

•

Minimise the volume of water used on site, use of saws with vacuum (or wet/dry vacuum) to minimise dust.

•

Collect all concrete or asphalt contaminated material or runoff on site.

•

If the above is not practical, divert all runoff to the construction pit / trench or unsealed ground, away from surface water and overland flow paths. Runoff or wash water contaminated with concrete fines / dust is highly alkaline and cannot be diluted, therefore, all captured runoff from concrete cutting and / or cement mixing must be treated or disposed off-site.

•

Wash all equipment and tools in a designated wash area.

•

Do not allow concrete trucks or concrete pumpers to wash out on site unless there is a designated wash area.

•

Use tarpaulin sheets under concrete pumps and delivery chutes to capture any spills.

•

Any spoil that will be stockpiled temporarily shall be stored on the up-slope side of the trench if possible or in a stabilised area which is away from the overland flow paths (and floodplain area).

Staging and progressive stabilisation of the area will be required to mitigate the potential erosion and sediment generation of the construction activities for the Stage 4 and 5 works. The settlement tanks will be emptied using hydro-excavation when full, and the sediment-laden runoff will be discharged offsite to a suitable waste facility. The following erosion and sediment control measures apply to the CSA: • • Page 62

Settlement tanks will be installed to capture sediment-laden runoff (will be emptied and discharged offsite when full). All dirty water will be diverted to settlement tanks. | Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station •

Clean water will be discharged into existing stormwater catchpits.

4.3.3. Traffic, Access and Parking A Transport, Access and Parking DWP (TAP DWP) addendum has been developed and amends the Approved TAP DWP to reflect the additional Stage 4 and 5 works. This TAP DWP addendum is included as Appendix E to this CEMP addendum. Section 4.3.3 of the Approved CEMP remains applicable with the following amendments: •

Traffic related to construction activities

Truck loading will occur via the proposed vehicle access points indicated on the temporary traffic management plans (refer to Appendix A of the TAP DWP addendum). Pedestrians, private vehicles and construction activity will be managed by a Traffic Controller at each works site access. Overall, the volume of construction traffic generated by the Stage 4 and 5 works is predicted to be very low, in the order of 10-12 truck deliveries per day (i.e. 20 to 24 one-way trips). Note, this is still to be assessed and confirmed. •

Public transport

Due to the closure of the Wellesley Street West/ Albert Street intersection in Stages 4B and 5, all bus routes that currently use Wellesley Street West (between Queen Street and Hobson Street) will need to be rerouted. Auckland Transport is planning and managing the bus diversions over the whole network. In general, the bus routes will be rerouted to use another east-west route such as Victoria Street West and Mayoral Drive/Cook Street. •

Access to properties and pedestrian routes

Access to properties and all pedestrian routes will be maintained on Albert Street (including the southern section of the Albert Street slip lane), Victoria Street West, Wellesley Street West and Mayoral Drive, Kingston Street and Durham Street. Pedestrian and cyclist effects will be limited to minor inconvenience due to reduced footpath widths and minor diversions in place. The diversions that are implemented will still allow access to all properties. Wayfinding signage will be provided to guide pedestrians requiring access to properties. Due to the closure of the Wellesley Street West/ Albert Street intersection to traffic in Stages 4B and 5, pedestrian crossing routes will be restricted, however they will allow pedestrian access to all legs of the intersection. The width of the pedestrian route will be large enough to accommodate the crossing demand. •

Parking and loading

Parking and loading will be disrupted during the Stage 4 and 5 works. Three loading zones will be temporarily closed (Stage 4B and 5): (i) on the northern side of Victoria Street West (Stage 4A), (ii) on the northern side of Wellesley Street West – east of Albert Street and (iii) on the northern side of Wellesley Street West – west of Albert Street. This will be mitigated by using alternative loading zones.

Page 63

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station

4.3.4. Construction Noise and Vibration A Construction Noise and Vibration DWP (CNV DWP) addendum has been developed and amends the Approved CNV DWP to reflect the additional Stage 4 and 5 works. This CNV DWP addendum is included as Appendix F to this CEMP addendum. Additional noise and vibration will be created by the following activities during the Stage 4 and 5 works: gas cutting (for canopy removal), chainsaw cutting, sheet-piling, compaction, excavation and concrete breaking. The use of an excavator has the potential to generate the highest levels of vibration, with the exception of work around the Victoria Street shafts, where the construction methodology includes sheet piling. There are no vibration emitting activities associated with establishment of the CSA. There are three notable noise and vibration receivers adjacent to the Stage 4 and 5 works, namely the Auckland District Court, Aotea Centre and the Civic Theatre. Site Specific Construction Nosie and Vibration Management Plans (SSCNVMP) will be required for these receivers and a number of additional receivers (refer to Section 4.1 and 4.2 of the CNV DWP addendum). SSCNVMP are attached in Appendix B of the CNV DWP addendum. . With regards to vibration effects, building condition surveys are required for a number of additional buildings as a result of the Stage 4 and 5 works and these are provided in Appendix M of this CEMP addendum. Appendix C of the CNV DWP addendum provides communication records of consultation with relevant parties regarding noise and vibration generated during the Stage 4 and 5 works.

4.3.5. Lighting Spill and Glare No changes or additions are required to section 4.3.5 of the Approved CEMP as a result of the Stage 4 and 5 works.

4.3.6. Historic Character: Archaeology and Built Heritage 4.3.6.1

Archaeology

An addendum to the Approved Historic Character DWP - Archaeology (HC DWP (Archaeology)) has been prepared for the Stage 4 and 5 works. This HC DWP (Archaeology) addendum is included as Appendix G to this CEMP addendum. Section 4.3.6 of the Approved CEMP otherwise remains applicable with the following amendments: •

•

The AUP(OP) maps indicate Ngā Wharau a Tako (Site and Place of Significance to Mana Whenua), located on parts of Kingston Street and Federal Street. The Mana Whenua Forum has previously decided that Ngā Wharau a Tako will be recognised in a culturally appropriate way, as an integral part of the Kingston Street vent design. As such, special consideration will be given to works being undertaken in proximity of Ngā Wharau a Tako. One known archaeological site is located within the application area along the eastern side of Albert Street between Wyndham Street and Victoria Street (R11/3078; bluestone wall, stairs and toilets). There is also a backfilled or capped off well (R11/1812) within the CSA.

There is only limited potential for subsurface archaeological remains to be exposed during the Stage 4 and 5 works within the road reserves. However, earthworks required to establish the CSA in the Page 64

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station Bledisloe House car park have the potential to expose the recorded well (R11/1812) and also subsurface remains of former buildings that occupied this area in the 19th century. Proposed additional procedures and mitigation measures (should be read in conjunction with section 5 of the Approved HC DWP (Archaeology) include: •

•

Any effects on archaeological features and deposits within the CSA will be managed and mitigated by archaeological monitoring of cut earthworks, the recording of any remains exposed; and the recovery of samples of archaeological material for further analysis. Within the road, any effects on archaeological features and deposits will be managed through spot checks by the archaeologist and call-ins, as set out in section 5 of the Approved HC DWP (Archaeology). No further changes are proposed for section 5 of the Approved HC DWP (Archaeology), except in section 5.7, where it should be noted that post excavation analysis would also apply to any midden and faunal material that might be exposed by the utility relocation works.

4.3.6.2 Built Heritage An Historic Character DWP - Built Heritage (HC DWP (Built Heritage)) was not required for the previously authorised Contract 2.1 and 2.2 works (OPW60310921). The Stage 4 and 5 works have the potential to impact built heritage (as a result of vibration, ground movement, canopy removals and impact damage) and therefore a HC DWP (Built Heritage) has been prepared to mitigate and manage the potential adverse effects on built heritage as a result of the works (refer to Appendix G of this CEMP addendum). The HC DWP (Built Heritage) has been prepared in accordance with CRL designation conditions 41 and 46. Section 5 of the HC DWP (Built Heritage) outlines the operational procedures that shall be implemented during the Stage 4 and 5 works in order to mitigate and manage effects on built heritage. These include (but are not limited to) the following measures: •

• • •

•

Building condition surveys (BCS) prior to the commencement of works (with surveys during or post the works as required, refer to the CNV DWP addendum in Appendix F of the CEMP addendum and the GSMCP addendum in Appendix L of this CEMP addendum); Vibration monitoring and management (as outlined in the Approved CNV DWP and CNV DWP addendum); Groundwater monitoring and ground surface and building monitoring (as outlined in the Approved GSMCP and GSMCP addendum); Implementation of appropriate built heritage protection during the works where construction activities are undertaken adjacent to buildings (use of plywood sheets or temporary fencing, bracing, etc.); and Implementation of a recording and reinstatement strategy for the removal of canopies of historic heritage and special character buildings;

4.3.7. Urban Design No changes or additions are required to section 4.3.7 of the Approved CEMP as a result of the Stage 4 and 5 works.

Page 65

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station

4.3.8. Contaminated Soils A Contamination DWP (CDWP) addendum has been developed and amends the Approved CDWP to reflect the Stage 4 and 5 works. This CDWP addendum is included as Appendix H to this CEMP addendum. Section 4.3.8 of the Approved CEMP remains applicable with the following amendments: • •

•

Updates to the operational procedures (section 6 of the CDWP addendum) for the Stage 4 and 5 works. Two sources of materials (clean quarry materials and recycled crushed concrete aggregate) will be required to be imported to the Stage 4 and 5 works site to complete the subgrade. Material sourced from a certified quarry or supplier does not require testing. A verification regime (for the acceptance of recycled crushed concrete aggregate) to be completed by the Contaminated Land Specialist is provided in section 6.6 of the CDWP addendum. Measures for managing the unexpected discovery of asbestos (provided in section 8.2 of the CDWP addendum).

4.3.9. Air Quality An Air Quality DWP (AQ DWP) addendum has been developed and amends the Approved AQ DWP to reflect the additional Stage 4 and 5 works. This AQ DWP addendum is included as Appendix H to this CEMP addendum. Section 4.3.9 of the Approved CEMP remains applicable with the following amendments: •

•

• •

Page 66

The Stage 4 and 5 works will occur over a greater area than that covered in the Approved AQ DWP and there are additional receptors that are likely to be sensitive to dust effects including cafes and restaurants, child care centres, churches, medical centres and the District Court Building. Additional activities (associated with the Stage 4 and 5 works) have been identified and control measures provided in section 3 of the AQ DWP addendum. These control measures include: •

Concrete cutting – all concrete cutting will be undertaken using either equipment fitted with water suppression or extraction to control dust.

•

Fill placement – crushed concrete that is placed as fill material will be kept damp at all times when being placed, compacted or driven over.

The general pattern of monitoring outlined in section 4.1 of the Approved AQDWP will continue, however the daily inspections will be undertaken by the Site Engineer rather than the ESM. It is proposed that the weekly inspections will be undertaken by the ESM or delegate and will address the requirements of the monthly inspections. In addition to the combustion emissions from the operation of vehicles, there will also be combustion emissions from the operation of small generators (less than 500 kW in size which are permitted under the AUP(OP) which will be used to provide power to tools at the various work sites. As with other equipment, the generators will be appropriately serviced in accordance with the suppliers’ recommendations to minimise the potential for excessive emissions. | Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station

4.3.10. Social Impact and Business Disruption Disruption to businesses, residents and community facilities generated by the Stage 4 and 5 works may include: • • • • • • •

Disruption and physical impact on people’s health and wellbeing from construction dust, noise and vibration; Disruption from changes to public transport, pedestrian and vehicle access; Impact on amenity from construction activities and fencing/hoardings required around the works areas; Disruption to utility services; Negative perception of safety around work areas and access points; Reduction in business visibility due to fencing of works areas; and Economic opportunities and impacts.

A Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP (SIBD DWP) addendum (refer Appendix J of this CEMP addendum) has been prepared and provides updated operational procedures for the Stage 4 and 5 works, including the framework for managing social impacts and business disruption and relevant mitigation measures. Map 1 in section 5.8 of the SIBD DWP addendum identifies the key themes of primary concern and the location of the parties consulted. Appendix B of the SIBD DWP addendum provides a comprehensive profile of the businesses and residential activities within the immediate vicinity of the proposed utility relocation works (including identification of the occupancy duration). Section 5 of the Approved SIBD DWP and section 6 of the SIBD DWP addendum describe specific operational measures to be implemented, to mitigate any potential impacts listed above. Based on the more recent consultation and communication with affected parties, the indicative mitigations to address the impacts raised fall into the following key areas: • • • • • • •

Provision of unimpeded vehicle loading spaces within immediate proximity to businesses and for those requiring frequent courier deliveries; Removal of hoardings immediately on completion of works to limit duration of impact on visibility; Compensation for loss of customers and impact of the works on business viability. Regular communications on construction staging and timing and what to expect on a weekly, monthly and longer-term basis; Consideration of timing of works to avoid peak tourist season and lunchtime trade for restaurants and fast food outlets; Minimise impediments and changes to pedestrian access and the existing pedestrian flow and routes along and across the Albert Street network; and Removal of canopies and the impact upon adjacent businesses.

There is no change to the general ongoing implementation procedures described in the Approved SIBD DWP (and section 4.3.10 of the Approved CEMP), however due to the increase in the number of potentially affected parties arising from the increased extent of works, additional operational procedures are proposed to be implemented. These procedures are detailed in the SIBD DWP addendum.

Page 67

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station

4.3.11. Communications and Consultation Plan A Communication and Consultation Plan (CCP) addendum has been developed and amends the Approved CCP to reflect the additional Stage 4 and 5 works. This CCP addendum is included as Appendix K to this CEMP addendum. Section 4.3.11 of the Approved CEMP remains applicable with the following amendments: • • •

• • •

Minor amendments to roles and responsibilities (section 5.1 and 5.2 of the CCP addendum). Updated to include reference to the Link Alliance Communications and Engagement Manager. Additional communication tools that will be used during and prior to construction of the Stage 4 and 5 works including: •

Door knocking;

•

Calling cards;

•

Printed notifications;

•

Flyers; and

•

Weekly drop-in session.

An updated list of parties affected by the Stage 4 and 5 works is provided in Appendix B of the CCP addendum. Update to project contact details for enquiries or complaints (Freephone - 0800 CRL TALK, email – Aotea@linkalliance.co.nz). Updated emergency contacts list provided in section 7.5.3 of the CCP addendum.

4.3.12. Groundwater Settlement Monitoring and Contingency A Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan (GSMCP) addendum has been developed and amends the Approved GSMCP to reflect the additional Stage 4 and 5 works. This GSMCP addendum is included as Appendix L to this CEMP addendum. Section 4.3.12 of the Approved CEMP remains applicable with the following amendments: •

•

• •

Page 68

Section 3.4 of the GSMCP addendum lists a number of buildings within Victoria Street West and Albert Street, along and adjacent to the Stage 4 and 5 works with piled or shallow foundations. Section 3.5 of the GSMCP addendum lists a number of basements (in Albert Street and Wellesley Street West) in close proximity to the Stage 4 and 5 works. Section 3.7 relates to any potential cumulative settlement effects. None of the existing groundwater take consents identified in the A2N resource consent will be affected by the Stage 4 and 5 works. Section 4.5 (Roles and Responsibilities) has been amended to include the role of ‘Design Lead – Groundwater and Settlement Effects’. The measured groundwater level is approximately 10 m below ground level, which is greater than the base-level of the micro-tunnelling and launch pit excavations, thus no effect on groundwater is anticipated as a result of the Stage 4 and 5 works and no groundwater monitoring is required. | Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station •

Buildings for which building condition surveys are required as part of the Stage 4 and 5 works are provided in section 4.3.13 and Appendix M of this CEMP addendum. Section 6.3 of the GSMCP addendum provides more detailed monitoring requirements (for ground and building surveys and settlement monitoring). Appendix E of the GSMCP addendum outlines the tolerable amount of lateral deflection the pit or trench excavation support could undergo without the resulting settlement effects exceeding the trigger levels set out in the resource consent.

• •

4.3.13. Building Conditions Surveys Refer to the Approved CEMP for a description of the procedures relating to building conditions surveys. No changes or additions to those procedures are required as a result of the Stage 4 and 5 works. Appendix M of this CEMP addendum provides additional building condition surveys that will be undertaken prior to construction to comply with CRL designation condition 46. Further details regarding building condition survey requirements is provided in the GSCMP addendum, HC DWP (Built Heritage) and CNV DWP addendum.

4.3.14. Hazardous Substances Section 4.3.14 of the Approved CEMP is amended to include details of the storage of hazardous substances relevant to the Stage 4 and 5 works. Hazardous substances will be kept on site in specified hazardous storage areas (hazardous good store) within the CSA (depicted in Appendix C of this CEMP addendum). These areas will be bunded and hazardous substances kept in secure containers. A list of all hazardous substances kept on site during the construction phase will be prepared and maintained in the project Hazardous Substances Register. Safety Data Sheets (SDS) for each hazardous substance will be maintained on site in the following locations: • •

A full set at the site office; and A sub-set at each storage location relevant to the specific materials being stored.

A list of all hazardous substances kept on site during the construction phase will be prepared and maintained in the project Hazardous Substances Register. An indicative list of substances (subject to change) is provided in Table 8B. Table 8B Indicative list of substances to be stored for the Stage 4 and 5 works

Substances

Volume (L)

Storage

Location

Diesel

100

Drums in bunded pallets

Petrol

100

Drums in bunded pallets

Adjacent to the works and / or at the CSA

Hydraulic Oil

Drums in bunded pallets

Grease

Tubs / tubes in bunded pallets

Lubricants

Tubs / tubes in bunded pallets

Acetylene

12,000

G or smaller cylinders (12mᶟ of gas) in bunded pallets

Polymer

Bags or tins in bunded pallets

Page 69

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station

Substances

Volume (L)

Storage

Grout additives

Bags or tins in bunded pallets

Cement

5,000

5t stored in bags

Oxygen

24,000

G or smaller cylinders (24mᶟ of gas bottles) secured in a cage

Paint

Sealed tubs / tins of paint stored in small quantity for graffiti removal

Total volume (L)

41,380

Location

4.3.15. Trees and Vegetation A Trees and Vegetation DWP (TV DWP) was not required for the previously authorised Contract 2.1 and 2.2 works (OPW60310921). The Stage 4 and 5 works have the potential to impact on trees and therefore a TV DWP has been prepared in accordance with the requirements of CRL designation condition 5 to mitigate and manage the potential adverse effects on trees and vegetation as a result of the works (refer to Appendix O of this CEMP addendum). The Stage 4 and 5 works will require the removal of 66 trees and the pruning of two trees. Fourteen of the trees proposed for removal and one of the trees proposed to be pruned are Tulip Trees which collectively form a notable group and are listed on the AUP(OP) Notable Trees Schedule (I.D. 13). The other remaining tree species to be removed include honey locust, Queensland box gum, magnolia, broadleaf, titoki and cabbage tree. Trees are affected during the Stage 4 and 5 works due to being located within the footprint of the Construction Support Area (CSA) and/or the footprint of the main works for Aotea Station. As outlined in the TV DWP, tree removal will be undertaken by a suitably qualified and experienced arborist and will be informed by site observations, such as the proximity of surrounding buildings, tree size and overall condition, and expert knowledge. The methodologies used may include the following: • • •

Removal should be staged whereby the outer limbs are removed first, followed by the inner limbs and the main trunk. Depending on the location of utility lines, tree stumps should either be dug out or ground in situ. Removed tree debris will either be mulched onsite, removed for mulching offsite, used in a suitably selected garden beds/compost system, or if appropriate, used to create a meaningful sculpture/gift. This is dependent on the species of the tree and which option is deemed more practicable.

Consideration was given to whether it is possible to: • • •

Page 70

To reduce the CSA area or re-arrange equipment located within the CSA area in order to reduce the loss; To defer the loss until later stages in the project; and/or To enable the transplantation of trees and vegetation, with a particular focus on Notable tulip tree’s along Mayoral Drive and the titoki trees at the brick wall adjacent to the Bledisloe Car Park entrance. | Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station The following actions were undertaken to explore whether reduction in tree loss is possible, and whether it is practicable and cost effective to transplant the trees. These actions are summarised in Table 8C, and are detailed in the TV DWP. Table 8C Tree loss reduction investigation for Stage 4 and 5 works

Action Understand the utilities beneath the site

Re-arrange the current layout of the CSA Initial concept design of tree replanting around Mayoral Drive

Description This is to understand whether it is practicable and/or cost effective to transplant trees. Locations of utilities also help to inform whether it is possible to replant a tree of a similar scale and significance compared to what was removed. The key outcome is to explore whether Tulip trees (that can grow into a height and scale in proportion (or close to) its predecessors), could be replanted in the locality. Investigation into the possibility of reducing the CSA area and/or re-arranging equipment within this area to reduce the loss of trees in the locality. Provide an initial concept design of the tree planting along Mayoral Drive, to demonstrate adequate mitigation under the designation conditions, i.e. how trees can be reinstated in a manner that will provide a similar level of visual amenity (avenue effect) compared to what existed previously.

Replacement planting will be undertaken as part of the public realm reinstatement works, following the completion of construction of the new Aotea Station. Planting shall be undertaken in accordance with designation condition 55.3(c) and will be addressed in the UD DWP to be prepared as part of the public realm reinstatement OPW. Consultation regarding trees and vegetation will be undertaken with the CLG and relevant stakeholders and partners including the Mana Whenua Forum and Auckland Council Parks Department (refer to CCP in Appendix K for further details).

4.3.16. Waste Management A Waste Avoidance and Resource Recovery Management Plan (WARRMP) has been prepared for the project. The purpose of the WARRMP is to outline the strategies and initiatives the Link Alliance will take to target zero waste to landfill for the project during both temporary and main construction works. The types of waste that are likely to be generated during construction include: • • • •

Demolition wastes from buildings, structures, pavements, and other hardstand areas; Earthworks and excavation spoil including cleanfill, managed fill and contaminated spoil; General construction wastes including metals, pipes, plasterboard, concrete, timber framework, packaging materials, hazardous and special wastes; and Site office wastes including food waste, recyclables, general landfill waste, and other miscellaneous waste.

The WARRMP contains predicted waste streams (type and quantity), and the proposed waste management approach for each taking into account the waste management hierarchy of avoid, reduce, reuse, recycle, recover, treat and dispose. Specifically, in relation to waste avoidance and resource recovery during the construction phase, the Link Alliance will: • • Page 71

Consider how to avoid the creation of waste by designing out waste and/or optimising the use of the materials available and procured; Consider how materials can be reused or recycled; | Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station • • •

Consider potential waste generated by the product or related packaging; Consider the environment and social impacts of the waste; and Consider how far items must be transported for recovery.

If the disposal of hazardous waste is required, this waste will be disposed of safely, through an appropriate contractor authorised to handle, transport, process or safely dispose of the waste concerned.

4.3.17. Energy Use The Link Alliance is committed to minimising the use of fossil fuels and the corresponding release in greenhouse gas emissions (GHG emissions). Where practical, renewable energy sources will be used and methods to reduce energy use and GHG emissions will be implemented such as: • • • • • •

Use of power from the national grid rather than on site generators; Use of biofuel; Use of hybrid and/or energy efficient equipment; Use of LED lights; Operator and driver training; and Optimisation of equipment maintenance.

During construction, data from energy use will feed into carbon footprint calculations in order to monitor actual energy use and to help measure the effects of innovations and improvements that have been implemented. Inductions and tool box meetings throughout the project will highlight the energy use goals and the measures that individuals can take to help achieve the goals. Refer to the Sustainability Management Plan for further information regarding the carbon footprint calculations and the Sustainability Opportunities Register for further examples of energy reduction opportunities under investigation.

4.3.18. Water use Water use will be monitored during the Stage 4 and 5 works to track performance and promote considerate use. Where practical, water saving opportunities will be implemented such as: • • •

Reuse of treated groundwater or surface water for dust suppression; Capture of rain water for use on site for non-potable requirements (i.e. saw cutting, wheel washing, jet grouting, concrete mixing); and Water efficient workers amenities.

Water losses can contribute to significant water use, as such, meter readings will be completed weekly to identify significant increases in water use that are unexplainable. The project Environmental and Sustainability Inspections will include checks of hoses and water connections for leaks. Refer to the Sustainability Management Plan for further information regarding the metering and modelling of water use and the Sustainability Opportunities Register for further examples of water use reduction opportunities.

Page 72

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station

4.3.19. Material use Due to the very nature of construction, significant volumes of materials will be used. In order to reduce the environmental, social and economic impacts associated with material usage a number of initiatives will be undertaken, including: • • • •

The use of environmentally certified materials; The use of renewable resources; The use of recycled products (provided they meet specification); and The use of locally sourced products.

Material use will be monitored using the ISCA Materials calculator (refer section 1.8) and further information is provided in the Sustainability Management Plan.

4.4 Emergency and Incident Response This section of the CEMP addendum has been updated to reflect the Stage 4 and 5 works.

4.4.1. Emergency Response Plan Refer to Section 4.4.1 of the Approved CEMP for a detailed description on the Emergency Response plan (ERP). No changes or additions are otherwise required to this section as a result of the Stage 4 and 5 works. An ERP (or Emergency Management Plan5) has been prepared for the project early works. The ERP takes into account three levels of emergencies, which are divided according to the severity of the emergency. For example, level 1 – minor oil spill, level 2 – moderate chemical spill and level 3 – serious chemical spill.

4.4.2. Incident Response Refer to the Approved CEMP for a description on incident response procedures. Given that some hazardous substances will be stored on site in the CSA, a spill kit(s) will be available at all times to ensure the spill is appropriately managed, contained and cleaned up. Details of response to spill incidents will be dependent on the volume of the spill and detailed in the Spill Response Plan (which will be included in the ERP).

4.4.3. Notification Procedure No changes are required to Section 4.4.3 of the Approved CEMP as a result of the Stage 4 and 5 works.

4.5 Stakeholder Communications Section 4.5 of the Approved CEMP relating to stakeholder communications remains applicable to the Stage 4 and 5 works. A CCP addendum is attached in Appendix K and details stakeholder communications in relation to the Stage 4 and 5 works.

Emergency Management Plan – Link Alliance Management Plan, CRL-SYW-HSE-LKA-PLN-800003, Rev. A02, October 2019, referred to as ERP in this CEMP Page 73

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station

4.5.1. Public Safety No changes or additions are required to section 4.5.1 of the Approved CEMP as a result of the Stage 4 and 5 works.

5. Monitor and Review 5.1 Environmental Monitoring Refer to the Approved CEMP for a description of environmental monitoring requirements. In addition, refer to the various DWP and MP addendums (Appendix D to Appendix L to the CEMP addednum), TV DWP (refer Appendix O) and HC DWP (Built Heritage) (Appendix P) for amendments to environmental monitoring requirements, all attached to this CEMP addendum. External specialists will be used, where required, to conduct specialist monitoring, including noise, vibration, air quality, tree removal / transplanting / replanting and non in-situ water monitoring.

5.1.1. Collaborative Working Refer to the Approved CEMP for a description of collaborative working requirements. Table 10 identifies the ‘key contact’ personnel for the Stage 4 and 5 works as part of the collaborative working process. Table 10 Collaborative Working Contacts Organisation Auckland Council Link Alliance CRLL

Title Compliance Monitoring Officer Environment and Sustainability Manager (ESM) Principal Planner

Name Tim O’Grady Sarah Sutherland Richard Jenkins

5.1.2. Collaborative Meeting Refer to the Approved CEMP for a description of collaborative meeting requirements. The ESM will be responsible for co-ordinating any changes to the CEMP or sub-plans required as a result of the collaborative working process and communicating these updates or information resulting from the collaborative working process with the Project team. As key milestones are reached and/or if issues arise then collaborative meetings will also take place as necessary.

5.2 Environmental Inspections Refer to the Approved CEMP for a description of environmental inspection requirements. Refer to the various sub-plans (and addendums in Appendix D to L, Appendix O and P of this CEMP addendum) for specific environmental inspection requirements.

Page 74

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station

5.3 Environmental Auditing Refer to the Approved CEMP for a description of environmental auditing requirements. The following addition is required to section 5.3 of the Approved CEMP as a result of the Stage 4 and 5 works. External Environmental and Sustainability Audits (by Parent Company Staff not involved in the project or a suitably qualified consultant) will be completed as per the project Audit Schedule, and at least annually, to assess the effectiveness of the Environmental Management System. Audit findings (internal and external) will be provided to the Aotea Station Construction Manager/Project Manager within two to four weeks of the audit. Recommendations on corrective/preventive actions will be provided to address any environmental/sustainability matter to be improved as a result of non-compliances.

5.4 Corrective and Preventive Action No changes or additions are required to section 5.4 of the Approved CEMP as a result of the Stage 4 and 5 works.

5.5 Reporting No changes or additions are required to section 5.5 of the Approved CEMP as a result of the Stage 4 and 5 works.

5.6 Document Control No changes or additions are required to section 5.6 of the Approved CEMP as a result of the Stage 4 and 5 works.

5.7 CEMP Addendum Review 5.7.1. Management Review No changes or additions are required to Section 5.7.1 of the Approved CEMP as a result of the Stage 4 and 5 works.

5.7.2. Review Certification The CLG and any affected parties will be notified of any material changes to the CEMP or sub-plans and provided an opportunity to provide feedback. Any material changes to the CEMP and DWPs shall be subject to an independent peer review. Changes to the CEMP or MPs required by CRL resource consent conditions 42 and 43 will be submitted to the Auckland Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification and no activity reliant upon a change to the CEMP can be undertaken until the change has been certified. Material changes to the CEMP and DWPs required by CRL designation condition 22.1 will be submitted to Auckland Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for approval, at least 10 working days prior to the changes taking effect, and no activity reliant upon a change to the CEMP can be undertaken until the change has been approved.

Page 75

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station

List of Appendices Appendix A

Designation Conditions

Appendix B

Resource Consent Conditions

Appendix C

CEMP Addendum Site Layout Plans

Appendix D

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan Addendum

Appendix E

Transport Access and Parking Delivery Work Plan Addendum

Appendix F

Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan Addendum

Appendix G

Historic Character Delivery Work Plan Addendum (Archaeology)

Appendix H

Contaminated Land Delivery Work Plan Addendum

Appendix I

Air Quality Delivery Work Plan Addendum

Appendix J

Social Impact and Business Disruption Delivery Work Plan Addendum 86

Appendix K

Communication and Consultation Plan Addendum

Appendix L Addendum

Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan 88

Appendix M

Building Condition Surveys

Appendix N

Records of CLG and IPRP feedback on the CEMP Addendum

Appendix O

Tree and Vegetation Delivery Work Plan

111

Appendix P

Historic Character Delivery Work Plan (Built Heritage)

112

Appendix Q

Approved CEMP

113

Appendix R

ISCA Requirements

114

Page 76

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station

Appendix A

Page 77

Designation Conditions

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

CRL Designation Conditions 10 September 2018

Aotea Alteration: BROWN (confirmed 24 January 2017) Condition 27.1(b) (Swanson St diversion): ORANGE (confirmed 23 June 2017) Strata/Sub-Strata Alteration: GREEN (confirmed 22 September 2017) Mt Eden CRL and NAL Alteration: BLUE (Environment Court Decision 15/12/17) Condition 27.1(b) (second Swanson St diversion): PINK (confirmed 27 March 2018) Operational Vibration Conditions 63 & 66: PURPLE (confirmed 24 July 2018) Karangahape Station Alteration: Amendments not included in this set

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 1

Explanatory Note: The following explanatory note does not form part of the conditions. It is a non-statutory way finding explanation of how the conditions are structured, what they cover in broad terms and where referenced documents can be found. This note does not alter legal obligations and rights created by the conditions. The conditions attach to six different designations. The designations are: 2500-1

A surface designation extending from Britomart Transport Centre to Albert Street/Mayoral Drive (in the vicinity of the Aotea car park entrance on Mayoral Drive) for the construction, operation and maintenance of the CRL – including two rail tunnels and Aotea Station.

2500-2

A sub-strata designation of land below the ground surface (within road resource and private property) for the construction, operation and maintenance of the CRL – including two rail tunnels and ancillary activities. This designation sits underneath the strata (protection) designation 2500-3 and extends from Mayoral Drive to New North Road.

2500-3

A strata (protection) designation that acts as a buffer between activities on the ground surface and the sub-strata designation (2500-2) that provides for the two rail tunnels. This designation sits above designation 2500-2, starting from 5 metres below the ground surface, and extends from Mayoral Drive to New North Road.

2500-4

A surface and sub-strata designation for the construction, operation and maintenance of Karangahape Station, and encompassing land within road reserve and private property in the vicinity of Pitt Street, Beresford Square, Karangahape Road, and Mercury Lane.

2500-5

A surface and sub-strata designation for the construction, operation and maintenance of Newton Station, and encompassing land within road reserve and private property in the vicinity of Symonds Street, Dundonald Street, and New North Road.

2500-6

A surface designation for the construction, operation and maintenance of the CRL – including the rail tunnels and connections required to join the CRL to the North Auckland Railway Line (NAL). This designation is located generally between New North Road, Mt Eden Road and Boston Road in the north and the NAL in the south. It also includes land located on the southern side and adjacent to the NAL between Normanby Road and Mt Eden Road, and to the immediate east and west of Porters Avenue.

Hereafter for the purpose of this condition set the designations are referred to as 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6. The table of contents for the conditions provides a broad overview of the subject matter. It commences with definitions and abbreviations and progresses to general conditions applicable to all designations followed by the conditions for pre-construction, construction, and operation. Under each of these

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 2

headings may be found sub-headings dealing with specific aspects of the work. There follow advice notes and appendices for: - buildings for consideration as to building condition surveys; and - heritage buildings for consideration as to building condition surveys The conditions for designation 3 conclude the suite of conditions. Set out below are a series of figures illustrating and explaining the location, extent and nature of designations 1 â€“ 6. For precise details, please refer to the relevant designation overlays within the planning maps. Figure 1: Designations Overview Map The map below is not to scale and is intended as a visual tool only to show the location of each designation. The Land Requirement Plans and associated Schedule of Directly Affected Parties (attached to each designation) should be referred to for the actual area of land required.

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 3

Figure 2: Visual explanation of the designation types Surface Designations

Sub-strata Designations

Strata Designation with Sub-strata Designation below

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 4

Figure 3: Indicative long-section of the designations across the length of the CRL

The relationship between the various plans required by designation conditions is illustrated in the diagram below:

The documents referred to in the designation conditions can be found at [insert]

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 5

Contents

Requiring Authority Designation Conditions – for Designations 1, 2, 4, 5 and 6 DEFINITIONS GENERAL CONDITIONS Condition 1 Condition 2 Condition 3 PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS Condition 4 – Appointment of Communication and Consultation Manager Condition 5 – Pre-Construction Communication and Consultation Plan Condition 6 – Network Utility Operators Condition 7 – Community Liaison Groups Condition 8 – Mana Whenua Consultation Condition 9 – Network Utility Operator Liaison CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS Condition 10 – Outline Plan Requirements Condition 11 – Independent Peer Review of CEMP and DWPs Condition 12 – Availability of Outline Plan(s) Condition 13 – Monitoring of Construction Conditions Communication and Consultation Condition 14 – Contact Person Condition 15 – Communication and Consultation Plan Condition 16 – Communications – Notable Noise and Vibration Receivers Condition 17 – Concerns and Complaints Management Condition 18 – “One Network” Consultation Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) and Delivery Work Plans (DWPs) Condition 19 – Preparation, Compliance and Monitoring Condition 20 – CEMP Requirements Condition 21 – CEMP Construction Works Requirements Condition 22 – Review Process for CEMP and DWPs

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 6

Condition 23 – Update of CEMP and DWPs following review Condition 24 – Network Utilities Transport, Access and Parking Condition 25 – General Transport, Access and Parking Condition 26 – Monitoring of Transport Network Congestion Condition 27 – Transport, Access and Parking: Specific Requirements (Britomart to Mayoral Drive) Condition 28 – Transport, Access and Parking: Specific Requirements (Karangahape Station Area) Condition 29 – Transport, Access and Parking: Specific Requirements (Newton Station Area) Condition 30 – Transport, Access and Parking: Specific Requirements (NAL Area) Noise and Vibration Condition 31 – Project Standards – Construction Noise Condition 32 – Project Standards – Blasting Noise Condition 33 – Project Standards – Construction Vibration Condition 34 – Project Standards – Construction Vibration (Amenity) Condition 35 – Project Standards – MediaWorks Condition 36 – Construction Noise and Vibration DWP Condition 37 – Site Specific Construction Noise Management Plan (SSCNMP) Condition 38 – Site Specific Construction Vibration Management Plan (SSCVMP) Condition 39 – Notable Noise and Vibration Receivers Condition 40 – Construct ion Noise and Vibration Management Plan – MediaWorks Built Heritage/Archaeology Condition 41 – Historic Character – Built Heritage Condition 42– Historic Character – Archaeology Condition 43 – Heritage Advisory Group and Composition Condition 44 – Heritage Advisory Group Function Condition 45 – Bluestone Wall Management Plan Building Condition Surveys Condition 46 – Process for Building Condition Surveys Urban Design Condition 47 – Urban Design Principles

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 7

Condition 48 – Mitigation Planting Requirements Condition 49 – Engagement with Mana Whenua and the Mana Whenua Principles Condition 50 – Specific Area Requirements: Britomart to Aotea Station Condition 51 – Specific Area Requirements: Karangahape Station area Condition 52 – Specific Area Requirements: Newton Station area Condition 53 – Specific Area Requirements: North Auckland Line area Condition 54 – Station Plan Requirements Trees and Vegetation Condition 55 – Trees and Vegetation DWP Public Art Condition 56 – Public Art DWP Contamination Condition 57 – Contamination DWP Condition 58 – Contamination Validation Report at Completion of Construction Air Quality Condition 59 – Air Quality DWP Social Impact and Business Disruption Condition 60 – Property Management Strategy Condition 61 – Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP Specific Design Requirements Condition 62 – Specific Design Requirements relating to 152 Vincent Street OPERATIONAL CONDITIONS Condition 63 – Operational Rail Vibration Condition 64 – Operational Noise – Mechanical Ventilation Plant Condition 65 – Operational Noise and Vibration Management Plan (ONVMP) Condition 66 – Operational Noise and Vibration Management – Mediaworks ADVICE NOTES APPENDIX ONE – Buildings for Consideration as to Building Condition Surveys APPENDIX TWO – Heritage Buildings for Consideration as to Building Condition Surveys

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 8

Requiring Authority Designation Conditions â€“ Designation 3 Condition 1 Condition 2 Condition 3 Condition 4 Condition 5 ADVICE NOTES

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 9

Requiring Authority Designation Conditions – for Designations 1, 2, 4, 5 and 6

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

Condition

DEFINITIONS 1 2

Consult

Consulting

Consultation

The process of providing information about the construction works, and receiving for consideration, information from stakeholders, directly affected and affected in proximity parties, regarding those effects and proposals for the management and mitigation of them.

6 1 4 5

Fully operational traffic lane

May include a traffic lane that is subject to a reduced speed limit, or one which may have a temporary reduction in the lane width, due to construction activity.

Two way access

Access into and out from a site or a road. This access may include restrictions (eg. left in, left out) where these are specified within the relevant conditions.

6 1 4 5 6 Receivers that undertake activities within spaces that rely on a particularly low noise and vibration environment. For these designations these spaces are defined as:

1 2 4 5

Notable Noise and Vibration Receivers

•

Public Performance Theatres;

•

Recording Studios, both sound and television (including Mediaworks, except the specific spaces addressed by Condition 35);

•

In relation to sensitive equipment - Medical Facilities and Scientific Laboratories;

•

In relation to the requirement to record witness statements - The Auckland District Court in Albert Street

Receivers that may be disturbed during rest, concentration, communication or prayer. For these designations these include (but are not limited to): 1 2 4 5

Sensitive Noise and Vibration Receivers

Site Specific Construction

•

Dwellings

•

Offices

•

Schools, including Child Care Centres and tertiary facilities

•

Libraries

•

Hospitals

•

Rest Homes

•

Marae and other Cultural Centres

•

Churches

•

Hotels or other accommodation facilities

These include site specific construction noise management plans (SSCNMP), site specific construction vibration plans (SSCVMP), or a

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 10

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

2 4 5 6

Condition

Noise and Vibration Management Plans

combination of both noise and vibration in one plan (SSCNVMP) to address the effects from the construction activity on notable or sensitive receivers.

1 2 4 5

Best practicable option

Has the meaning under the Resource Management Act 1991 and, for the purpose of these conditions, comprises the best practicable option for minimising the effects of any construction activity (including effects on the transport network or heritage values) on the receiver.

Historic Character

This includes heritage buildings, sites and places identified in the New Zealand Historic Places Trust register or in the Auckland Council District Plan (Isthmus or Central Area Sections) or as specifically identified in conditions.

6 1 2 4 5 6 Mana whenua for the purpose of this designation are considered to be the following (in no particular order), who at the time of Notice of Requirement expressed a desire to be involved in the City Rail Link Project: 1 2 4

Mana Whenua

5 6

1 2 4

Material change

5 6

4 5 6

Ngati Maru

•

Ngati Paoa

•

Ngai Tai ki Tamaki

•

Ngati Te Ata

•

Ngati Whatua o Orakei

•

Te Akitai

•

Te Kawerau o maki

•

Ngati Tamaoho

Material change will include amendment to any base information informing the CEMP or other Plan or any process, procedure or method of the CEMP or other Plan which has the potential to materially increase adverse effects on a particular receiver. For clarity, changes to personnel and contact schedules do not constitute a material change. Delivery Work Plans will contain specific objectives and methods for avoiding, remedying or mitigating effects and address the following topics:

1 2

•

Delivery Work Plans

(a)

Transport, Access and Parking;

(b)

Construction noise and vibration;

(c)

Historic Character (including Archaeology);

(d)

Urban Design (including landscape and station plans);

(e)

Trees and vegetation;

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 11

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

Condition

(f)

Social Impact and Business Disruption;

(g)

Air quality;

(h)

Public Art; and

(i)

Contamination.

1 2 4 5

Peak Particle Velocity

The maximum component peak vibration level (in mm/s) measured in any of three orthogonal axes (vertical, transverse, longitudinal).

MediaWorks

MediaWorks means any television, radio and/or interactive media facilities which broadcast from the MediaWorks site (including any successor which conducts the same activities).

6 6

MediaWorks site means the properties at 2-3 Flower Street and 44-52 New North Road included within the following:

MediaWorks site

MediaWorks buildings

Studio 1

Lot 1 DP 84213

NA40B/1323

Lot 2 DP 49561

NA2063/54

Lot 4 Section 3 Deeds Plan 45(blue)

NA557/190

Part Lot 5 Section 3 Deeds Plan 45 Blue

NA557/144

Lot 1 DP 60771

NA15C/727

MediaWorks buildings means the buildings located at 2 Flower Street (Lot 2 DP 49561, NA2063/54), 3 Flower Street (Lot 1 DP 84213, NA40B/1323), 40 New North Road (Lot 1 DP 80372, NA37A/545), 44 New North Road (Lot 4 Section 3 Deeds Plan 45 (Blue), NA557/190), 4648 New North Road (Pt Lot 5 Section 3 Deeds Plan 45 (Blue), NA557/144), and 52 New North Road (Lot 1 DP 60771, NA15C/727). Studio 1 means the main broadcasting studio at the MediaWorks building at 3 Flower Street as shown on Diagram 1.

ABBREVIATIONS CEMP

Construction Environmental Management Plan

DWP

Delivery Work Plan

NoR

Notice of Requirement

ONVMP

Operational Noise and Vibration Management Plan

PPV

Peak Particle Velocity

SSCNVMP

Site Specific Noise and Vibration Management Plan

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 12

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

Condition

GENERAL CONDITIONS 1.1 The City Rail Link Project (City Rail Designations 1, 2, 4, 5 and 6) shall be undertaken in general accordance with the following, subject to final detailed design: (a) the information provided by the Requiring Authority in the Notice of Requirement dated 23 August 2012 and supporting documents (as updated by information provided by the Requiring Authority up until the close of the Hearing and during the course of Environment Court proceedings) being: (i) Assessment of Environmental Effects report (contained in Volume 2 of the Notice of Requirement suite of documents, dated 15 August 2012 Rev B); (ii) Supporting environmental assessment reports (contained in Volume 3 of the Notice of Requirement suite of documents, dated August 2012); (iii) The Concept Design Report (contained in Volume 2 of the Notice of Requirement suite of documents, dated 13 August 2012 Rev 3); (iv) Plan sets:

1 2 1

4 5 6

•

Land requirement plans (contained in Volume 1 of the Notice of Requirement suite of documents, dated 15 August 2012 and GIS4214293-100-10 Rev 5 as amended for 32 Normanby Road, dated 14 September 2015);

•

Plans contained in the Concept Design Report Appendices (contained in Volume 3 of the Notice of Requirement suite of documents, dated 13 August 2012 Rev 3);

•

Plan CIV-000-DRG-0001 attached at Appendix 1 to these Conditions.

(v) Information provided in response to the Section 92 requests and/or in advance of the Council’s section 42A report, including the following: •

“City Rail Link Notice of Requirement: Social Impact Assessment” prepared by Beca Carter Hollings & Ferner Ltd (Beca), dated 19 April 2011 (approved for release 19 April 2013);

•

“City Rail Link – Supplementary Report: Traffic Modelling of Alternative Construction Scenarios” prepared by Flow Transportation Specialists Ltd, dated 22 May 2013.

(vi) Evidence (including supplementary evidence) provided prior to and at the Council hearing, including but not limited to: •

Statement of Evidence by Ian Clark (Transport) dated 2 July 2013;

•

“Drawing 0220, Revision B” dated 20 August 2013, being part of the City Rail Link Project: Mt Eden Worksite set by Aurecon, submitted as part of the Second Supplementary Statement of Evidence of William (Bill) Russell Newns for Auckland Transport;

•

“City Rail Link Notice of Requirement: Outline Plan Process and Environmental Management Plan System (Indicative)” prepared by Beca Carter Hollings & Ferner Ltd, dated 27 September 2013;

•

“City Rail Link: Indicative Communication and Consultation Plan” prepared by Auckland Transport, dated September 2013;

•

“Outline Social Impact and Business Disruption Delivery Work Plan” submitted as Attachment A to the Statement of Evidence of Amelia Joan Linzey (Beca Carter Hollings & Ferner Ltd), dated 26 September

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 13

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

Condition

2013. (vii) All material and evidence (including rebuttal evidence) provided by the Requiring Authority in the Environment Court proceedings (ENV-2014-AKL-000057). (b) Except as modified by the following alterations: (i) Assessment of Environmental Effects (Reference CRL-AOT-RME-000-0057), Design and Construction Report (Reference CRL-AOT-RME-000-0059 and Drawings CRL¬ SYW-RME-000- DWG-0025-0030 (‘Aotea Alteration’ - CRL Designation 1); and (ii) Assessment of Environmental Effects (Reference CRL-SYWRME-000-RPT-0065, Design and Construction Memorandum (Reference CRL-SYW- RME-000-MEM0002) and Drawings CRL-SYW- RME-000-DRG-0120 to 0124 and 0128 to 0132 ‘Strata / Sub-Strata Alteration (CRL Designation 2); and (iii) Assessment of Environmental Effects (Reference CRL-MTE-RME- 000-RPT-0060, Revision 7 dated 9/11/16), Design and Construction Memorandum (Reference CRL-MTE-RME-000-MEM-0001, dated 9/11/16) and Drawings CRL-SYW-RME000-DWGDRG-0101 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16, 0102 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16, 0110 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16 and 0133 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16 and CRL-EFCROA-000-DRG-1027 Revision 4 dated 30/6/16, 1028 Revision 4 dated 30/6/16 and 1127 Revision 2 dated 30/6/16 and CRL-EFC-CON-000-DRG- 0060 Revision 1 dated 20/6/16, 0061 Revision 1 dated 20/6/16, 0062 Revision 1 dated 20/6/16, 0063 Revision 1 dated 20/6/16 and 0064 Revision 1 dated 8/7/16)(‘Mt Eden Station Alteration’ - CRL Designation 6), Section 92 responses dated 20/12/16, 17/2/17 and 27/4/17; (iv) Assessment of Environmental Effects (Reference CRL-PAT-ENV-CON-PLN-003285, Revision 2 dated 19/12/17, Section 92 Responses dated 19/2/18. 1.2 Where there is inconsistency between: (a) The documents listed above and these conditions, these conditions shall prevail; (b) The information and plans set out in conditions 1.1(a) and 1.1(b) lodged with the requirements and presented at the Council Hearing and during the course of Environment Court proceedings, the most recent information and plans shall prevail; (c) The indicative management plans and evidence presented at the Council Hearing and the management plans (DWPs, CEMP, etc) required by the conditions of these designations and submitted through an Outline Plan, the requirements of the management plans shall prevail. 1 2 2

2.1 In accordance with section 184(1) of the Resource Management Act 1991 (the RMA), these designations shall lapse if not given effect to within 15 10 years from the date on which they are confirmed.

5 6 1 3

3.1 As soon as reasonably practicable, and no later than the point at which any part or parts of the City Rail Link become operational, the Requiring Authority shall:

(a) Review the area and volume of land designated for the City Rail Link;

(b) Identify any areas of designated land that are either no longer necessary for construction of the City Rail Link (if the City Rail Link has been constructed in part), or no longer necessary for the on-going operation and/or maintenance of the City Rail Link or for on-going mitigation measures; and

5 6

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 14

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

Condition

(c) Give notice in accordance with Section 182 of the RMA for the removal of those parts of the designation identified in (b) above. (d) Give notice in accordance with s182 of the RMA for the drawback of the CRL designation post construction where the CRL overlaps the North Auckland Line designation (Auckland Unitary Plan reference 6300) as follows: (i) Between 4 Haultain Street and 5 Fenton Street north and south (Identification reference 7 on drawing CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-0104 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16); (ii) Between 49-51 Boston Road and Severn Street (Identification references 1, 2 and 3 on drawing CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-0101 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16; (iii) At 14-22 Boston Road (Identification references 5 on drawing CRL-SYW-RME000-DRG-0101 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16); (iv) At 11 Water Street (Identification reference 6 on drawing CRL-SYW-RME-000DRG-0101 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16); (v) At 26 and 28 Mt Eden Road (Identification references 5 and 6 on drawing CRLSYW-RME-000-DRG-0103 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16); (vi) Over road reserve at Normanby Road between Lauder Road and Boston Road to reflect the Normanby Road overbridge (Identification reference 2 on drawing CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-0103 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16); and (vii) At Porters Ave to reflect the location of signalling infrastructure (Identification reference 8 on drawing CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-0104 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16).

PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS Appointment of Communication and Consultation Manager

1 2 4 5 6

4.1 Within three months of the confirmation of the designation the Requiring Authority shall appoint a Communication and Consultation Manager to implement the Pre-construction Communication and Consultation Plan (Condition 5). The Communication and Consultation Manager shall be the main and readily accessible point of contact for persons affected by or interested in the City Rail Link Project until the commencement of the construction phase of the Project, or the contact person under Condition 14 is appointed. 4.2 The Communication and Consultation Managerâ€™s contact details (or, if appointed under Condition 14, that contact persons details) shall be listed in the Pre-construction Communication and Consultation Plan and listed on the Requiring Authority website, the City Rail Link Website, and the Auckland Council website. Pre-Construction Communication and Consultation Plan

1 2 4 5 6

5.1 The objective of the Pre-construction Communication and Consultation Plan is to set out a framework to ensure appropriate communication and consultation is undertaken with the community, stakeholders, affected parties and affected in proximity parties prior to the commencement of construction of the City Rail Link. 5.2 The Requiring Authority shall prepare a Pre-Construction Communication and Consultation Plan. This Plan shall be submitted to Auckland Councils Major Infrastructure Projects Team Manager, within 2 months of the Designation being confirmed, for confirmation that the Plan has been prepared in accordance with this condition. 5.3 The Plan shall be implemented and complied with within 3 months from the confirmation of the designations until the commencement of the construction of the City Rail Link.

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 15

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

Condition

5.4 This Plan shall set out recommendations and requirements (as applicable) that should be adopted by and/or inform the development of the CEMP and DWPs. 5.5 The Pre-construction Communication and Consultation Plan shall set out how the Requiring Authority will: (a) Inform the community of Project progress and likely commencement of construction works and programme; (b) Engage with the community in order to foster good relationships and to provide opportunities for learning about the Project; (c) Obtain (and specify reasonable timeframes for) feedback and input from Stakeholders, directly affected and affected in proximity parties regarding the development of the CEMP and DWPs; (d) Respond to queries and complaints. Information shall include but not be limited to: (i) Who is responsible for responding; (ii) How responses will be provided; (iii) The timeframes that the responses will be provided within. (e) Where feedback (in accordance with this condition) is provided, the Pre-construction Communication and Consultation Plan shall articulate how that feedback has informed the development of the CEMP and DWPs and where it has not, reasons why it hasnâ€™t; (f) Provide updates on the property acquisition process as well as the management strategy for properties acquired by the Requiring Authority for the construction of the City Rail Link. 5.6 The Pre-Construction Communication and Consultation Plan shall be prepared in consultation with Stakeholders, directly affected parties and affected in proximity parties including, but not limited to: (a) All property owners and occupiers (including, subject to Condition 61.5, sub lessees) identified within the designation footprint; (b) All property owners and occupiers adjacent to construction sites (Britomart and Albert Street (Designation 1), Karangahape Road (Designation 4), Newton Station (Designation 5), and the main construction site including grade separation works at Normanby Road and Porters Ave (Designation 6)); (c) New Zealand Historic Places Trust (NZHPT); (d) Department of Corrections; (e) Ministry of Justice; (f) MediaWorks; (g) Network Utility Operators; (h) Bear Park Early Childhood Centre; (i) Body Corporate 164980 & Tenham Investments Limited (j) Community Liaison Group(s) (refer Condition 7); 5.7 The Pre-construction Communication and Consultation Plan shall, as a minimum, include: (a) A communications framework that details the Requiring Authorityâ€™s communication strategies, the accountabilities, frequency of communications and consultation, the range of communication and consultation tools to be used (including any modern and relevant communication methods, newsletters or similar, advertising etc.), and any other relevant communication matters;

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 16

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

Condition

(b) Details of the Communication and Consultation Manager for the pre-construction period (Condition 4 of this designation) including their contact details (phone, email and postal address); (c) The methods for identifying, communicating and consulting with stakeholders, directly affected parties and affected in proximity parties and other interested parties. Such methods shall include but not be limited to: (i) Newsletters; (ii) Newspaper advertising; (iii) Notification and targeted consultation with stakeholders, affected parties and affected in proximity parties; and (iv) The use of the project website for public information. (d) The methods for identifying, communicating and consulting with the owners of 1 Queen Street (HSBC House) and 21 Queen Street (Zurich House) regarding the development of the City Rail Link design and construction methodology between Britomart Transport Centre and Customs Street (through the Downtown Shopping Centre site). (e) The methods for communicating and consulting with mana whenua for the implementation of mana whenua principles for the project (refer to condition 8 and 48); (f) The methods for communicating and consulting with the Community Liaison Group(s); (g) How communication and consultation activity will be recorded; and (h) Methods for recording reasonably foreseeable future planned network utility works so that these can be considered and incorporated, where appropriate, into the City Rail Link design. 5.8 The Pre-construction Communication and Consultation Plan will be publicly available once finalised and for the duration of construction. Network Utility Operators 6.1 Under s 176(1)(b) of the Resource Management Act 1991 (RMA) no person may do anything in relation to the designated land that would prevent or hinder the City Rail Link, without the prior written consent of the Requiring Authority.

1 2 6

6.2 In the period before construction begins on the City Rail Link (or a section thereof), the following activities undertaken by Network Utility Operators will not prevent or hinder the City Rail Link, and can be undertaken without seeking the Requiring Authority’s written approval under section 176(1)(b) of the RMA: (a) Maintenance and urgent repair works of existing Network Utilities;

(b) Minor renewal works to existing Network Utilities necessary for the on-going provision or security of supply of Network Utility Operations;

(c) Minor works such as new property service connections; (d) Upgrades to existing Network Utilities within the same or similar location with the same or similar effects on the City Rail Link designation. 6.3 For the avoidance of doubt, in this condition an “existing Network Utility” includes infrastructure operated by a Network Utility Operator which was: (a) In place at the time the notice of requirement for the City Rail Link was served on Auckland Council (23 August 2012); or

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 17

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

Condition

(b) Undertaken in accordance with this condition or the section 176(1)(b) RMA process. Community Liaison Groups 7.1 Within three months of the confirmation of the designations the Requiring Authority shall, in consultation with the Auckland Council, establish at least one Community Liaison Group in each of the following key construction areas: (a) Britomart and Albert Street (Designation 1) (b) Karangahape Road (Designation 4) (c) Newton Station (Designation 5) (d) Main Construction site (Designation 6) 7.2 The number of Groups shall be confirmed with the Auckland Council. 7.3 The membership of the Community Liaison Group(s) shall include representative(s) of the Requiring Authority and be open to all directly affected and affected in proximity parties to the Project including, but not limited to the following: (a) Representative(s) for and/or directly affected and affected in proximity property owners and occupiers; (b) CBD Residents Advisory Group; (c) The Karangahape Road Business Association; (d) Eden Terrace Business Association; (e) Heart of the City; (f) Roman Catholic Diocese of Auckland;

1 2 4 5 6

(g) St Patrickâ€™s Cathedral; and (h) St Benedictâ€™s Parish. 7.4 In addition to the requirements in Condition 5, the purpose of the Groups shall be to: (a) Provide a means for receiving regular updates on Project progress; (b) Monitor the effects of constructing the Project on the community by providing a regular forum through which information about the Project can be provided to the community. (c) Enable opportunities for concerns and issues to be reported to and responded by the Requiring Authority. (d) Provide feedback on the development of the CEMP and DWPS. (e) Proposed potential joint initiatives to the Requiring Authority for the Property Management Strategy regarding the interim use of properties including vacant land acquired for the construction of the City Rail Link. 7.5 The Requiring Authority will consult with the Groups in respect of the development of the CEMP and DWPs. 7.6 The Requiring Authority will appoint one or more persons appropriately qualified in community consultation as the Community Consultation Advisor(s) to: (a) Provide administrative assistance to the Groups; (b) Ensure the Groups are working effectively (including the development of a Code of Conduct) and appropriate procedures for each Group; and (c) Act as a community consultation advisor to the Group. 7.7 The Requiring Authority will use its best endeavours to ensure that the Groups meet at least annually until the commencement of construction and then at least once every three months or as otherwise required once construction commences.

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 18

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

Condition

7.8 Once construction has commenced the Requiring Authority will provide an update at least every three months (or as otherwise agreed) to the Groups on compliance with the designation conditions and the CEMP and DWP and any material changes to these plans. 7.9 The Requiring Authority shall provide reasonable administrative support for the Groups including organising meetings at a local venue, inviting all members of the Groups, as well as the taking and dissemination of meeting minutes. 7.10 The Groups shall continue for the duration of the construction phase of the Project and for six months following completion of the Project. Mana Whenua Consultation 8.1 Within three months of the confirmation of the designations the Requiring Authority shall establish a kaitiaki or mana whenua forum to provide for an on-going role in the design and construction of the CRL Project. 8.2 The frequency at which the forum meets shall be agreed between the Requiring Authority and mana whenua. 8.3 The role of the mana whenua forum may include the following: (a) Developing practical measures to give effect to the principles in the Urban Design DWP (refer to Condition 49);

(b) Input into, where practicable, the design of the stations (refer to Condition 54);

(d) Working collaboratively with the Requiring Authority around built heritage and archaeological matters;

5 6

(e) Undertaking kaitiakitanga responsibilities associated with the City Rail Link Project, including monitoring, assisting with discovery procedures, and providing mÄ tauranga MÄ ori input in the relevant stages of the Project; and (f) Providing a forum for consultation with mana whenua regarding the names for the City Rail Link stations, noting that there may be formal statutory processes outside the project (such as the New Zealand Geographic Board) which may be involved in any decision making on station names. 8.4 The mana whenua forum may provide written advice to the Requiring Authority in relation to any of the above matters. The Requiring Authority must consider this advice and the means by which any suggestions may be incorporated in the City Rail Link project. Network Utility Operator Liaison 9.1 The Requiring Authority and its contractor shall:

1 2 9

4 5 6

(a) Work collaboratively with Network Utility Operators during the development of the further design for the City Rail Link to provide for the ongoing operation and access to network Utility operations; (b) Undertake communication and consultation with Network Utility Operators as soon as reasonably practicable, and at least once prior to construction timing being confirmed and construction methodology, and duration being known; and (c) Work collaboratively with Network Utility Operators during the preparation and implementation of the CEMP (Condition 24) and DWPs in relation to management of adverse effects on Network Utility Operations. 9.2 A summary of the communication and consultation undertaken between the Requiring Authority and Network Utility Operators prior to construction commencing shall be

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 19

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

Condition

provided as part of the Outline Plan. 9.3 The Requiring Authority shall undertake on-going communication and consultation with Network Utility operators throughout the duration of construction, including in relation to changes envisaged by Conditions 22 and 23 affecting Network Utility Operations to ascertain whether or not any changes or updates to the CEMP Network Utilities section are required to address unforeseen effects. CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS Outline Plan Requirements 10.1 The Requiring Authority shall submit an Outline Plan to the Auckland Council for the construction of the City Rail Link in accordance with section 176A of the RMA. The Outline Plan shall include: (a) The Communication and Consultation Plan (Condition 15); (b) The Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP); (c) Delivery Work Plans (DWPs); (d) Site Specific Construction Noise/Vibration Management Plans (SSCNVMPs) and Notable Receiver Management Plans; and (e) Any other information required by the conditions of this designation associated with the construction of the City Rail Link.

1 2 10

4 5 6

10.2 The plans listed in Condition 10.1 above must clearly document the comments and inputs received by the Requiring Authority during its consultation with stakeholders, affected parties and affected in proximity parties, and any recommendations received as part of the Independent Peer Review Panel process (where applicable), along with a clear explanation of where any affected party comments or peer review recommendations have not been incorporated, and the reasons why not. 10.3 The Requiring Authority may choose to give effect to the designation conditions associated with the construction of the City Rail Link: (a) Either at the same time or in parts; (b) By submitting one or more: (i) Communication and Consultation Plans; (ii) CEMP; (iii) DWPs; and (iv) SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs 10.4 These plans should clearly show how the part integrates with adjacent City Rail Link construction works and interrelated activities. This particularly applies where the Urban Design DWP is submitted as a number of plans. 10.5 Early engagement will be undertaken with Auckland Council in relation to preparation and submission of the Outline Plan to establish a programme for the Outline Plan process to ensure achievable timeframes for both parties. 10.6 All works shall be carried out in accordance with the Outline Plan(s) required by this condition.

Independent Peer Review of CEMP and DWPs

11.1 Prior to submitting the CEMP, DWPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs (other than those prepared in accordance with Condition 39) to Auckland Council for the construction of the City Rail Link, the Requiring Authority shall engage suitably qualified independent specialists

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 20

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

5 6

Condition

agreed to by Auckland Council to form an Independent Peer Review Panel. The purpose of the Independent Peer Review Panel is to undertake a peer review of the CEMP, DWPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs (other than those prepared in accordance with Condition 39), and provide recommendations on whether changes are required to those plans in order to meet the objective and other requirements of these conditions. 11.2 The CEMP, DWPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs (other than those prepared in accordance with Condition 39) must clearly document the comments and inputs received by the Requiring Authority during its consultation with stakeholders, affected parties and affected in proximity parties, along with a clear explanation of where any comments have not been incorporated, and the reasons why not. This information must be included in the CEMP, DWPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs (other than those prepared in accordance with Condition 39) provided to both the independent peer reviewer and Auckland Council as part of this condition. 11.3 The CEMP, DWPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs (other than those prepared in accordance with Condition 39) submitted to Auckland Council shall demonstrate how the recommendations from the independent peer reviewers have been incorporated, and, where they have not, the reasons why not. 11.4 In reviewing an Outline Plan submitted in accordance with these designation conditions, Auckland Council shall take into consideration the independent specialist peer review undertaken in accordance with this condition and any additional information provided to Auckland Council by affected parties. Availability of Outline Plan(s)

1 2 12

4 5 6

12.1 For the duration of construction the following plans and any material changes to these plans shall be made available for public viewing on the Project web site: (a) CEMP; (b) DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs); and (c) Communication and Consultation Plan. 12.2 A copy of these Plans will also be held and made available for viewing at each construction site. Monitoring of Construction Conditions

13.1 The Requiring Authority, its contractor team, and the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s) shall establish and implement a collaborative working process for dealing with day to day construction processes, including monitoring compliance with the designation conditions and with the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs) and any material changes to these plans associated with construction of the City Rail Link.

13.2 This collaborative working process shall:

4 5 6

(a) Operate for the duration of the construction works and for 6 months following completion of construction works where monitoring of designation conditions is still required, unless a different timeframe is mutually agreed between the Requiring Authority and the Auckland Council; (b) Have a “key contact” person representing the Requiring Authority and a “key contact” person representing the contractor team to work with the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s); (c) The “key contacts” shall be identified in the CEMP and shall meet at least monthly unless a different timeframe is agreed with the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s). The purpose of the meeting is to report on compliance with the

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 21

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

Condition

designation conditions and with the CEMP, DWPs and material changes to these plans and on any matters of non-compliance and how they have been addressed; (d) Once construction has commenced, the Requiring Authority and / or the contractor shall provide an update to the Community Liaison Groups (Condition 7 of this designation) at least once every 3 months, or if in accordance with Condition 7 these groups meet more regularly, at least once every two months. 13.3 The purpose and function of the collaborative working process is to: (a) Assist as necessary the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s) to confirm that: (i) The works authorised under these designations are being carried out in compliance with the designation conditions, the CEMP, DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs) and any material changes to these plans; (ii) The Requiring Authority and its contractor are undertaking all monitoring and the recording of monitoring results in compliance with the requirements of the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs) and any material changes to these plans; (b) Subsequent to a confirmed Outline Plan, provide a mechanism through which any changes to the design, CEMP or DWPs, which are not material changes requiring approval under Condition 10 triggering the requirement for a new Outline Plan, can be required, reviewed and confirmed; (c) Advise where changes to construction works following a confirmed Outline Plan require a new CEMP or DWP (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs); (d) Review and identify any concerns or complaints received from, or related to, the construction works monthly (unless a different timeframe is mutually agreed with the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer) and adequacy of the measures adopted to respond to these. Communication and Consultation

1 2 4 5 6

Contact Person 14.1 The Requiring Authority shall make a contact person available 24 hours seven days a week for the duration of construction for public enquiries on the construction works.

Communication and Consultation Plan 15.1 The objective of the Communication and Consultation Plan is to set out a framework to ensure appropriate communication and consultation is undertaken with the community, stakeholders, affected parties and affected in proximity parties during the construction of the City Rail Link.

1 2 4 5 6

15.2 The Requiring Authority shall prepare a Communication and Consultation Plan which shall be implemented and complied with for the duration of the construction of the City Rail Link. 15.3 The Communication and Consultation Plan shall set out how the Requiring Authority will: (a) Inform the community of construction progress and future construction activities and constraints that could affect them; (b) Provide early information on key Project milestones; (c) Obtain and specify a reasonable timeframe (being not less than 10 working days), for feedback and inputs from directly affected and affected in proximity parties

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 22

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

Condition

regarding the development (as part of the review process provided by Condition 22) and implementation of the CEMP or DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSNMPs and SSCVMPs); and (d) Respond to queries and complaints including but not limited to: (i) Who is responsible for responding; (ii) How responses will be provided; (iii) The timeframes that responses will be provided within. 15.4 The Communication and Consultation Plan shall as a minimum include: (a) A communications framework that details the Requiring Authority’s communication strategies, the accountabilities, frequency of communications and consultation, the range of communication and consultation tools to be used (including any modern and relevant communication methods, newsletters or similar, advertising etc), and any other relevant communication matters; (b) The Communication and Consultation Manager for the Project including their contact details (phone, email and postal address); (c) The methods for identifying, communicating and consulting with persons affected by the project including but not limited to: (i) All property owners and occupiers within the designation footprint (ii) All property owners and occupiers adjacent to construction sites (Britomart and Albert Street (Designation 1), Karangahape Road (Designation 4), Newton Station (Designation 5), Main Construction site and the works at Normanby Road and Porters Ave (Designation 6)) (iii) New Zealand Historic Places Trust (NZHPT) (iv) Department of Corrections (including the entity contracted by Department of Corrections to administer and run the Mt Eden Corrections facility at 1 Lauder Road) (v) Ministry of Justice (including but not limited to) confirming the details of the contact person required under Condition 14 of this designation, and to provide appropriate details (including but not restricted to timing, duration, scale, noise effects, vibration effects, access restrictions, and disruption to utilities) in respect to any works impacting the operation of the Auckland District Court at 65-71 Albert Street, Auckland. Communication and consultation of such details should be provided to the Ministry of Justice Auckland Property Programme Manager at least 9 months prior to the commencement of such works. (vi) Media Works (vii) Community Liaison Group(s) (refer Condition 7); (viii) Bear Park Early Childhood Centre; (ix) Body Corporate 164980 and Tenham Investments Ltd; (x) Network Utility Operators, including the process: •

To be implemented to capture and trigger where communication and consultation is required in relation to any material changes affecting the Network Utilities;

•

For the Requiring Authority to give approval (where appropriate) to Network Utility Operators as required by section 176(1)(b) of the RMA during the construction period;

•

For obtaining any supplementary authorisations (including but not limited to

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 23

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

Condition

resource consents (including those required under a National Environmental Standard) and easements); â€˘

For inspection and final approval of works by Network Utility Operators; and

â€˘

For implementing conditions 9, 22, 23, and 24 of this designation in so far as they affect Network Utility Operations.

(xi) The owner of 4 Kingston Street (xii) The owner of 6-12 Kingston Street (xiii) The owner of 83 Albert Street (xiv) The owner(s) of 5 Porters Avenue (ALLOT 236 SEC 10 Suburbs AUCKLAND) (d) How stakeholders and persons affected by the project will be notified of the commencement of construction activities and works, the expected duration of the activities and works, and who to contact for any queries, concerns and complaints; (e) How stakeholders and persons affected by the project will be consulted in the development and review of the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs), including specifying reasonable timeframes for feedback; (f) Methods for communicating in advance temporary traffic management measures and permanent changes to road networks and layouts to directly affected and in proximity parties, bus (public and private) operators, taxi operators, bus users, and the general public; (g) Methods for communicating in advance to surrounding communities (including sensitive noise and vibration receivers) which must be notified at least 24 hours in advance where construction activities are predicted to: (i) Exceed the noise limits (refer Condition 31); or (ii) Exceed a vibration limit (refer Conditions 33 and 34); or (iii) Be within 200m of a blast site (refer Condition 32). Further provisions for Notable Noise and Vibration Receivers are contained in Condition 16. (h) Methods for communicating in advance proposed hours of construction activities outside of normal working hours and on weekends and public holidays, to surrounding communities, and methods to record and deal with concerns raised about such hours; (i) Methods for communicating and consulting with mana whenua for the duration of construction and implementation of mana whenua principles for the project (refer to Conditions 8 and 49); (j) Methods for communicating and consulting with the Auckland Council Parks Department regarding works to be undertaken to any trees on public land (streets, squares, etc.) located within the City Rail Link surface designation footprint, including how trees not being removed, or in close proximity to the surface designation footprint where works are occurring, will be protected; (k) Methods for communicating and consulting in advance of construction works with emergency services (Police, Fire, Ambulance) on the location, timing and duration of construction works, and particularly in relation to temporary road lane reductions and/or closures and the alternative routes or detours to be used, with specific detail around the management of the Fire and Ambulance from their central stations on Pitt Street; (l) A list of Stakeholders, directly affected and affected in proximity parties to the

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 24

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

Condition

construction works who will be communicated with; (m) How communication and consultation activity relating to construction activities and monitoring requirements will be recorded; and (n) Methods for communicating and consulting with the Department of Corrections (including the entity contracted by Department of Corrections to administer and run the Mt Eden Corrections facility at 1 Lauder Road), to confirm the details of the contact person required under Condition 14 of this designation, and in respect of any works impacting on access or works in proximity to the Mt Eden Corrections Facility and the Boston Road Community Corrections site; including temporary traffic management measures and permanent changes to road networks and layouts which may impact on access to and from the Facility and the motorway network. 15.5 The Communication and Consultation Plan shall also include (as relevant) linkages and cross-references to the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs). 15.6 The Communication and Consultation Plan shall include a summary of the communication and consultation undertaken between the Requiring Authority and parties as required by the Pre-construction Communication and Consultation Plan. The summary shall include any outstanding issues or disputes raised by parties. The Communication and Consultation Plan shall be reviewed six monthly for the duration of construction and updated if required. Any updated Communication and Consultation Plan shall be provided to the “key contacts” (see Condition 13) and the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer for review and agreement on any further action to be undertaken. Any further action recommended as a result of this review shall be undertaken by the Communication and Consultation Manager for the City Rail Link and confirmation of completion provided back to the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer. 15.7 If, in the course of amendments undertaken as part of the review process, a material change to the Communication and Consultation Plan is made, those parties affected by the change shall be notified within 1 month of the material change occurring. Communications – Notable Noise and Vibration Receivers

1 16

4 5

16.1 A SSCNVMP shall be prepared for all Notable Noise and Vibration Receivers (refer Condition 39). As part of the SSCNVMP (and further to Condition 15 of this designation), the Requiring Authority shall undertake communication and consultation, as soon as reasonably practicable (and at least once following confirmation of construction timing and methodology), with any Notable Noise and Vibration Receivers located within 200 metres of blasting, or within 100 metres (either horizontally or vertically) of the designation footprint for other construction activities. Communication and consultation with these parties should focus on a collaborative approach to manage the adverse effects from construction noise and vibration while works are undertaken in the vicinity.

16.2 The Requiring Authority shall undertake on-going communication and consultation with notable noise and vibration receivers throughout the duration of construction occurring in the vicinity. This communication shall be reported back to the “key contacts” (see Condition 13) and the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer for their review and confirmation of any further action to be undertaken. The Auckland Council Consent Monitoring Officer shall advise the Requiring Authority of its recommendation within 10 working days of receiving this information from the Requiring Authority.

Concerns and Complaints Management

17.1 Upon receiving a concern or complaint during construction, the Requiring Authority shall instigate a process to address concerns or complaints received about adverse effects. This shall:

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 25

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

5 6

Condition

(a) Identify of the nature of the concern or complaint, and the location, date and time of the alleged event(s); (b) Acknowledge receipt of the concern or complaint within 24 hours of receipt; (c) Respond to the concern or complaint in accordance with the relevant management plan , which may include monitoring of the activity by a suitably qualified expert, implementation of mitigation measures, and, in the case of noise and / or vibration, preparation of a site specific noise and / or vibration management plan (in accordance with Conditions 37 and 38); 17.2 A record of all concerns and / or complaints received shall be kept by the Requiring Authority. This record shall include: (a) The name and address of the person(s) who raised the concern or complaint (unless they elect not to provide this) and details of the concern or complaint; (b) Where practicable, weather conditions at the time of the concern or complaint, including wind direction and cloud cover if the complaint relates to noise or air quality; (c) Known City Rail Link construction activities at the time and in the vicinity of the concern or complaint; (d) Any other activities in the area unrelated to the City Rail Link construction that may have contributed to the concern or complaint such as non-City Rail Link construction, fires, traffic accidents or unusually dusty conditions generally; (e) Remedial actions undertaken (if any) and the outcome of these, including monitoring of the activity. 17.3 This record shall be maintained on site, be available for inspection upon request, and shall be provided every two months (or as otherwise agreed) to the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer, and to the “key contacts” (see Condition 13). 17.4 Where a complaint remains unresolved or a dispute arises, the Auckland Council Compliance Monitoring Officer will be provided with all records of the complaint and how it has been dealt with and addressed and whether the Requiring Authority considers that any other steps to resolve the complaint are required. Upon receiving records of the complaint the Auckland Council Compliance Monitoring Officer must determine whether a review of the CEMP and/or DWPs is required under Condition 22 to address this complaint. The Auckland Council Compliance Monitoring Officer shall advise the Requiring Authority of its recommendation within 10 working days of receiving the records of complaint. “One Network” Consultation

1 18

4 5 6

18.1 The Requiring Authority and its contractor shall work collaboratively with the New Zealand Transport Agency (NZTA) during the preparation of the Traffic, Access and Parking DWP (Conditions 25, 27, 28, 29, and 30) in relation to confirming the management of adverse transport effects on the road network. A record of this consultation and outcomes shall be included in the Traffic, Access and Parking DWP. The Requiring Authority shall consult with the NZTA throughout the duration of construction on any changes or updates to the Traffic, Access and Parking DWP which relate to the management of the road network.

Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) and Delivery Work Plans (DWPs) 19

1 2 4

Preparation, Compliance and Monitoring 19.1 The objective of the CEMP and DWPs is to so far as is reasonably practicable, avoid,

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 26

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

5 6

Condition

remedy or mitigate any adverse effects (including cumulative effects) associated with the City Rail Link construction. 19.2 All works must be carried out in accordance with the CEMP, the DWPs required by these conditions and in accordance with any changes to plans made under Condition 23. 19.3 The CEMP and DWPs shall be prepared, complied with and monitored by the Requiring Authority throughout the duration of construction of the City Rail Link. 19.4 The DWPs shall give effect to the specific requirements and objectives set out in these designation conditions. 19.5 The CEMP shall include measures to give effect to any specific requirements and objectives set out in these designation conditions that are not addressed by the DWPs. 19.6 Where mitigation measures are required to be implemented by the Requiring Authority in relation to the construction of City Rail Link, it shall meet reasonable and direct costs of implementing such mitigation measures. CEMP Requirements 20.1 In order to give effect to the objective in Condition 19.1, the CEMP must provide for the following: (a) In relation to Designation 2, the use of one Tunnel Boring Machine (unless the effects of using more than one Tunnel Boring Machine are not materially different from those associated with the use of one Tunnel Boring Machine); (b) Notice boards that clearly identify the Requiring Authority and the Project name, together with the name, telephone number and email address of the Site or Project Manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager; (c) Training requirements for employees, sub-contractors and visitors on construction procedures, environment management and monitoring; (d) A Travel Management Plan for each construction site outlining onsite car parking management and methods for encouraging travel to the site using forms of transport other than private vehicle to assist in mitigating localised traffic effects; and

1 2 4 5 6

(e) Where a complaint is received, the complaint must be recorded and responded to as provided for in Conditions 13, 15 and 17. 20.2 The CEMP shall include details of: (a) The site or Project Manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager (who will implement and monitor the Communication and Consultation Plan), including their contact details (phone, email and physical address); (b) The Document management system for administering the CEMP, including review and Requiring Authority / Constructor / Auckland Council requirements; (c) Environmental incident and emergency management procedures; (d) Environmental complaint's management procedures (see also Condition 17); (e) An outline of the construction programme of the work, including construction hours of operation, indicating linkages to the DWPs which address the management of adverse effects during construction; (f) Specific details on demolition to be undertaken during the construction period; (g) Means of ensuring the safety of the general public; and (h) Methods to assess and monitor potential cumulative adverse effects. 20.3 Subject to any alternative agreement with the landowner(s) of HSBC House and Zurich House, the Requiring Authority shall prepare specific construction methodologies for the

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 27

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

Condition

works adjacent to 1 Queen Street and 21 Queen Street detailing how they will be undertaken to avoid compromising the structural integrity of the existing structures on the site including their foundation systems. The specific construction methodologies shall be prepared in consultation with the owner(s) of these properties. A record of this liaison and outcomes shall be included in the CEMP as part of the Outline Plan. This summary must provide a clear explanation of where any comments have not been incorporated into the CEMP, and the reasons why not. This summary must be provided to both the Independent Peer Review Panel and Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan process. CEMP Construction Works Requirements 21.1 In order to give effect to the objective in Condition 19.1, the CEMP shall include the following details and requirements in relation to all areas within the surface designation footprint where construction works are to occur, and / or where materials and construction machinery are to be used or stored: (a) Where access points are to be located and procedures for managing construction vehicle ingress and egress to construction support and storage areas; (b) Methods for managing the control of silt and sediment within the construction area; (c) Methods for earthworks management (including depth and extent of earthworks and temporary, permanent stabilisation measures and monitoring of ground movement) for earthworks adjacent to buildings and structures; (d) Measures to adopt to keep the construction area in a tidy condition in terms of disposal / storage of rubbish and storage unloading of construction materials (including equipment). All storage of materials and equipment associated with the construction works shall take place within the boundaries of the designation;

1 4 5 6

(e) Measures to ensure all temporary boundary / security fences associated with the construction of the City Rail Link are maintained in good order with any graffiti removed as soon as possible; (f) For the duration of construction affecting Lower Queen Street or Queen Elizabeth II Square, construction fences and / or hoardings shall be placed no closer than 3 metres from the north frontage (building frontage onto Queen Elizabeth II Square) of 21 Queen Street in the vicinity of the entrance to the ground level retail space and the main pedestrian entrance to the building. (g) The location and specification of any temporary acoustic fences and visual barriers, and where practicable, opportunities for mana whenua (see Condition 8) and community art or other decorative measures along with viewing screens to be incorporated into these without compromising the purpose for which these are erected; (h) How the construction areas are to be fenced and kept secure from the public and, where practicable and without compromising their purpose how opportunities for public viewing, including provision of viewing screens and display of information about the project and opportunities for mana whenua and community art or other decorative measures can be incorporated to enhance public amenity and connection to the project; (i) The location of any temporary buildings (including workers offices and portaloos) and vehicle parking (which should be located within the construction area and not on adjacent streets); (j) Methods to control the intensity, location and direction of artificial construction lighting to avoid light spill and glare onto sites adjacent construction areas;

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 28

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

Condition

(k) Methods to ensure the prevention and mitigation of adverse effects associated with the storage, use, disposal, or transportation of hazardous substances; (l) That onsite stockpiling of spoil or fill at Downtown and Lower Albert Street construction yards be minimised where practicable; (m) That site offices and less noisy construction activities be located at the edge of the construction yards where practicable; and (n) Methods for management of vacant areas once construction is completed in accordance with the Urban Design DWP. 21.2 Unless expressly agreed in writing with the landowner of the Downtown Shopping Centre (at 7 Queen Street): (a) the Downtown construction yard (including QEII Square, Downtown Shopping Centre and Lower Albert Street), shall be progressively released from occupation for construction purposes where the area or any part of the area is no longer required for construction of the section of CRL between Britomart and Wyndham Street; and (b) following completion of the section of the CRL between the Downtown Shopping Centre and Wyndham Street and reinstatement of Albert Street, Lower Albert Street shall not be occupied for construction purposes for any section of CRL south of Wyndham Street. Review Process for CEMP and DWPs 22.1 The CEMP and DWPs shall be reviewed at least annually or as a result of a material change to the City Rail Link project or to address unforeseen adverse effects arising from construction or unresolved complaints. Such a review may be initiated by either Auckland Council or the Requiring Authority. The review shall take into consideration: (a) Compliance with designation conditions, the CEMP, DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs) and material changes to these plans; (b) Any changes to construction methods;

1 2 4 5 6

(c) Key changes to roles and responsibilities within the City Rail Link project; (d) Changes in industry best practice standards; (e) Changes in legal or other requirements; (f) Results of monitoring and reporting procedures associated with the management of adverse effects during construction; (g) Any comments or recommendations received from Auckland Council regarding the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs); and (h) Any unresolved complaints and any response to the complaints and remedial action taken to address the complaint as required under Condition 17. 22.2 A summary of the review process shall be kept by the Requiring Authority, provided annually to the Auckland Council, and made available to the Auckland Council upon request. Update of CEMP and DWPs following Review

1 2 4 5 6

23.1 Following the CEMP and DWPs review process described in Condition 22, the CEMP may require updating. 23.2 Any material change to the CEMP and DWP must be consistent with the purpose and objective of the relevant condition. 23.3 Affected parties will be notified of the review and any material change proposed to the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs).

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 29

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

Condition

23.4 The CEMP and DWPs must clearly document the comments and inputs received by the Requiring Authority from affected parties about the material change, along with a clear explanation of where any comments have not been incorporated, and the reasons why not. 23.5 Any material change proposed to the CEMP and DWPs shall be subject to an independent peer review as required by Condition 11. 23.6 Following that review any material change proposed to the CEMP and DWPs relating to an adverse effect shall be submitted for approval to Auckland Council Compliance and Monitoring Officer, at least 10 working days prior to the proposed changes taking effect. If any changes are not agreed, the relevant provisions of the RMA relating to approval of outline plans shall apply. Network Utilities 24.1 To manage the adverse effects on Network Utilities Operations during the construction of the City Rail Link, the following shall be included in the CEMP. 24.2 The purpose of this section of the CEMP shall be to ensure that the enabling works and construction of the City Rail Link adequately take account of, and include measures to address the safety, integrity, protection or, where necessary, relocation of existing network utilities that traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation during the construction of the City Rail Link. 24.3 For the avoidance of doubt and for the purposes of this condition an â€œexisting Network Utilityâ€? includes infrastructure operated by a Network Utility Operator which was: (a) In place at the time the notice of requirement for the City Rail Link was served on Auckland Council (23 August 2012); or (b) Undertaken in accordance with condition 6 of this designation or the section 176(1)(b) RMA process. 1 24

4 5 6

24.4 The CEMP shall be prepared in consultation with Network Utility Operators who have existing Network Utilities that traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation and shall be adhered to and implemented during the construction of the City Rail Link. The CEMP shall include as a minimum: (a) Cross references to the Communication and Consultation Plan for the methods that will be used to liaise with all Network Utility Operators who have existing network utilities that traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation; (b) Measures to be used to accurately identify the location of existing Network Utilities, and the measures for the protection, support, relocation and/or reinstatement of existing Network Utilities; (c) Methods to be used to ensure that all construction personnel, including contractors, are aware of the presence and location of the various existing Network Utilities (and their priority designations) which traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation, and the restrictions in place in relation to those existing Network Utilities. This shall include: (i) Measures to provide for the safe operation of plant and equipment, and the safety of workers, in proximity to existing Network Utilities; (ii) Plans identifying the locations of the existing Network Utilities (and their designations) and appropriate physical indicators on the ground showing specific surveyed locations; (d) Measures to be used to ensure the continued operation of Network Utility Operations and the security of supply of the services by Network Utility Operators at

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 30

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

Condition

all times; (e) Measures to be used to enable Network Utility Operators to access existing Network Utilities for maintenance at all reasonable times on an ongoing basis during construction, and to access existing Network Utilities for emergency and urgent repair works at all times during the construction of the City Rail Link; (f) Contingency management plans for reasonably foreseeable circumstances in respect of the relocation and rebuild of existing Network Utilities during the construction of the City Rail Link; (g) A risk analysis for the relocation and rebuild of existing Network Utilities during the construction of the City Rail Link; (h) Earthworks management (including depth and extent of earthworks and temporary and permanent stabilisation measures), for earthworks in close proximity to existing Network Utilities; (i) Vibration management and monitoring for works in close proximity to existing Network Utilities; (j) Emergency management procedures in the event of any emergency involving existing Network Utilities; (k) The process for providing as-built drawings showing the relationship of the relocated Network Utilities to the City Rail Link to Network Utility Operators and the timing for providing these drawings; (l) Measures to ensure that network utility services are not interrupted to the Mt Eden Corrections Facility as a result of City Rail Link works. The requiring authority shall advise the Department of Corrections and the entity contracted by Department of Corrections to administer and run the Mt Eden Corrections facility at 1 Lauder Road, of any works on network utilities in the vicinity of the Mt Eden Corrections Facility which may impact on utility service provision to the Mt Eden Corrections Facility at least 14 days prior to those works occurring to allow the Department of Corrections (and the entity contracted to administer and run the facility at 1 Lauder Road) to arrange suitable contingencies. Communication and consultation with the Department of Corrections, and the entity contracted to administer and run the facility at 1 Lauder Road, shall be recorded in accordance with condition 15) of this designation. The Requiring Authority shall be responsible for ensuring that construction works do not interrupt network utility services to the Mt Eden Corrections Facility, unless by prior arrangement with Department of Corrections and the entity contracted by Department of Corrections to administer and run the Mt Eden Corrections facility at 1 Lauder Road. (m) A summary of the consultation (including any methods or measures in dispute and the Requiring Authorities response to them) undertaken between the Requiring Authority and any Network Utility Operators during the preparation of the CEMP. 24.5 If the Requiring Authority and a Network Utility Operator cannot agree on the methods proposed under the CEMP to manage the construction effects on the Operatorâ€™s network utility operation, unless otherwise agreed, each party will appoint a suitably qualified and independent expert, who shall jointly appoint a third such expert to advise the parties and make a recommendation. That recommendation will be provided by the Requiring Authority as part of the CEMP along with reasons if the recommendation is not accepted. Transport, Access and Parking 25

General Transport, Access and Parking

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 31

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

4 5 6

Condition

25.1 A Transport, Access and Parking DWP shall be prepared to manage the adverse effects of construction of the City Rail Link, or any part of it, on the transport network. 25.2 The objective of the Transport, Access and Parking DWP is to so far as is reasonably practicable, avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects of construction on transport, parking and property access. This is to be achieved by: (a) Managing the road transport network for the duration of construction by adopting the best practicable option to manage congestion; (b) Maintaining pedestrian access to private property at all times; and (c) Providing on-going vehicle access to private property to the greatest extent possible. 25.3 To achieve the above objective, the following shall be included in the Transport, Access and Parking DWP: (a) The road routes which are to be used by construction related vehicles, particularly trucks to transport construction related materials, equipment, spoil, including how the use of these routes by these vehicles will be managed to mitigate congestion, and to the greatest extent possible, avoid adverse effects on residential zoned land and education facilities; (b) Transport route options for the movement of construction vehicles carrying spoil, bulk construction materials or machinery shall be identified and details provided as to why these routes are considered appropriate routes. In determining appropriate routes, construction vehicles carrying spoil, bulk construction materials or machinery shall as far as practicably possible only use roads that: (i) Form part of the regional arterial network; (ii) Are overweight / over dimensioned routes; (iii) Or other routes (specified below) where no other practical option is available. (c) For the purposes of this condition the following routes (that at the time this designation was confirmed were not part of the regional arterial network and / or overweight / over dimensioned) shall be used where practicable for the movement of construction vehicles carrying spoil, bulk construction materials or machinery: (i) Ngahura Road, for trucks heading to/from Eden Terrace construction site; (ii) Dundonald Street and Basque Road, for trucks heading to/from the Newton Station construction sites; (iii) Pitt Street (between Hobson Street and Hopetoun Street), Beresford Square, Mercury Lane, Canada Street and Upper Queen Street (between Canada Street and Karangahape Road), for trucks heading to/from Karangahape Station construction sites; (iv) Wellesley Street (between Nelson Street and east of Albert Street), Cook Street (between Mayoral Drive and Hobson Street) and Mayoral Drive (between Wellesley Street and Cook Street) for trucks heading to/from Aotea Station construction sites; (v) Nelson Street (north of Wellesley Street), Hobson Street (north of Cook Street) and Lower Albert Street, for trucks heading to/from the Albert Street and Downtown construction sites. (d) Where other routes are necessary (other than those routes identified above), the Transport, Access and Parking DWP shall identify any residential zoned land and education facilities and shall provide details on how adverse effects from these vehicle movements are to be mitigated through such measures as: (i) Communication and consultation (in accordance with Condition 15 of this

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 32

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

Condition

designation) with these properties in advance of the vehicle movements occurring; (ii) Restricting vehicle movements on Monday to Friday to between 9.30am and 4pm, and on Saturday to between 9am and 2pm. (e) Proposed temporary road lane reductions and / or closures, alternative routes and temporary detours, including how these have been selected and will be managed to mitigate congestion as far as practicably possible and how advance notice will be provided; (f) How disruption to the use of private property will be mitigated through: (i) Ensuring pedestrian and cycle access to private property is retained at all times; (ii) Providing vehicle access to private property as far as practicably possible at all times, except for temporary closures where landowners and occupiers have been communicated and consulted with in reasonable advance of the closure; and (iii) How the loss of any private car parking will be mitigated through alternative car parking arrangements. (g) Where an affected party unexpectedly finds their vehicle blocked in as a result of a temporary closure, the Requiring Authority shall (within reasonable limits) offer alternative transport such as a taxi, rental car, or other alternative. Note: For the purposes of designation Conditions 25, 27, 28, 29 and 30 â€œtemporary closureâ€? is defined as the following: (i) In place for less than six hours, the Requiring Authority shall communicate and consult on the closure at least 24 hours in advance, but is not required to offer or provide alternative parking arrangements, though it may choose to offer this on a case by case basis in consultation with the affected party; and (ii) In place for between six and 72 hours, the Requiring Authority shall communicate and consult on the closure at least 72 hours in advance, and will offer and provide where agreed with the affected party alternative parking arrangements. The alternative parking arrangement should be as close to the site affected as is reasonably practicable. (h) How disruption to use of the road network will be mitigated for emergency services, public transport, bus users, taxi operators, freight and other related vehicles, pedestrians and cyclists through: (i) Prioritising, as far as practicably possible, pedestrian and public transport at intersections where construction works are occurring; (ii) Relocating bus stops and taxi stands to locations which, as far as practicably possible, minimise disruption; and (iii) Identifying alternate heavy haul routes where these are affected by construction works. (i) Cross references to the specific sections in the Communication and Consultation Plan that detail how emergency services, landowners, occupiers, public transport users, bus and taxi operators, and the general public are to be consulted with in relation to the management of the adverse effects on the transport network. (j) The alternative (to road) transport options that are available (including the option of rail use at the main construction site adjacent the North Auckland Rail Line) and that have been considered and assessed for the transportation of spoil. This will include as applicable:

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 33

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

Condition

(i) Benefits that could be provided by alternative options; (ii) Potential adverse effects associated with alternative options; (iii) Where an alternative option is proposed, methods for managing potential adverse effects; and (iv) Reasons for either adopting or not adopting alternative transport options. Monitoring of Transport Network Congestion 26.1 To achieve the objective of Condition 25.2(a), the Requiring Authority will undertake monitoring of the transport network and implement additional mitigation measures as required to manage congestion to achieve the best practicable option. 26.2 The purpose of the monitoring is to monitor congestion on the transport network by measuring average delays for traffic travelling along specified routes. The evaluation times will be: (a) The average travel times over the weekday two hour morning peak period; and (b) The average travel times over the weekday two hour evening peak period; and (c) The average weekday inter-peak travel times between 9am to noon, noon to 2pm and 2 to 4pm. 26.3 The Requiring Authority shall carry out continuous monitoring for the duration that construction of the City Rail Link is occurring. The intention is that this monitoring is to be continuous, although it is acknowledged that there may be occasional malfunctions. 26.4 If a congestion incident occurs (such as an accident), the monitoring during the affected period will be considered unrepresentative. 26.5 Monitoring shall commence six months prior to construction of the City Rail Link to establish a baseline of existing transport congestion. 26

26.6 The monitoring will establish whether the City Rail Link construction works have increased traffic delays as follows: (a) Either by more than 10 minutes (from the monitoring previously undertaken in accordance with this condition) (b) Or if the travel times are more than three minutes or 30% greater than the forecast modelled increases along that route (according to the most recent traffic model test of that scenario, undertaken prior to the start of construction. The modelled time is to be based on the Auckland City Centre SATURN traffic model or a different traffic model approved by the Requiring Authority). (c) The 30% above shall only apply for an increase predicted to be over four minutes. 26.7 If the travel times exceed the above criteria on any one of the specified routes, then additional mitigation shall be implemented by the Requiring Authority in its role as the Road Controlling Authority (under its statutory obligation). The additional mitigation could include but is not limited to advertising alternative routes, removing on street car parking or implementing operational measures, such as lane reconfigurations or signal phasing, to increase capacity on the surrounding network where reasonably possible at that time. 26.8 The purpose of additional mitigation measures is to mitigate the increases in traffic delays, reducing these to below the levels identified in Condition 26.6 as far as is reasonably achievable. 26.9 For the purposes of this condition, the following are the specified routes:

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 34

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

Condition

(a) Wellesley Street (between Victoria Street and Princes Street) (b) Victoria Street (between Wellesley Street and Princes Street) (c) Customs Street/Fanshawe Street (between Nelson Street and Tangihua Street) (d) Quay Street/Lower Hobson Street (between Fanshawe Street/Hobson Street and Tangihua Street) (e) Nelson Street/Hobson Street (between Pitt Street and Fanshawe Street) (f) Queen Street (between Mayoral Drive and Customs Street) (g) New North Road/Symonds Street (between Dominion Road and Newton Road) (h) Mount Eden Road (between Normanby Road and Symonds Street) (i) Khyber Pass Road between the southern motorway ramps and Symonds Street if this route is to be used by construction related trucks (j) Newton Road between the northwestern motorway ramps and Symonds Street 26.10 The specified routes shall exclude whichever east-west route has its intersection with Albert Street closed at the time of the surveys. Transport, Access and Parking: Specific Requirements (Britomart to Mayoral Drive) 27.1 To achieve the objective in Condition 25, the following measures shall be implemented: (a) A vehicle access lane at least 3m wide shall be provided along the eastern side of Albert Street between Customs Street and Victoria Street to provide access to properties (except that while the Albert Street/Victoria Street intersection is closed, this access lane is only to be provided between Customs Street and Durham Street); (b) A vehicle access lane at least 3m wide shall be provided along the western side of Albert Street between Customs Street and Victoria Street to provide access to properties, except that: (i) While the Albert Street/Customs Street intersection is closed, this access lane is only to be provided between Victoria Street and Wolfe Street; and (ii) While the Albert Street/Victoria Street intersection is closed, this access lane is only to be provided between Kingston Street and Customs Street. If Kingston Street is also to be closed to Albert Street during this construction stage, this access lane shall be provided between Wyndham Street and Customs Street; and 27

(iii) For a single period of up to 3 months while the cut and cover trench structure establishment works are carried out along Albert Street between Swanson Street and Customs Street, this access land is only required to be provided between Victoria Street and Swanson Street if northbound traffic is otherwise diverted via Swanson Street West and Federal Street; and (iv) For a single period of up to 10 months while the public realm reinstatement works are carried out along Albert Street between Wyndham Street and Wolfe Street, this access lane is only required to be provided between Victoria Street and Swanson Street if northbound traffic is otherwise diverted via Swanson Street West and Federal Street. (c) The east-west / west-east connection (two fully operational traffic lanes in each direction) is to be maintained in each direction at two of the Customs Street, Victoria Street and Wellesley Street intersections with Albert Street during the period when the third of those intersections is otherwise fully closed; (d) The left turn movement from Customs Street (from the east) into Albert Street, and the left turn from Customs Street (from the west) into Albert Street, shall be retained while the Albert Street / Customs Street intersection is fully closed;

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 35

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

Condition

(e) The left turn from Durham Street into Queen Street shall be reopened while the Albert Street/Victoria Street intersection is fully closed; (f) Two way access shall be provided on the single service lane along the western side of Albert Street between 87 Albert Street and Kingston Street while the Albert Street/Victoria Street intersection is fully closed. If Kingston Street is also to be closed to Albert Street during this construction stage, this access shall be provided to Wyndham Street; (g) Vehicular access into and egress from: (i)

Mills Lane to and from either Albert Street or Swanson Street; and

(ii) The Stamford Plaza Auckland main entrance and forecourt area is to be provided at all times and for the avoidance of doubt cannot be temporarily closed during construction. (h) Providing pedestrian and cycle access to private property at all times; (i) Providing footpaths of at least 1.5m in width along either side of Albert Street; (j) At a minimum two safe crossing passageways (which are “fully accessible” with a minimum width of 1.5m wide and well lit ), need to be provided in the vicinity of Swanson Street and Wyndham Street, in addition to pedestrian crossings at the intersections of Victoria Street and Customs Street; (k) Ensuring that construction traffic does not use Swanson Street, Wolf Street or Federal Street north of Swanson Street; (l) During the Kingston Street closure, pedestrian access to and from the Auckland District Court’s fire escape on the north side of Kingston Street shall be maintained at all times; and (m) 18 metres of on street parking within Kingston Street shall be reversed for police at the nearest practicable location. 27.2 The Traffic, Access and Parking DWP shall demonstrate how these measures will be implemented and shall also include the following: (a) How construction works will be undertaken to mitigate congestion on Albert Street, Wellesley Street, Victoria Street, Customs Street, and Quay Street including retaining east-west traffic movements across Albert Street on Customs Street, Victoria Street and Wellesley Street; (b) The timing and sequencing of temporary road lane reductions and / or closures, and the alternative routes and temporary detours to be used, including: (i) How these have been selected and will be managed to, where practicable, mitigate congestion on the surrounding road network; (ii) How the Albert Street/Wyndham Street intersection will be reopened as soon as practically possible; (c) How disruption to the use of private property located immediately adjacent the designation with access onto Galway Street, Tyler Street, Queen Elizabeth Square, Customs Street, Albert Street, Kingston Street, will be mitigated through: (i) Providing vehicle access to private property as practicably possible at all times; (ii) Retaining local vehicle access to properties located along Albert Street (which may include only left in, left out access); (iii) Retaining access for loading and unloading of goods located along the service lane on the eastern side of Albert Street, between Victoria Street and Wellesley Street; and;

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 36

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

Condition

(iv) Providing an on street loading bay on Customs Street, Lower Albert Street or Lower Queen Street to provide servicing to 21 Queen Street if access during construction cannot be provided to the existing loading bay area for 21 Queen Street, accessed from Lower Albert Street; and; (v) Providing access for loading and unloading of goods between Wyndham Street and Victoria Street West. (d) How disruption to the use of the local road network will be mitigated for private bus users, pedestrians and cyclists through: (i) Providing, where practicable, for the continued operation of private bus operators from hotels and other pick up / drop off locations in the city centre area (cross references to the Communication and Consultation Plan for consulting with private bus operators shall be included in the CEMP and Traffic, Access and Parking DWP); and (ii) Retaining pedestrian and cycle access through Lower Queen Street and / or Queen Elizabeth Square to provide access to and from the Ferry terminal and Customs Street; and (e) How disruption to pedestrians and cyclists requiring the ability to cross from east to west (and vice versa) across Albert Street between Victoria Street and Customs Street can be mitigated through providing, where practicable, safe pedestrian and cyclist passageways across the construction works on Albert Street. Transport Access and Parking: Specific Requirements (Karangahape Station Area) 28.1 To achieve the objective in Condition 25, the following measure shall be implemented: (a) Retaining one lane of traffic in each direction on Pitt Street (unless otherwise agreed with the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer); and (b) Spoil trucks shall not use East Street where practicable and on-street parking at the Southern end of East Street will be retained. 28.2 The Traffic, Access and Parking DWP shall demonstrate how these measures will be implemented and shall also include the following: (a) How construction of the shafts providing access to the Station can be undertaken to mitigate congestion on Pitt Street, Karangahape Road, and Mercury Lane;

(b) The timing and sequencing of temporary road lane reductions and / or closures on Pitt Street, Mercury Lane, and the western end of Beresford Street, and the alternative routes and temporary detours to be used, including how these have been selected and will be managed to, where practicable, mitigate congestion on the surrounding road network; (c) How disruption to the use of private property located immediately adjacent the surface designation with access onto Beresford Street, Pitt Street, Mercury Lane, and East Street will be mitigated through: (i) Providing pedestrian and cycle access to private property at all times, particularly those businesses located at the eastern end of Beresford Street and the northern end of Mercury Lane; (ii) Providing vehicle access to private property, which may include only a turn in and a turn out in the same direction), as practicably possible at all times, except for temporary closures where landowners and occupiers have been communicated and consulted with in reasonable advance of the closure; (iii) Providing local vehicle access to properties located along Beresford Street and Samoa House Lane (which may include only a turn in and a turn out in the same

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 37

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

Condition

direction); (iv) Alternative parking arrangements or other offers for resolving the temporary loss of car parking during construction for the Hopetoun Alpha Building. Transport, Access and Parking: Specific Requirements (Newton Station Area) 29.1 To achieve the objective in Condition 25, the Traffic, Access and Parking DWP shall include the following: (a) How construction of the shafts providing access to the Newton Station, although constructed wholly on private land, can be undertaken to mitigate construction related congestion on Symonds St, the Symonds Street / Mt Eden Road / New North Road intersection, Dundonald Street, and the western end of Basque Road; (b) The timing and sequencing of temporary road lane reductions and / or closures on Symonds St in the vicinity of the intersection of Symonds Street / Mt Eden Road and New North Road , Dundonald Street, and the western end of Basque Road, and the alternative routes and temporary detours to be used, including how these have been selected and will be managed to, where practicable, mitigate congestion on the surrounding road network;

(c) How disruption to the use of private property located immediately adjacent the surface designation with access onto Symonds Street, Dundonald Street, and the western end of Basque Road will be mitigated through: (i) Providing pedestrian and cycle access to private property at all times, particularly for those businesses and residences located along Symonds Street and Dundonald Street; (ii) Providing vehicle access to private property, which may include only a turn in and a turn out in the same direction), as practicably possible at all times, except for temporary closures where landowners and occupiers have been communicated and consulted with in reasonable advance of the closure. How the loss of public pay and display parking located at the Auckland Transport Symonds Street Public Car Park will be mitigated through alternative parking arrangements. The Requiring Authority may be able to arrange such alternative car parking at the Burleigh Street car park. (d) The effects of the temporary use of the Symonds Street car park as a construction site are to be mitigated by the Requiring Authority by active parking management and enforcement, within 400m of the car park, to maximise short term parking within this area Transport and Property Access: Additional Requirements (NAL Area) 30.1 To achieve the objective in Condition 25, the following measures shall be implemented: (a) The retention of at least two traffic lanes (one in either direction) on Mt Eden Road during the construction of the replacement Mt Eden Road Bridge;

(b) During the closure of the Normanby Road level crossing to construct the grade separated crossing, the Mt Eden Road and Normanby Road intersection shall be signalised and a second traffic lane shall be provided on the Boston Road approach to its intersection with Mt Eden Road intersection. Additionally, the no parking restrictions on Boston Road shall be extended along the length of Boston Road and considered for any adjacent local roads to facilitate through traffic; (c) A temporary pedestrian crossing (over the rail line) at Normanby Road is to be provided for the period of the temporary closure of the Normanby Road connection; (d) Access will be maintained to Nikau Street at all times by at least one lane (minimum

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 38

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

Condition

3m), and two lanes on Nikau St between Flower and Korari Streets. Access to sites within Flower Street and Korari Street is to be retained, from Nikau Street or New North Road, at all times; (e) Construction works will be undertaken to ensure two-way access is maintained at all times for vehicles to all accessways to the MediaWorks site including staff and visitors cars, trucks and service vehicles; (f) Providing for traffic to turn right out of Ruru Street to reduce any congestion (particularly at peak times) resulting from not being able to travel via Nikau Street to the traffic lights at Flower Street and New North Road; (g) Providing accessibility along Mt Eden and Normanby Roads as a priority for, where practicable: public transport (buses), emergency services, access to properties for pedestrians, and cyclists; (h) Construction works will be undertaken to ensure two-way access is maintained at all times for all vehicles accessing the Mt Eden Corrections Facility at Lauder Road (including staff and visitorsâ€™ cars, service vehicles, prison vans, emergency vehicles and buses), communication and consultation with the Department of Corrections, and the entity contracted by Department of Corrections to administer and run the Mt Eden Corrections facility at 1 Lauder Road, on this matter shall be recorded in accordance with Condition 15) of this designation. The Requiring Authority shall be responsible for ensuring that the construction works do not restrict 24-hour two-way access for all vehicles accessing the Mt Eden Corrections Facility at Lauder Road; (i) Construction works will be undertaken to ensure two-way access is maintained at all times for vehicles accessing the premises at 51-63 Normanby Road, including staff and visitors cars, trucks and service vehicles. The measures shall: (i) Ensure safe and reasonable access to and from the site, to Austroads standards; (ii) Not result in the loss of any on site parking; (iii) Incorporate a crossing width sufficient not to reduce the range of vehicles required to access the site, relative to the existing situation; (iv) It is noted that the site is used occasionally by large trucks of up to 18m. These vehicles are to be provided for in the design of the access (i.e. the vehicle crossing and the access onto the site); (v) Following completion of the grade separation of Normanby Road safe and reasonable access will be provided to and from the property at 51-63 Normanby Road to meet the relevant Austroads and NZS2890.1 standards or the applicable standard required by the road controlling authority. (j) Construction works will be undertaken to ensure pedestrian and two-way vehicle access is maintained at all times to access the premises at 32 Normanby Road, including staff and visitors cars, trucks and service vehicles. The measures shall: (i) Ensure safe and reasonable access to and from the site, to Austroads standards; (ii) Incorporate a crossing width sufficient not to reduce the range of vehicles required to access the site, relative to the existing situation; (iii) Should the Requiring Authority require part of the site at 32 Normanby Road that is currently used for 40 car parking spaces for the construction of the City Rail Link 34 alternative car parking spaces will be provided at 14-22 Boston Road (in accordance with Plans DRG 0052 Rev 2.0 CRL-EFC-CON-000-DRG-0064 Revision 1 dated 8/7/16 and DRW 0058 Rev 5.0 CRL-EFC-ROA-000-DRG-1027 Revision 4 dated 30/6/16, 1028 Revision 4 dated 30/6/16 and 1127 Revision 2

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 39

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

Condition

dated 30/6/16). The Requiring Authority shall provide safe pedestrian access across the North Auckland Line and into the site for customers and staff, visiting or employed at the site in accordance with Condition 30.1(c) until the grade separation works are completed and permanent access is reinstated to the site. (k) At completion of the grade separation of Normanby Road safe and reasonable pedestrian and vehicle access to and from the site and 34 on site car parking spaces will be provided for the property at 32 Normanby Road. In the case of pedestrian and vehicle access and parking arrangements, this will be in accordance with Plans DRG 0058 Rev 5.0 CRL-EFC-ROA-000-DRG-1027 Revision 4 dated 30/6/16, 1028 Revision 4 dated 30/6/16 and 1127 Revision 2 dated 30/6/16, and meet the following requirements: (i) The ramp access will meet relevant Austroads, NZS2890.2 and the Auckland Council District Plan: Isthmus Section design standards; (ii) The 34 car parking spaces will be provided across the site and the adjoining KiwiRail property. The spaces will be compliant with the appropriate Auckland Council District Plan: Isthmus Section parking standards for dimension and manoeuvring; (iii) The design, structures and barriers associated with the ramp and pedestrian access to the site will be subject to the urban design process of Condition 47; and (iv) Provision for landscape planting both on the site and on the KiwiRail land in the area shown on DRG 0058 Rev 5.0 CRL-EFC-ROA-000-DRG-1127 Revision 2 dated 30/6/16 and if appropriate beyond the site (in accordance with Condition 47.2). Indicative widths of landscaping on DRG 0058 Rev 5.0 are 1m for the section shown alongside the railway and 0.5m for the section on the southern side of the ramp. (l) The KiwiRail land required by condition (k) above for car parking spaces, landscaping and the ramp access will be provided by the Requiring Authority until such time as the vehicle access ramp is no longer required by the landowner. If the vehicle access ramp is no longer required to provide access to the property it shall be removed by the Requiring Authority at its cost within 3 months unless otherwise agreed with the landowner. (m) Construction of the grade separation works at Normanby Road on the parcels of land identified on the CRL NOR6 Sheet 2 as parcels 242, 243, 244, 245, 246, 393, 394, 399, 400 and 401 shall not commence until the KiwiRail land is available and written confirmation of this has been provided by the Requiring Authority to Auckland Council. (n) Access to Water Street to and from Mt Eden Road for CRL construction related heavy commercial vehicles shall be limited to left-in and left-out movements only. (o) Access to 14-22 Boston Road from Normanby Road shall be restricted to left-in and left-out movements only; the exception to this will be when Normanby Road is closed; and (p) During the temporary works along Boston Road, a 1.8m wide footpath on the north side of the street, in addition to two 3.0m wide traffic lances shall be provided on Boston Road between Normanby Road and Khyber Pass. A safe temporary pedestrian crossing facility shall be provided at the western extent of Active Construction Zone M1. 30.2 The Traffic, Access and Parking DWP shall demonstrate how these measures will be

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 40

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

Condition

implemented and shall also include the following: (a) How construction works can be undertaken to mitigate congestion on New North Road, Ruru Street, Korari Street, Flower Street, Nikau Street, Ngahura Street, Porters Avenue, Mt Eden Road, Normanby Road, Boston Road, Nugent Street, and the road network in general in this area including: (b) Which routes are to be used by construction trucks to remove spoil from the construction yard including how the use of these routes by these vehicles will be managed to mitigate congestion; (c) Which routes are to be used by construction related traffic (especially trucks) to deliver construction materials and other related goods and services to the construction yard including how the use of these routes by these vehicles will be managed to mitigate congestion; The grade separation of Porters Ave so that it is undertaken at a time when vehicles, pedestrians, and cyclists can be managed and accommodated on Dominion Road, Mt Eden Road and Normanby Road to an extent which mitigates where practicable, delays to travel journeys from congestion on these roads resulting from City Rail Link construction works; (d) The grade separation of Normanby Road so that it is undertaken at a time when vehicles, pedestrians, and cyclists can be managed and accommodated on Dominion Road, Mt Eden Road and Porters Avenue, to an extent which mitigates where practicable, delays to travel journeys from congestion on these roads resulting from City Rail Link construction works; (e) Any reduction in the number of fully operational traffic lanes associated with the closure of Porters Avenue and Normanby Road, and the reduction in the number of vehicle lanes on the Mount Eden Road bridge, is to be undertaken on only one of these three two routes at a time; (f) The timing and sequencing of temporary road lane reductions and / or closures at the Symonds Street / New North Road / Mt Eden Road intersection , Ruru Street, Korari Street, Flower Street, Nikau Street, Ngahura Street, Porters Avenue, Mt Eden Road in the vicinity of the bridge over the rail line, Normanby Road, Boston Road, Nugent Street in the vicinity of the rail crossing, and the alternative routes and temporary detours to be used, including how these have been selected and will be managed to, where practicable, mitigate congestion on the surrounding road network; (g) How disruption to the use of property located immediately adjacent to the surface designation with access onto New North Road, Ruru Street, Korari Street, Flower Street, Nikau Street, Ngahura Street, Porters Avenue, Mt Eden Road, Normanby Road, Boston Road, Nugent Street will be mitigated through: (i) Providing pedestrian and cycle access to private property at all times; (ii) Providing local vehicle access and pedestrian access at all times to properties located along Flower Street (between Nikau Street and Shaddock Street) and Shaddock Street (between Flower Street and its dead end to the east), which are not located within the designation footprint, except for temporary closures where landowners and occupiers have been communicated and consulted with in reasonable advance of the closure; (iii) Retaining local vehicle and pedestrian access to properties located outside the designation footprint along Haultain Street, Fenton Street, Porters Avenue, Ngahura Street, Ruru Street, Korari Street, Flower Street, Nikau Street, Mt Eden

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 41

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

Condition

Road, Boston Road, Nugent Street, and Normanby Road at all times except for temporary closures where landowners and occupiers have been communicated and consulted with in reasonable advance of the closure; and (iv) Full accessibility to those parts of Porters Avenue not affected by, but in the vicinity of, the construction works; and (h) How disruption to the use of Mt Eden Rail Station will be mitigated through providing, where practicable, access during construction works associated with the replacement of Mt Eden Road Bridge. Noise and Vibration Project Standards - Construction Noise 31.1 Construction noise shall comply with the following Project Standards (unless otherwise provided for in a SSCNMP which is approved under Condition 37, 39 or 40): Monday to Saturday 0700 – 2200

Sundays and Public Holidays

Occupied commercial and industrial buildings (including offices)

75 dB LAeq

Sensitive Noise and Vibration Receivers (excluding offices)

75 dB LAeq 90 dB LAFmax

65 dB LAeq 1 80 dB LAFmax2

60 dB LAeq 75 dB LAFmax

Receiver Type

1 31

4 5 6

Early Childhood Education Centres (whilst occupied during normal opening hours) Bear Park Early Childhood Education Centre at 32 Akiraho Street (whilst occupied during normal opening hours)

0700 – 2200

At all other times 2200 – 0700

35 dB LAeq in sleeping areas

35 dB LAeq in sleeping areas 65 dB LAeq in outdoor playing areas

Notes: 1. 60dB LAeq for Designation 5 and Designation 6; and 2. 75dB LAFmax for Designation 5 and Designation 6. 31.2 Construction noise shall be measured and assessed in accordance with the provisions of NZS 6803:1999 Project Standards - Blasting Overpressure and Vibration 32

For the avoidance of doubt this condition only applies to NoR 6 where blasting is required. 32.1 Prior to commencement of production blasts (ie. blasting that is undertaken as part of the

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 42

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

Condition

construction process), trial blasts (ie. preliminary blasts that occur prior to production blasts for the purpose of data acquisition), shall be undertaken to demonstrate how adverse effects will be managed and how compliance with Conditions 32.2, 32.3 and 32.4 will be achieved in production blasting. Trial blasts will determine site-specific attenuation characteristics, air overpressure levels and maximum instantaneous charge weight (MIC) thresholds. Outcomes shall be documented in a Trial Blasting Report. This Trial Blasting Report shall be used for subsequent design of production blasting. 32.2Air overpressure from the blast events shall not exceed 120 dB LZpeak at the facade of any occupied building measures and assessed in accordance with the provisions of the Australian Standard AS 2187.2-2006 Explosives – Storage and use – Use of explosives. 32.3Air overpressure from blast events shall not exceed 133dB LZpeak at the facade of any unoccupied building measured and assessed in accordance with the provisions of Australian Standard AS 2187.2-2006 Explosives – Storage and use – Use of explosives. 32.4 Unless a SSCNVMP is approved under Conditions 38, 39 or 40 which includes an alternative blasting vibration standard: (a) Vibration from blast events shall not exceed 10mm/s PPV for 95% of blast events and 15mm/s for 100% blast events when measured at the foundation of any building that will be occupied during the blast event when measured and assessed in accordance with the provisions of DIN 4150-3:1999. (b) Vibration from blast events shall not in any case exceed the limits specified in Condition 33 when measured at the foundation of any building when measured and assessed in accordance with the provisions of Condition 33. 32.5 For the purposes of 32.2 and 32.3, a building is deemed to be occupied if there are persons inside only during the blast event (ie. if the occupants of a dwelling are out (eg. at work) during the blast event then the dwelling is deemed to be unoccupied). 32.6 Blasts must be performed at set times during the daytime only, between 9am and 5pm, Monday to Saturday only. 32.7 Comprehensive vibration and air overpressure level predictions must be performed prior to every blast event. 32.8 Blasting shall not be carried out where overpressure levels are predicted to be above the Project Standards in 32.1 and 32.2 at any building. Blasting shall not be carried out where vibration levels are predicted to be above the project standards in Condition 32.4 at any building. 32.9 These criteria may be varied only by a Site Specific Construction Noise Management Plan (SSCNMP) that has been approved under Condition 37. Project Standards - Construction Vibration 33.1 Construction vibration (including blasting) shall comply with the following Project Standards for building damage (unless otherwise provided for in a SSCVMP which is approved under Condition 38, 39 or 40) Short-term (transient) vibration1

Type of Structure

Long-term (continuous) vibration

1 2 4 33

5 6

PPV at the foundation at a frequency of 1-10Hz (mm/s)

10-50 Hz (mm/s)

50-100 Hz (mm/s)

PPV at horizontal plane of highest floor (mm/s)

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 43

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

Condition

Commercial/ Industrial

20 – 40

40 – 50

Residential/ School

5 – 15

15 – 20

Historic or sensitive structures

3–8

8 – 10

2.5

Note: 1. Standard DIN 4150-3:1999 defines short-term (transient) vibration as “vibration which does not occur often enough to cause structural fatigue and which does not produce resonance in the structure being evaluated”. Long-term (continuous) vibration is defined as all other vibration types not covered by the short-term vibration definition. 33.2 Construction vibration (including blasting) shall be measured in accordance with German Standard DIN 4150-3:1999. Project Standards - Construction Vibration (Amenity) 34.1 Between the hours of 10pm and 7am vibration generated by construction activities (excluding blasting) shall not exceed: (a) a Peak Particle Velocity (PPV) of 0.3mm/s when measured at any part of the floor of any bedroom; (b) a noise level of 35 dB LAeq(15min) when measured in any bedroom. 1 2 34

4 5 6

34.2 Between the hours of 7am and 10pm vibration generated by construction activities (excluding blasting) shall not exceed: (a) A Peak Particle Velocity (PPV) of 1mm/s as measured on the floor of the receiving room for residentially occupied habitable rooms, bedrooms in temporary accommodation and medical facilities; and (b) A Peak Particle Velocity (PPV) of 2mm/s as measured on the floor of the receiving room for retail and office spaces (including work areas and meeting rooms); 34.3 The limits in 34.1 and 34.2 shall only be investigated and applied upon the receipt of a complaint from any building occupant. They shall not be applied where there is no concern from the occupant of the building. 34.4 Where the limits in 34.1 and 34.2 are found (through measurement) to be exceeded then a SSCVMP shall be prepared for that receiver (Condition 38). Project Standards – MediaWorks 35.1 The noise and vibration limits set out in Conditions 35.2 and 35.3 shall apply only during Sensitive Times. For the purposes of MediaWorks, Sensitive Times are defined as follows: (a) During scheduled live broadcasting (b) During emergency/breaking news live broadcasting (c) During scheduled recording sessions If the limits are complied with in Studio 1, the noise and vibration levels in all other Studios will be acceptable. For the avoidance of doubt, (a)-(c) above include sound checks as well as actual broadcast/recording time. 35.2 Noise Limits – Studios The noise level (whether air borne or reradiated from ground vibration) from all

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 44

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

Condition

construction sources as received inside Studio 1 shall not exceed 30dB LAeq (5 min) and 33 dB LAeq (1 sec). These limits apply to the construction component of the total noise. However for up to two periods of tunnelling, each no more than 15 consecutive days, the noise limits may be up to 5 decibels higher (ie. 35dB LAeq (5 min) and 38 dB LAeq (1 sec)) during Sensitive Times, other than during the Live Broadcasting Periods as follows: (a) Weekdays: 0600-0900 hours 1200-1230 hours 1730-1930 hours 2230-2330 hours (b) Christmas holiday season (Saturday prior to Christmas Day to Sunday following New Years Day inclusive) and weekends: 1730-1900 hours The Requiring Authority must give MediaWorks at least 12 days notice of the commencement of each such period. 35.2A Rockbreaking shall not be used for tunnel excavation within 100m of the MediaWorks site during Sensitive Times unless compliance with the noise limits in Condition 35.2 can be demonstrated in accordance with the methodology set out in the SSCNVMP. 35.3 Vibration Limits â€“ Studios For the protection of studio camera image quality, the construction vibration level (including blasting) as received inside Studio 1 shall not exceed 0.1mm/s PPV. This limit may be elevated by agreement of both the Requiring Authority and MediaWorks where image quality is found to be unaffected. 35.4 Noise level measurements inside Studio 1 shall be undertaken at a position that is representative to the level received within 2m from, and at a similar height to, the microphone of the main presenter(s). 35.5 Noise level measurements inside Studio 1 shall be undertaken with all doors to the studio closed. 35.6 For the protection of amenity, the construction vibration level as received in inside office areas, meeting rooms and technical suits shall not exceed 1mm/s PPV (as received on the floor of the receiving room) when those spaces are in use. 35.7 For the prevention of building damage, the construction vibration level shall not exceed the limits in Condition 33 at all times. 35.8 For the protection of sensitive equipment, the construction vibration (including blasting) level shall not exceed 200mg (2m/s2) between 5-500Hz. Levels are to be measured on the floor supporting the Sensitive Equipment. 35.9 All attended noise and vibration measurements shall be undertaken by a suitably qualified and experienced expert. 35.10 For the avoidance of doubt, the MediaWorks conditions (Conditions 35, 40 and 66) only apply for so long as television, radio and/or interactive media facilities broadcast from the MediaWorks site. 35.11 Blasting shall not occur during MediaWorks Sensitive Times (as defined in Condition 35.1). Blasting shall occur at times to be agreed with MediaWorks and as documented in the SSCNVMP. 36

Construction Noise and Vibration DWP

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 45

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

2 4 5 6

Condition

For the avoidance of doubt, this condition is applicable to the management of construction noise and vibration on all receivers, including sensitive and notable receivers. 36.1 A Construction Noise and Vibration DWP shall be prepared and implemented. The objective of the Construction Noise and Vibration DWP is to provide for the development and implementation of identified best practicable option to avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects on receivers of noise and vibration resulting from construction. 36.2 The Construction Noise and Vibration DWP shall: (a) Adopt the noise and vibration standards for construction set out in Conditions 31, 32, 33 and 34 of these designations; (b) Be generally consistent with the draft Construction Noise and Vibration management plan submitted as part of the Notice of Requirement documentation (dated 23 August 2013); and (c) Identify methods to achieve best practicable option for mitigating adverse effects. 36.3 To achieve this objective, the Construction Noise and Vibration DWP shall include: (a) The roles and responsibilities of the noise and vibration personnel in the contractor team with regard to managing and monitoring adverse noise and vibration effects; (b) That piling and road cutting will be restricted to between the hours of 7am to 7pm, Monday to Saturday; (c) Construction machinery and equipment to be used and their operating noise and vibration levels; (d) Identification of construction activities that are likely to create adverse noise and vibration effects, the location of these in the construction site areas, and the distance to comply with the Project Criteria in Conditions 31, 32, 33 and 34; (e) The timing of construction activities that are likely to create an adverse noise and vibration effect; (f) The location of sensitive noise and vibration receivers; (g) A record of communication and consultation with sensitive noise and vibration receivers. The record must include a clear explanation of where any comments from sensitive receivers have not been incorporated in the Construction Noise and Vibration DWP, and the reasons why not. This information must be included in the Construction Noise and Vibration DWP provided to both the Independent Peer Review Panel and Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan process specified in Condition 11; (h) Specific measures to address the concerns raised by those sensitive receivers; (i) Specific training procedures for construction personnel including: (i) The project noise and vibration performance standards for construction (conditions 31, 32, 33 and 34); (ii) Information about noise and vibration sources within the construction area and the locations of sensitive noise and vibration receivers; and (iii) Construction machinery operation instructions relating to mitigating noise and vibration; (j) Methods and measures to mitigate adverse noise and vibration effects including, but not limited to, structural mitigation such as barriers and enclosures, the scheduling of high noise and vibration construction, use of low noise and vibration machinery, temporary relocation of affected receivers or any other measures or offer agreed to

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 46

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

Condition

by the Requiring Authority and the affected receiver; (k) The proposed methods for monitoring construction noise and vibration to be undertaken by a suitably qualified person for the duration of construction works including: (i) Updating the predicted noise and vibration contours based on the final design and construction activities; (ii) Confirm which buildings are to be subject to a pre and post building condition survey in accordance with Condition 46. This includes consideration of those buildings in Appendix One and Two to these conditions; (iii) The timing and location for monitoring of buildings during construction is required (Note that the flow charts contained in Appendices B and C of Appendix J of the technical noise and vibration report provided as part of the Notice of Requirement should be used as a guide); (iv) Identifying appropriate monitoring locations for receivers of construction noise and vibration; (v) Procedures for working with the Communication and Consultation Manager to respond to complaints received on construction noise and vibration, including methods to monitor and identify noise and vibration sources; (vi) Procedures for monitoring construction noise and vibration and reporting to the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer; and (vii) Procedures for how works will be undertaken should they be required as a result of the building condition surveys; (l) Cross references to the specific sections in the Communication and Consultation Plan which detail how landowners and occupiers are to be communicated with around noise and vibration effects. Site Specific Construction Noise Management Plan (SSCNMP) For the avoidance of doubt, this condition does not apply to MediaWorks. 37.1 The objective of a SSCNMP is to detail the best practicable option to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on a receiver resulting from construction noise that does not comply with the Project Noise Standards.

1 2 37

37.2 Further to the Construction Noise and Vibration DWP in Condition 36, a SSCNMP shall be prepared for any receiver or activity for which air overpressure is either predicted or measured to exceed the limits in Condition 32, or where construction noise is either predicted or measured to exceed the Project Noise Standards in Condition 31, except where the exceedance of the standards in Condition 31 is less than 5 decibels and does not exceed :

(a) 0700-2200: 1 period of up to 2 consecutive weeks in any 2 months

(b) 2200-0700: 1 period of up to 2 consecutive nights in any 10 days 37.3 For predicted exceedances of less than 5 decibels (refer 37.2) monitoring shall be undertaken to confirm the actual noise levels. If exceedance is shown to be more than 5 decibels, or the period exceeds those detailed, then a SSCNMP will be prepared. 37.4 In addition to the SSCNMPs prepared in accordance with Condition 37.2, and notwithstanding Condition 37.1, the Requiring Authority shall prepare SSCNMPs specifying the best practicable option for management, methods and measures to mitigate all noise effects for the properties located at: (a) 1 Queen Street (Lot 1 DP 165403);

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 47

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

Condition

(b) 21 Queen Street (Lot 1 DP 67723); (c) 29 Customs Street West (Lot 7 DP 77037) (d) 188 Quay Street (Lot 5 DP 63972 and Lot 1 DP 78340); and (e) 23-29 Albert Street (Lot 1 DP 116724). 37.5 SSCNMPs will identify: (a) The extent to which noise may exceed the Project Noise Standards in Condition 31 or the overpressure limits in Condition 32; (b) The timing and duration of any exceedance; (c) Details of the type of activity causing any exceedance; (d) The summary of the communication and consultation undertaken with the receiver. The summary must include a clear explanation of where any comments have not been incorporated, and the reasons why not. This information must be included in the SSCNMP provided to both the Independent Peer Review Panel and Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan process specified in Condition 11; (e) The methods and measures to mitigate noise effects, including but not limited to, potential to offer temporary relocation of affected receivers, alternative ventilation, faรงade sound insulation improvements, building condition surveys in the case of overpressure generated by blast events, or other offers made by the Requiring Authority and whether these have been agreed to by the affected receiver; (f) The reasons why the management and mitigation measures and methods reflect best practicable option. 37.6 The SSCNMP shall be submitted for the review of Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan. The works shall then be undertaken in accordance with the SSCNMP confirmed by the Requiring Authority as part of the Outline Plan. Site Specific Construction Vibration Management Plan (SSCVMP) For the avoidance of doubt, this condition does not apply to MediaWorks. 38.1 The objective of a SSCVMP is to detail the best practicable option to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on a receiver resulting from vibration that does not comply with the Project Vibration Standards. 38.2 Further to the Construction Noise and Vibration DWP in Condition 36, a SSCVMP shall be prepared: 1 2 38

(a) For any unoccupied building, structure or infrastructure for which construction vibration is either predicted or measured to exceed the Project Vibration Standards in Condition 33;

(b) Where a complaint or concern is raised and the vibration level exceeds the amenity levels of Condition 34.2(a) and 34.2(b);

(c) In response to other concerns or complaints where required (refer Condition 17).; (d) For the properties listed in Condition 37.4. 38.3 Where the amenity limits in Conditions 34.2(a) and 34.2(b) are exceeded: (a) Best practicable management of vibration must be applied; and (b) The vibration activity shall be scheduled to avoid disturbance. If this is not practicable then reasonable respite periods shall be provided to reduce vibration exposure. 38.4 The limits in condition 33 may be relaxed by a SSCVMP but only for a building, structure or infrastructure that has been assessed by a suitably qualified and experienced structural

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 48

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

Condition

engineer and where it has been deemed to be capable of withstanding higher vibration levels without sustaining building or structural damage, and where appropriate vibration and building condition monitoring regimes are in place. 38.5 SSCVMPs will identify: (a) The timing and duration of any exceedance; (b) Details of the type of activity giving rise to any exceedance; (c) Site Specific vibration criteria that addresses the issue(s) of concern (i.e. building damage, amenity and sensitive equipment). Site Specific criteria shall be determined by a suitably qualified independent vibration expert; (d) The summary of the communication and consultation undertaken with the receiver. The summary must include a clear explanation of where any comments have not been incorporated, and the reasons why not. This information must be included in the SSCVMP provided to both the Independent Peer Review Panel and Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan process specified in Condition 11; (e) The methods and measures to mitigate vibration effects, including but not limited to, investigating alternative low-vibration construction methods, undertaking highvibration works outside sensitive times, vibration barriers, building condition surveys, potential to offer temporary relocation of affected receivers, or other offers made by the Requiring Authority and agreed to by the affected receiver; (f) The reasons why the management and mitigation measures and methods reflect best practicable option. 38.6 The SSCVMP shall be submitted for the review of Auckland Council. The works shall then be undertaken in accordance with the SSCVMP confirmed by the Requiring Authority as part of the Outline Plan. Notable Receivers Notable Noise and Vibration Receivers For the avoidance of doubt, Conditions 39.5 and 39.6 do not apply to MediaWorks. 39.1 Further to Condition 36, the Requiring Authority and its contractor, in conjunction with a suitably qualified expert, shall work collaboratively with each notable receiver during the preparation of a SSCNVMP to confirm the extent and management of adverse effects on each Notable Receiver.

1 39

2 4 5 6

39.2 In addition to the Construction Noise and Vibration DWP, a SSCNVMP shall be prepared for each identified Notable Receiver. The objective of the SSCNVMP is to detail the best practicable option to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse noise and vibration effects on each Notable Receiver. 39.3 The Requiring Authority shall consult with the notable receiver throughout the duration of construction and update the SSCNVMP as required to achieve the objective in 39.2. 39.4 The SSCNVMP shall include: (a) The level at which noise and vibration effects on the notable receiver will unreasonably interfere with its operation. This will enable development of the site specific criteria. In the case of MediaWorks this is set out in Condition 40; (b) Construction activities and equipment which are likely to create adverse noise and vibration effects and the location and timing of these in relation to the notable receiver; (c) The methods and measures associated with the worksite including, but not limited to, structural mitigation such as barriers and enclosures, use of low noise and

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 49

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

Condition

vibration machinery and the scheduling of high noise and vibration construction; (d) The methods and measures associated with the notable receiver building or operation including, but not limited to, potential for isolation of sensitive areas and equipment, dampening of reradiating surfaces and temporary relocation of affected receivers that are proposed to minimise adverse noise and vibration effects on the notable receiver; (e) Details about the methods to be adopted by the Requiring Authority to minimise construction noise and vibration effects on the notable receiver and the anticipated effectiveness of those methods; (f) A summary of the communication and consultation undertaken with the notable receiver. The summary must include a clear explanation of where any comments have not been incorporated, and the reasons why not; (g) Offers made by the Requiring Authority to the notable receiver to mitigate effects and the response by the operators, such as relocation, and whether those offers were accepted or not by the notable receiver; 39.5 If the parties cannot agree on any of the matters above they shall each appoint a suitably qualified and independent expert, who shall jointly appoint an independent and suitably qualified third expert who shall certify the following matters to be included in the SSCNVMP: (a) The level at which noise and vibration effects on the notable receiver unreasonably interfere with its operation (the certified noise and vibration limit); (b) The mitigation methods and measures within the worksite (at source) including, but not limited to, structural mitigation such as barriers and enclosures, use of low noise and vibration machinery and the scheduling of high noise and vibration construction; (c) The mitigation methods and measures at the notable receiver including but not limited to: isolation of sensitive areas and equipment; dampening of reradiating surfaces; any response to such offers; and temporary relocation of affected receivers; (d) Whether or not the mitigation methods and measures reflect best practicable management; and (e) Whether or not the residual effects are likely to cause significant disruption to the activities of the notable receiver. 39.6 Following the above process the SSCNVMP shall be submitted for the review of Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan. For the avoidance of doubt, the Requiring Authority shall not be entitled to make any changes to the SSCNVMP through the Outline Plan process following any agreement reached with the notable receiver and/or through the above certification process without the consent of the notable receiver. The works shall then be undertaken in accordance with the SSCNVMP confirmed by the Requiring Authority as part of the Outline Plan process.

Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan â€“ Mediaworks Further to Condition 36, a SSCNVMP shall be prepared for MediaWorks implementing the project standards in Condition 35. 40.1 The MediaWorks SSCNVMP shall identify high noise or vibration plant and machinery, and list the relevant items that require testing in accordance with Condition 40.4 and 40.8. 40.2 Prior to any demolition or construction commencing, the Requiring Authority shall undertake a noise survey to determine the Transmission Loss (TL) performance of the

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 50

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

Condition

MediaWorks building envelope. This testing shall only be undertaken outside of Sensitive Times. 40.3 Prior to any demolition or construction commencing, the Requiring Authority shall undertake a vibration survey to determine the transfer function of the MediaWorks building structure from ground vibration outside the building to reradiated noise in Studio 1. This testing shall only be undertaken outside of Sensitive Times. 40.4 All high noise plant and machinery to be used at a location where it is predicted to generate noise levels in excess of 3 dB below the limits specified in Condition 35.2 shall be tested prior to use, to determine its Sound Power Level (Lw) at a sufficient distance from the MediaWorks building to ensure compliance. These measured Lws shall be used to predict the noise level at the MediaWorks building faรงade(s) from proposed construction scenarios. The faรงade TL (refer Condition 40.2) shall then be applied to predict the noise levels in the relevant rooms. 40.5 All high noise plant and machinery may not be used until Condition 40.4 is satisfied, taking into account the cumulative noise levels from active sources on the site. 40.6 The Requiring Authority and its contractor, in conjunction with a suitably qualified expert, shall work collaboratively with MediaWorks during the preparation of a SSCNVMP to confirm the extent and management of adverse effects on MediaWorks. 40.7 The SSCNVMP shall set out the requirements for monitoring, the number of monitors, the instrument location, any adjustments necessary if a proxy position is required and any other procedures or requirements that are necessary. The data shall be available in real time to the Requiring Authority, Auckland Council and MediaWorks. 40.8 Prior to the use of any high vibration equipment to be used at a location where it is predicted to generate vibration levels greater than 75% of the PPV vibration limits in Condition 35.3, 35.6, 35.7 and 35.8, or reradiated noise within 3 decibels of the limits in Condition 35.2, the Requiring Authority shall undertake vibration measurements at a sufficient distance from the MediaWorks building to ensure compliance, applying the transfer function required by Condition 40.3 to assess reradiated noise. These measurements shall be used to determine minimum set-back distances from the building to avoid potential exceedances of the vibration limits in Conditions 35.2, 35.3, 35.6, 35.7 and 35.8. The results of the testing and the outcomes affecting construction operations shall be set out in the SSCNVMP. 40.9 The noise and vibration levels from construction shall be monitored to determine compliance with conditions 35.2, 35.3, 35.6, 35.7 and 35.8 continuously by automated noise and vibration monitors located at positions that will represent the noise and vibration level in the relevant spaces and for the relevant noise and vibration limits. The SSCNVMP shall set out the requirements for monitoring, the instrument location, any adjustments necessary if a proxy position is required and any other procedures or requirements that are necessary including methods to exclude extraneous sources. The data shall be available in real time to the Requiring Authority, Auckland Council and MediaWorks. 40.10 Monitoring to determine compliance or otherwise with Condition 35.67 relating to office amenity shall only be undertaken in response to complaints from MediaWorks. The measurements must be attended by a suitably qualified person. 40.11 The SSCNVMP shall set out corrective action measures that must be adopted in situations where any of the noise and vibration limits in Conditions 35.2, 35.3, 35.6, 35.7, and 35.8 are exceeded and where the noise and/or vibration levels are unacceptable to MediaWorks. The corrective action measures must include the following: (a) Immediate cessation of the work(s) that is giving rise to the exceedance;

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 51

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

Condition

(b) A procedure to require the implementation of whatever measures are necessary to reduce the noise or vibration levels; (c) A monitoring procedure to determine compliance (once the remediation works are complete); (d) A requirement to ensure that the work(s) responsible for the exceedance are not recommenced during Sensitive Times; (e) A complaints procedure that is capable of effecting the immediate cessation of works including making a point of contact directly available 24 hours, seven days a week. 40.12

40.13

If there is a disagreement between the Requiring Authority and MediaWorks as to the content of the SSCNVMP, they shall each appoint a suitably qualified and independent expert, who shall jointly appoint an independent and suitably qualified third expert who shall certify the matters set out in Condition 40.11 and any other matters in dispute in the SSCNVMP. Following the above process the SSCNVMP shall be submitted for the review of Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan. For the avoidance of doubt, the Requiring Authority shall not be entitled to make any changes to the SSCNVMP through the Outline Plan process following any agreement reached with MediaWorks and/or through the above certification process without the consent of MediaWorks. The works shall then be undertaken in accordance with the SSCNVMP confirmed by the Requiring Authority as part of the Outline Plan process.

Built Heritage/Archaeology Historic Character â€“ Built Heritage 41.1 The Historic Character DWP shall be prepared to manage the adverse effects on built heritage and archaeology that may result from associated works prior to, during, and after the construction of the City Rail Link or any part of it. 41.2 The objective of the Built Heritage section is to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on built heritage as far as reasonably practicable. To achieve the above objective, the following shall, as a minimum, be included in the built heritage section of the Historic Character DWP:

1 2 41

4 5 6

(a) Preparation of a Building Record and Salvage Strategy that outlines a suitable set of procedures for the removal, storage and for later refitting and reuse of elements of heritage buildings and/or structures identified for demolition including the Griffiths Building, Beresford Toilets, Bluestone Toilets, and the rear annex to the building at 223-227 Symonds Street. (b) The proposed methods for monitoring building damage that is to be undertaken by a suitably qualified person for the duration of construction works. This includes confirming which Built Heritage buildings and structures are to be subject to a pre and post building condition survey through: (i) Using the updated predicted vibration contours undertaken in Condition 36; (ii) Reviewing those buildings in Appendix 2 to these conditions in accordance with Condition 46.1; (iii) Reviewing buildings within the designation footprint (including above sub-strata designation) or located in close proximity to identify buildings which have been recognised as having heritage value as a result of scheduling under the Historic Places Act 1993 or in the Auckland Unitary Plan. (c) Identification and methodology for recording of Built Heritage directly affected by the construction, or associated pre- and post-construction works (i.e. within the

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 52

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

Condition

surface designation footprint), which cannot be retained and / or adaptively re-used / partially retained. For the avoidance of doubt, the following buildings and structures may be demolished: (i) Bluestone Toilets (SCDP Category B); (ii) Beresford Toilets; (iii) Rear annex to building at 229-231 Symonds Street; and (iv) Griffiths Building. (d) Identification and methodology for recording Built Heritage directly affected by the construction, or associated pre- and post-construction, which are to be: (i) Adaptively reused; (ii) Partially retained in design and construction; or (iii) Built heritage elements have been integrated into other elements of the City Rail. (iv) In particular, the Requiring Authority shall explore the adaptive re-use of the buildings at 51-53 Victoria Street West (known as Marthaâ€™s Corner building) with complete demolition only considered as a last resort. As guidance, an appropriate level of adaptive re-use could include retention of the faĂ§ade on all street frontages or the utilisation and incorporation of elements of the building into the design: (e) How Built Heritage Buildings and Structures will be protected during construction through the use of screening or other protective measures to mitigate adverse construction effects; (f) How mitigation or rectification of damage to Built Heritage Buildings and Structures will be addressed; and (g) Cross references to the specific sections in the Communication and Consultation Plan which detail how the Auckland Council Heritage Department, the New Zealand Historic Places Trust, and mana whenua (see condition 15) are consulted, and the communication with the general public on the management of the adverse effects relating to Built Heritage. Historic Character - Archaeology 42.1 A Historic Character DWP shall be prepared to manage the adverse effects on built heritage and archaeology that may result during construction of the City Rail Link or any part of it.

1 42

4 5 6

42.2 The objective of the Archaeology section of the Historic Character DWP is to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on archaeological remains during construction, as far as reasonably practicable. 42.3 To achieve the above objective the following matters shall be included in the Archaeology section of the Historic Character DWP: (a) Constructor roles and responsibilities, stand-down periods and reporting requirements are to be clearly identified; (b) How procedures for archaeological investigations and monitoring of preliminary earthworks are to be implemented in areas where there is potential for archaeological remains to be discovered; (c) Procedures for the discovery of, including accidental discovery of archaeological remains including: (i) The ceasing of all physical construction works in the immediate vicinity of the

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 53

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

Condition

discovery; (ii) Practices for dealing with the uncovering of cultural or archaeological remains and the parties to be notified (including, but not limited to, appropriate iwi authorities, the Auckland Council Consents Monitoring officer, the New Zealand Historic Places Trust, and the New Zealand Police (if koiwi (human skeletal remains) are discovered); (iii) Procedures to be undertaken before physical works in the area of discovery can start again, including any iwi protocols, recording of sites and material, recovery of any artefacts, and consultation to be undertaken with iwi, Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer and Heritage Unit, and with the New Zealand Historic Places Trust; and (iv) Procedures for recording any archaeological remains or evidence before it is modified or destroyed, including opportunities for the conservation and preservation of artefacts and ecofacts (biological material) that are discovered. Consideration shall be given to the incorporation of in-situ material or artefacts into the design of stations and / or public places associated with the City Rail Link project. Consideration shall also be given to the provision for ‘post-excavation’ assessment analysis and publication of material within 24 months of completion of construction. (v) Provision for ‘post-excavation’ archiving, assessment and analysis of the archaeological records and materials; publication of results of that work within 24 months of completion of construction assessment analysis and publication of material within 24 months of completion of construction. (d) Training procedures for all contractors are to be undertaken in advance of construction, regarding the possible presence of cultural or archaeological sites or material, what these sites or material may look like, and the relevant provisions of the Historic Places Act 1993 if any sites or material are discovered; (e) Cross references to the specific sections in the Communication and Consultation Plan which details how the Auckland Council Heritage Department, the New Zealand Historic Places Trust, mana whenua (see condition 8) are consulted, and the communication with the general public on the management of the adverse effects relating to archaeology. Heritage Advisory Group and Composition

43.1 The Requiring Authority must engage, at its expense, a panel of suitably qualified and experienced heritage experts to discharge the functions required by conditions 44 and 45. The Heritage Advisory Group will consist of three independent experts, whose members will not be directors or employees of the Requiring Authority, the New Zealand Historic Places Trust or the consent authority. The Heritage Advisory Group will comprise one nominee from the Requiring Authority, one nominee from the consent authority, and a third nominee appointed jointly by the Requiring Authority's and consent authority's nominees. 43.2 Before establishing the Heritage Advisory Group the Requiring Authority shall seek the opinion of NZHPT on the appointment of the Heritage Advisory Group. 43.3 The Heritage Advisory Group may determine its own processes and procedures for conducting its meetings and performing its functions as it sees fit, including methods for ensuring any disagreements between panel members are resolved, and must meet as necessary to fulfil its functions. All costs associated with the role and function of the Heritage Advisory Group and appropriate administrative support must be paid by the

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 54

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

Condition

Requiring Authority. If any member of the Heritage Advisory Group is unable to continue in the role for whatever reason, then a replacement member must be appointed using the process set out in this condition. Heritage Advisory Group Function 44.1 The functions of the Heritage Advisory Group are to review the assessment of the alternatives and option selected by the Requiring Authority to manage the adverse effects on the heritage values of the Bluestone wall and the Martha’s Corner building. 44.2 In relation to Bluestone Wall, the Heritage Advisory Group will: (a) Certify that the method selected by the Requiring Authority under Condition 45 will have the least impact on the heritage value of the Bluestone wall compared to other reasonably practicable methods; or 44

(b) Prepare a report as to why the method selected by the Requiring Authority under Condition 45 will not have the least impact on the heritage value of the Bluestone wall and set out details as to an alternative recommended reasonably practicable method.

44.3 In relation to Martha’s Corner, the Heritage Advisory Group will: (a) Certify that the heritage outcomes for Martha’s Corner adhere to the intent of Condition 41; or (b) Prepare a report as to why the method selected by the Requiring Authority will not adhere to the intent of Condition 41 and set out details as to the recommended reasonably practicable method. 44.4 The Requiring Authority must provide Auckland Council with the Heritage Advisory Group’s certification or report, and if applicable the reasons the Requiring Authority has not selected the method recommended by the Heritage Advisory Group. Bluestone Wall Management Plan 45.1 A Bluestone Wall Management Plan shall be prepared to manage the adverse effects on the heritage values of the Bluestone wall during the construction of the City Rail Link. 45.2 The objective of this Plan is to minimise adverse effects on the heritage values of the Bluestone wall during the construction of the City Rail Link by adopting the best practicable option. 45

45.3 To achieve the above objective, the following shall be included in the Bluestone Wall Management Plan: (a) Identification of the key heritage values of the wall; (b) Assessment of the alternative construction methods to ensure that construction of the City Rail Link has the least impact on the heritage value of the Bluestone wall, within the practical constraints of constructing the project; and (c) The option selected by the Requiring Authority. 45.4 The Bluestone Management Plan shall be prepared in consultation with the NZHPT and the Heritage Advisory Group (set out in Condition 43).

Building Condition Surveys

Process for Building Condition Surveys

46.1 Prior to construction, as a minimum those buildings listed in Appendix One and Appendix Two or identified pursuant to Condition 41.2(b) will be considered for a building condition

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 55

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

5 6

Condition

survey. A building condition survey will be undertaken where it is assessed that there is potential for damage to buildings or structures arising from construction as determined by an independent suitably qualified person appointed by the Requiring Authority based on the criteria below unless the relevant industry criteria applied at the time or heightened building sensitivity or other inherent building vulnerability requires it. Building damage criteria will initially be assessed in accordance with Burland, J.B. (1997) â€œAssessment of Risk of Damage to Buildings due to Tunnelling and Excavationâ€?. Additional factors which may be considered in determining whether a building condition survey will be undertaken include: (a) Age of the building; (b) Construction types; (c) Foundation types; (d) General building condition; (e) Proximity to any excavation; (f) Whether the building is earthquake prone; and (g) Whether any basements are present in the building. 46.2 Where prior to construction it is determined that a Building Condition Survey is required in accordance with Condition 46.1, or if measurements exceed the criteria in Condition 33: (a) The Requiring Authority shall employ a suitably qualified person to undertake the building condition surveys and that person shall be identified in the CEMP; (b) The Requiring Authority shall provide the building condition survey report to the relevant property owner within 15 working days of the survey being undertaken, and additionally it shall notify and provide the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer a copy of the completed survey report; (c) The Requiring Authority shall contact owners of those buildings and structures where a Building Condition Survey is to be undertaken to confirm the timing and methodology for undertaking a pre-construction condition assessment; (d) The Requiring Authority shall record all contact, correspondence and communication with owners and this shall be available on request for the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring Officer; (e) Should agreement from owners to enter property and undertake a condition assessment not be obtained within 3 months from first contact, then the Requiring Authority shall not be required under these designation conditions to undertake these assessments; (f) The Requiring Authority shall undertake a visual inspection during "active construction" if requested by the building owner where a pre-construction condition assessment has been undertaken. (g) The Requiring Authority shall develop a system of monitoring the condition of existing buildings which is commensurate with the type of the existing building and the proximity of the CRL works. The purpose of monitoring is to assess whether or not active construction is compromising the structural integrity of the building. (h) The Requiring Authority shall, during the Building Condition Survey, determine whether the building is classified as Commercial / Industrial / School or a Historic or sensitive structure in terms of Condition 33. 46.3 During construction: (a) The Requiring Authority shall implement procedures that will appropriately respond

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 56

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

Condition

to the information received from the monitoring system. Where necessary this may include the temporary cessation of works in close proximity to the relevant building until such time as measures are implemented to avoid further damage or compromise of the structural integrity of the building. (b) Any damage to buildings or structures shall be recorded and repaired by the Requiring Authority and costs associated with the repair will met by the Requiring Authority. 46.4 Following construction: (a) The Requiring Authority shall, within 12 months of the commencement of operation of the City Rail Link, contact owners of those buildings and structures where a Building Condition Survey was undertaken to confirm the need for undertaking a post-construction condition assessment; (b) Where a post-construction building condition survey confirms that the building has deteriorated as the result of construction or operation works relating to the City Rail Link, the Requiring Authority shall, at its own cost, rectify the damage; and 46.5 Where the Requiring Authority is required to undertake building repairs in accordance with Conditions 46.3(b) or 46.4(b), such repairs shall be undertaken as soon as reasonably practicable and in consultation with the owner of the building. Urban Design Urban Design Principles 47.1 The objective of the Urban Design DWP is to enable the integration of the CRL’s permanent works into the surrounding landscape and urban design context. 47.2 An Urban Design DWP shall be developed to ensure that the areas within the designation footprint used during the construction of the City Rail Link are to be restored and the permanent works associated with the CRL are developed in accordance with urban design principles. The following Principles from the Urban Design Framework submitted as part of the Notice of Requirement documents will be used to inform the Urban Design and Landscape Plan: (a) Mana Whenua Principles – see Condition 49; 1 47

4 5 6

(b) Movement and Connections – (i) Existing Networks - Structures of the CRL should not interrupt or adversely change the function of existing public open space, street networks and infrastructure. (ii) Entrance Location - Station entrances should be clearly identifiable and conveniently located in relation to existing and anticipated main pedestrian routes and destinations. (iii) Intuitive Orientation - The location and nature of structures resulting from the CRL (station entrances in particular) should facilitate intuitive orientation and support a legible street network. (iv) Way Finding - Coherent signage should be utilised to aid intuitive orientation and way finding. (v) Mode Integration - Spatial integration with bus stops as well as kiss and ride should be facilitated where possible without imposing on the quality of public realm. (vi) Bicycle Parking – Appropriate numbers of safe bicycle storage or parking should

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 57

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

Condition

be provided in each station environment. (vii) Street Crossings - Safe pedestrian street crossings shall be provided in the immediate vicinity of station entrances to the extent practicable. The provision of level street crossings is preferable over any grade separated solutions. (viii) Footpaths – Footpaths surrounding stations need to be adequate to provide for pedestrians entering and exiting the stations. (ix) Grade separated rail crossings – Structures associated with grade separated rail crossings need to be carefully and sensitively designed and in accordance with crime prevention through environmental design principles to ensure appropriate amenity and safety are retained or achieved. Measures to achieve this may include: a.

Utilising permeable balustrades on overbridges;

Maximising the width of the footpath at grade in street reserves;

Orientating any steps parallel to overbridges;

Providing appropriate levels of lighting (in accordance with the Auckland Transport Street Lighting Policy (Appendix 1) for “Pathways in high risk, high brightness areas”); and

Treatment of the sides of ramps and footpaths to enhance visual amenity.

(x) Grade separated rail crossings – Permeable balustrades on overbridges should be required not only for crime prevention purposes but to enable views into the neighbouring sites. For clarity all balustrades comprised within Normanby Road grade separation works (as defined in condition 30.1(l) shall be permeable including without limitation the ramp to be constructed into the site at 32 Normanby Road. (xi) The Porters Avenue Bridge (lift and bridge structure above finished ground level) shall be located no closer than 3.5m from the property boundary of 5 Porters Avenue (ALLOT 236 SEC 10 Suburbs AUCKLAND). Foundation support (i.e. below finished ground level) for the bridge may extend closer but shall not cross the property boundary. (xii) The design of the Porters Avenue and Fenton Street pedestrian/cycle bridges shall: a.

Minimise loss of privacy on adjacent residential sites, including by locating the pedestrian/cycle bridge in the western half of the Avenue;

Ensure the lifts are through lifts to carry bicycles; and

Incorporate bicycle push ramps into the side of the pedestrian stairways.

(xiii) The extensions to Ruru Street and Nikau Street shall generally be undertaken in accordance with the indicative road layout shown on drawing CRL-SYW-RME000-DRG-0110 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16. (c) Public Realm and Landscape – (i) Existing Streetscape – Structures of the CRL should be designed to respect and contribute positively to the form and function of existing public open space. (ii) Universal Access – Station environments should promote universal access (e.g. footpath ramps and smooth ground surfaces).

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 58

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

Condition

(iii) Safe Environments â€“ Structures resulting from the CRL should promote safe environments. The station entrances should release patrons into safe public spaces that are well lit at night, overlooked by other users (e.g. residents or workers) and have sufficiently wide and unobstructed footpaths. (iv) Reinstated Surfaces - The design and construction of reinstated streetscapes should be coherent with the wider area and/or recent public realm upgrades in the area. (v) Station Plazas - The design and construction of station plazas should be coherent with the wider area and/or recent public realm upgrades in the area. (vi) Public Art - Integration of art and design should foster local identity and character and reflect and/or interpret local characteristics including natural heritage and Mana Whenua cultural narratives, history, art and particular traits of the local community. (vii) Landscape Planting â€“ Plant species used in station environments and/or as part of landscape plantings should consider the opportunity to acknowledge the areaâ€™s pre-human ecology as and where appropriate. This may include species which connect strongly with Mana Whenua cultural narratives. (viii) Entrances within the Road Reserve - Designs for station entrances within the road reserve should be designed to consider the impacts upon other modes of traffic, including the expected pedestrian patronage. (ix) Utility Structures - Above ground utility structures (e.g. vents, access services) should be designed to minimise any negative effect on public realm. Where possible these structures should be integrated with other buildings. (x) Where landscape planting is affected by construction works on private properties, replanting and/or mitigation of any such landscaping shall be undertaken in consultation with those landowners, and in recognition of wider mitigation works required for those properties (e.g. vehicle parking and access requirements). 47.3 The Urban Design DWP shall show how these principles have been used to guide and influence the design of permanent works associated with the CRL, and how the design has responded or otherwise to these principles and initiatives. 47.4 The work to restore those areas within the designation footprint used during construction of the City Rail Link will occur as part of construction or within six months of the City Rail Link being operational. Auckland Council Urban Design Panel 47.5 The Requiring Authority shall request the Auckland Council to refer the Urban Design DWP to the Auckland Urban Design Panel (or other equivalent entity (if any) at that time) and invite the Auckland Urban Design Panel to comment on: (a) The degree to which the Urban Design DWP has appropriately responded to the principles listed in 47.2 and 49.1; (b) The degree to which station plans have appropriately responded to the principles listed in Condition 54.1. 47.6 As part of the Urban Design DWP submitted, the Requiring Authority shall: (a) Provide a record of feedback received from the Auckland Urban Design Panel (or equivalent entity at that time); (b) Provide detail of how the Urban Design DWP has responded to any feedback

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 59

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

Condition

received from the Auckland Urban Design Panel (or equivalent entity at that time) and, where they have not, the reasons why; (c) Provide detail regarding the degree to which the community stakeholder, affected party and affected in proximity party feedback has been considered and where applicable incorporated into design. Where feedback has not been incorporated, the Requiring Authority shall provide comment as to reasons why the feedback has not been incorporated; (d) The information set out in (a), (b) and (c) above must be included in the Urban Design DWP submitted to both the independent peer reviewer and Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan. Mitigation Planting Requirements

1 48

4 5 6

48.1 The Urban Design DWP shall include any replacement planting proposed to mitigate the adverse effects of tree and vegetation removal from within the designation footprint. It is acknowledged that the mitigation of effects of tree and vegetation removal will be considered in response to the urban design principles of Condition 47. 48.2 Any landscaping included under the Urban Design DWP shall be implemented in accordance with this plan within the first planting season following the City Rail Link being operational. If the weather in that planting season is unsuitable for planting, as determined by the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer (in consultation with the Auckland Council Parks Department), the landscaping shall instead be implemented at the first practicable opportunity thereafter. The next practicable opportunity shall be agreed by the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer. 48.3 The landscaping will be maintained by the Requiring Authority for a period of 5 years for specimen trees and 3 years for all other landscape planting. Engagement with Mana Whenua and the Mana Whenua Principles 49.1 The Urban Design DWP shall include: (a) How mana whenua (see Condition 8) have been engaged with during its development in relation to the implementation and interpretation of the Principles set out under Condition 47, and particularly in relation to the mana whenua principles set out below:

1 49

4 5 6

(i) Mana / Rangatiratanga – As the original local authorities of Tamaki Makaurau, Iwi require high level Treaty based relationships with all key stakeholders including the Requiring Authority and Auckland Council which recognise their Tangata Whenua status in order to fulfil their roles as kaitiaki. Such partnership relationships can then inform engagement with AT / Council at all levels including direct involvement with design consortia. Relationships are required at governance and senior management levels. Such relationships are a precursor to actualising the other 6 principles. (ii) Whakapapa – Names and genealogical connections– reviving names revives mana through Iwi connections to specific ancestors and events / narratives associated with them. An Iwi inventory of names associated with a given site can be developed so that the most appropriate names are identified to develop design, interpretation and artistic responses. (iii) Tohu – Acknowledging the wider significant Iwi cultural land marks associated with the CRL route and their ability to inform the design of the station precincts, entrances and exits. In particular exploring opportunities to maximise view shafts to such tohu / landmarks as a way of both enhancing cultural landscape

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 60

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

Condition

connections and as way finding / location devices. (iv) Taiao – Exploring opportunities to bring natural landscape elements back into urban /modified areas e.g. specific native trees, water / puna wai (springs) – promoting bird, insect and aquatic life to create meaningful urban eco systems which connect with former habitats, mahinga kai (food gathering areas) and living sites. (v) Mauri tu – Ensuring emphasis on maintaining or enhancing environmental health / life essence of the wider site – in particular focusing on the quality of wai / water (puna / springs), whenua / soil and air. In particular any puna or underground waterways encountered should be carefully treated with Mana Whenua assistance to ensure their mauri is respected and enhanced where possible. It is also important to minimise the disturbance to Papatuanuku through carefully planned ground works. (vi) Mahi toi – Harnessing the Creative dimension through drawing on names and local tohu to develop strategies to creatively re-inscribe iwi narratives into architecture, interior design, landscape, urban design and public art. (vii) Ahi kaa – need to explore opportunities to facilitate living presences for iwi / hapu to resume ahi-kaa and kaitiaki roles in and around the CRL route and new station precincts; and (b) A summary of the engagement with mana whenua (see Condition 15) and identification of where design has incorporated the mana whenua principles and other mana whenua aspirations. The summary must include a clear explanation of where any comments have not been incorporated and the reasons why not. The summary must be included in the Urban Design DWP submitted to both the Independent Peer Review Panel and Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan. Specific Area Requirements: Britomart to Aotea Station 50.1 For this designation the Urban Design DWP shall include how the following are to be restored following completion of the City Rail Link construction works: (a) Queen Elizabeth Square and lower Queen Street between Quay Street and Customs Street; (b) Albert Street between Quay Street and Victoria Street; and 50

(c) Albert Street between Victoria Street and Mayoral Drive including those part of Victoria and Wellesley Streets, the Council owned land on the southeast corner of Albert and Wellesley Streets which is to be used as a construction area, affected by surface construction works; and (d) Kingston Street. 50.2 The restoration plan for this designation shall demonstrate how street upgrades and public realm improvements have been considered when Albert Street and Mayoral Drive are reinstated. This should include as a minimum how the design and construction utilises material palettes, planting schedules and street furniture that are coherent with the surrounding streetscape character. Specific Area Requirements: Karangahape Station area

51.1 For this designation the Urban Design DWP shall include restoration plans (showing how the following are to be restored following completion of the City Rail Link construction works): (a) Beresford Square and Street including where surface works have occurred within Pitt

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 61

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

Condition

Street; and (b) Mercury Lane. 51.2 The restoration plan for this designation shall demonstrate how street upgrades and public realm improvements have been considered when Beresford Street, Pitt Street and Mercury Lane are reinstated. This should include as a minimum: (a) How the design and construction utilises material palettes, planting schedules and street furniture that are coherent with the surrounding streetscape character. (b) Methods for street upgrades and public realm improvements. Specific Area Requirements: Newton Station area 52

52.1 For this designation the Urban Design DWP shall include restoration plans (showing how the following are to be restored following completion of the City Rail Link construction works) for those areas used for surface construction works within the designation footprint, including the construction yard located on the northeast corner of Mt Eden Road and Symonds Street. Specific Area Requirements: North Auckland Line area 53.1 For this designation the Urban Design DWP shall include the following: (a) Restoration Plans showing how the worksite area will be maintained during the construction period. (b) Restoration Plans showing how the following are to be restored after construction completion: (i) The replacement of Mt Eden Road Bridge;

(ii) The area used for the grade separation of Porters Avenue; (iii) The area used for the grade separation of Normanby Road; and (iv) The replacement of the pedestrian connection, to be provided over the railway, between Ngahura Street and Fenton Street, including a connection to the Mount Eden Station. (c) How the bulk, scale and massing of structures resulting from the City Rail Link at Mt Eden Station are integrated with the components of the Mt Eden Station located in the adjacent North Auckland Line designation. Station Plan Requirements 54.1 The Urban Design DWP shall include a Station Plan/s (report and design plan/s as required) and include the following: (a) The design details showing both the above ground and below ground elements of the station/s;

1 54

4 5

(b) How the above ground and below ground design of the stations has taken into account the following principles: (i) Overarching - stations should achieve a successful and memorable transport experience. (ii) Function - stations will provide safe, functional and clear transport solutions. (iii) Performance - stations will provide a credible, sustainable design outcome that responds to climate, site and social economics. (iv) Personality - stations will provide an expression that contributes to their context and local identity and will respond to an appropriate network wide identity. (v) Existing and New Building Structures.

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 62

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

Condition

(vi) Built Heritage: •

•

Where built heritage is required for City Rail Link station requirements, adaptive reuse strategies should be considered to preserve the building’s role in establishing the streetscape and urban character. The development of new buildings and structures should minimise impact on, and disturbance of, Built heritage listed by the New Zealand Historic Places Trust or the Auckland Council District Plan that play a significant role in establishing the streetscape and urban character of the local area.

(vii) Bulk, Scale and Massing: •

• •

•

Bulk, scale and massing of structures resulting from the City Rail Link (station buildings in particular) should be sympathetic with the surrounding built urban form. Aotea Station building frontages should correspond with the road reserve boundary unless a specific station plaza area is intended. Karangahape Road station building(s) should be sensitively designed so as to contribute positively and to complement the good public realm and urban form qualities that currently exist in this area of Karangahape Road, Pitt Street and the upper end of Beresford Street. The redevelopment of land acquired for the Newton Mt Eden Station provides the opportunity for a continuous active building frontage to correspond with the road reserve boundary, providing: ▪ This does not conflict with the operation requirements of the station; or ▪ Unless a specific station plaza area is intended.

(viii) Active Frontage – Structures resulting from the City Rail Link should present an active frontage towards public spaces like streets, squares, pedestrian walkways or station plaza areas provided that this doesn’t conflict with the operation requirements of the station. Where no active frontage is proposed, an explanation of the reasons shall be outlined in the Urban Design DWP. (ix) Weather Protection – Where practicable, station entrances should provide some weather protection along their frontage (e.g. verandahs, awnings, canopies etc.) and these should be considered as part of the design. (x) Adaptability – The design of structures resulting from the City Rail Link should be able to adapt to change over time (e.g. change of uses, innovations in technology etc.) where reasonably practicable and anticipate opportunities (e.g. additional entrances) that may become possible in the future. The station design should not inhibit wider development opportunities (e.g. above or around station entrances). (xi) Identity – The design of the station entrances should provide an expression that reflects their respective context and local cultural identity. They could reflect, respond and/or interpret local characteristics like natural or Mana Whenua heritage, history, art, particular traits of the local community and unique architectural and urban forms of the area. (xii) Construction Quality – The design and construction of structures resulting from the City Rail Link (station buildings in particular) should be of a quality that lasts over time. Materials should be selected that are highly durable, elegant and

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 63

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

Condition

vandal resistant where they come into contact with patrons. (xiii) Mana Whenua Principles â€“ see Condition 49. (c) How these principles have been used to guide and influence the design, and how the design has responded, or otherwise, to these principles and initiatives; and (d) A summary of the engagement with mana whenua (see Condition 15) and identification of where design has incorporated the mana whenua principles and other mana whenua aspirations into station design. The summary must include a clear explanation of where any comments have not been incorporated and the reasons why not. The summary must be included in the Urban Design DWP submitted to both the Independent Peer Review Panel and Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan. Trees and Vegetation Trees and Vegetation DWP 55.1 A Trees and Vegetation DWP shall be prepared to manage the adverse effects from the removal of trees and vegetation during the construction of the City Rail Link or any part of it. 55.2 The objective of the Trees and Vegetation DWP is to avoid the removal of scheduled trees as far as practicable. Where trees are identified for removal in surface works the Requiring Authority will remedy or mitigate the adverse effects of construction on trees and vegetation. 55.3 To achieve the above objective the following shall be included in the Trees and Vegetation DWP and implemented as required:

1 55

4 5 6

Public Art 56

Public Art DWP

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 64

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

Condition

56.1 A Public Art DWP shall be prepared to manage the adverse effects on public art located within or in close proximity to the designation footprint. 56.2 The objective of the Public Art DWP is to enable: (a) The appropriate removal and / or relocation of one piece of public art directly affected by the construction of the City Rail Link; (b) The protection of two pieces of public art that are located on public land in close proximity to the City Rail Link construction works. 56.3 To achieve the above objective the following shall be included in the Public Art DWP and implemented as required: (a) The process that will be undertaken to remove the public art work known as "Enduring Fires" (at the time of the Notice of Requirement process located within Queen Elizabeth Square), including the consultation undertaken with the Auckland Council and Ngati Whatua ki Tamaki or Ngati Whatua o Orakei as to its removal, storage, re-establishment or relocation and / or replacement (as part of the restoration works associated with the City Rail Link construction); (b) The process that will be undertaken to protect or remove the public art work known as "Maori Warrior" (at the time of the Notice of Requirement process located on the pavement of Quay Street adjacent to 1 Queen Street), including the consultation undertaken with the Auckland Council as to its protection during construction or whether it should be removed, stored, relocated and / or replaced (as part of the restoration works associated with the City Rail Link construction); (c) The process to protect the public art known as "Matahorua Anchor and Tainui Anchor" (at the time of the Notice of Requirement process located at the northern end of the Bledisloe Building on Wellesley Street) from construction works to the west, including the consultation undertaken with the Auckland Council as to its protection. 56.4 If one does not already exist, an asset management plan shall be prepared by the Requiring Authority in collaboration with Auckland Council for any of the above listed public art works as part of any protection or removal process. 56.5 Should the above public art works be removed from these sites prior and separate to the City Rail Link project, this condition will not need to be complied with. Contaminated Land Contamination DWP 57.1 A Contamination DWP shall be prepared to manage the adverse effects relating to contaminated land during the construction of the City Rail Link or any part of it.

1 57

4 5 6

57.2 The objective of the Contamination DWP is to avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects of construction on human health which may result from the disturbance of contaminated materials during construction. 57.3 To achieve the above objective the following shall be included in the Contamination DWP and implemented as required: (a) A health and safety plan that addresses: (i) Worker safety in relation to hazardous substances; and (ii) Worker training with regard to handling hazardous substances, identifying potentially contaminated soil / material, and notification procedures for discovery of contamination; (b) Procedures for how erosion and sediment control, storm water, dust, and odour

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 65

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

Condition

control measures will manage the removal of contaminated soil / material; (c) Procedures for contaminated soil classification, management and disposal of contaminated soil / material; (d) Where any trenches/excavations during civil works are to be sealed as a result of contamination and how this is to be recorded; (e) How and which work areas are to be restricted to authorised personnel only and procedures to limit the presence of ignition sources in these areas (e.g. no smoking within or adjacent to construction area, no welding or open flames near areas with high concentrations of hydrocarbon contamination); (f) Procedures for the monitoring and management of the removal of contaminated soil / material by a suitably qualified environmental specialist; (g) How the placement of re-used contaminated soil / material will be recorded and tracked; (h) Where areas for stockpiling and storing contaminated soil / material will be established on the construction site and the procedures for managing the containment of the contaminated soil / material in these areas; (i) Cross references to the specific sections in the Communication and Consultation Plan which detail how the general public are to be communicated with on the management of the adverse effects relating to the removal of contaminated soil / material. Contamination Validation Report at Completion of Construction 1 58

4 5 6

58.1 At the completion of construction works a validation report will be prepared in accordance with any Ministry for the Environment guidelines and submitted to the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer documenting the management of soil and evidence of appropriate disposal. The validation report shall include a record of all analytical results, volumes, tip dockets, and any incidents or complaints and how these were addressed. The validation report shall also identify any areas which need on-going monitoring and management by the Requiring Authority.

Air Quality Air Quality DWP 59.1 An Air Quality DWP shall be prepared to avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects on air quality during the construction of the City Rail Link or any part of it. 59.2 The objective of the Air Quality DWP is to detail the best practicable option to avoid dust and odour nuisance being caused by construction works and to remedy any such effects should they occur. 1 59

4 5 6

59.3 To achieve the above objective the following shall be included in the Air Quality DWP and implemented as required: (a) The procedures to be implemented for the continuous monitoring of Total Suspended Particulate (TSP) concentrations and meteorology including, but not limited to, the establishment of two monitoring sites (to the north and south of the site); (b) Identification of the sensitive locations, and the specific methods for monitoring, including trigger limits to determine whether further action (such as implementation of the mitigation measures discussed below or other mitigation measures) is required; (c) Procedures for responding to malfunctions with construction machinery or works

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 66

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

Condition

causing accidental dust discharges including, but not limited to, the requirement to remedy any malfunction within 24 hours; (d) Procedures for monitoring weather conditions and the requirement that water spray is used on soil stockpiles, any non-paved construction areas, and the wheels of trucks where dust may disperse beyond the site; (e) Procedures for establishing when the covering of trucks will be required; (f) Procedures for determining when hard surfaced areas in construction yards and active construction areas should be cleaned including, but not limited to, the requirement that such areas be cleaned whenever dust generation occurs due to traffic on these surfaces; (g) Procedures for responding to discharges of odour (including in the event of excavation of contaminated sites) including, but not limited to, the requirement to address discharge of objectionable odour by immediately ceasing the activity causing the discharge; (h) Procedures for equipment inspection (including timeframes for regular inspections), maintenance, monitoring and recording, including baghouses, pressure relief valves and high level alarms to mitigate dust emissions; (i) Procedures for, where practicable, limiting dust and odour nuisance and the methods for monitoring these procedures including Identification of contingency measures to address identified and verified adverse effects on sensitive receptors. Contingency measures may include options such as: (i) Cleaning of air filtration intakes; or (ii) Cleaning of other buildings and infrastructure; and (j) Procedures for responding to any complaints received and the timeframes for response to complaints and reporting; (k) Cross references to the specific sections in the Communication and Consultation Plan which detail how the communities in the vicinity of construction works are to be communicated with on the management of the adverse effects relating to air quality. Social Impact and Business Disruptions Property Management Strategy 60.1 The Requiring Authority will prepare a Property Management Strategy and shall submit the Strategy to Auckland Council within 3 months of the Designation being confirmed for confirmation that the Strategy has been prepared in accordance with this condition.

1 60

4 5 6

60.2 The purpose of the Strategy is to set out how the Requiring Authority will ensure the properties acquired for the City Rail Link are appropriately managed so they do not deteriorate and adversely affect adjoining properties and the surrounding area. The Strategy shall identify measures and methods to ensure the properties are managed in a manner that: (a) Does not significantly change the character, intensity and scale of the effects of the existing use of the land; (b) Maintains the condition of the property at that which existed at the time of purchase by the Requiring Authority; (c) Contributes to the functioning of the area within which the property is located; (d) Maintains occupancy as far as reasonably practicable; and (e) Provides confidence to occupants, adjoining property owners, and the community

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 67

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

Condition

that the properties are managed responsibly pending construction. Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP 61.1 The Requiring Authority shall prepare a Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP. The objective of the Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP is to avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects arising from disruption to businesses, residents and community services/facilities so far as reasonably practicable. 61.2 To achieve this objective the Requiring Authority shall engage a suitably qualified specialist(s) to prepare a Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP to address the following specific issues: (a) How disruption to access (including pedestrian, cycle, passenger transport and service/private vehicles) for residents, community services and businesses as a result of construction activities will, so far as is reasonably practicable, be avoided, remedied or mitigated; (b) How the disruption effects that result or are likely to result in the loss of customers to businesses as a result of construction activities will, so far as is reasonably practicable, be avoided, remedied or mitigated; (c) How the loss and/or relocation of community facilities and the loss or change to catchments associated with these facilities as a result of the property acquisition process particularly to the Chinese Community Centre and Life Centre Church and the temporary loss of car parking at Hopetoun Alpha will be mitigated; and 1 61

4 5 6

(d) How loss of amenity for residents, community services and businesses as a result of construction activities will be or has been mitigated through the CEMP and other DWPs. 61.3 The Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP shall be prepared in consultation with the community, community facility operators, business owners, affected parties and affected in proximity parties to: (a) Understand client and visitor behaviour and requirements and operational requirements of community facilities and businesses; (b) Identify the scale of disruption and adverse effects likely to result to businesses, residents and community services/facilities as a result of construction of the City Rail Link; (c) Assess access and servicing requirements and in particular any special needs of residents, community facilities and businesses; and (d) To develop methods to address matters outlined in (b) and (c) above, including: (i) The measures to maximise opportunities for pedestrian and service access to businesses, residents and social services/facilities that will be maintained during construction, within the practical requirements of the Transport, Access and Parking conditions (Conditions 25 to 30) and the Transport, Access and Parking DWP; (ii) The measures to mitigate potential severance and loss of business visibility issues by way-finding and supporting signage for pedestrian detours required during construction; (iii) The measures to promote a safe environment, taking a crime prevention through environmental design approach; (iv) Other measures to assist businesses and social services/facilities to maintain client/customer accessibility, including but not limited to client/customer

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 68

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

Condition

information on temporary parking or parking options for access; (v) Other measures to assist residents, businesses and social services/facilities to provide for service delivery requirements; (vi) The process (if any) for re-establishment and promotion of normal business operation following construction; (vii) If appropriate and reasonable, requirements for temporary relocation during construction and/or assistance for relocation (including information to communities using these services and facilities to advise of relocations); and (viii) The measures to remedy and mitigate the disruption impacts to the community as a result of any closure and/or relocation of community services and facilities required by the Project. 61.4 The Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP shall include: (a) A summary of the findings and recommendations of the Social Impact Assessment report (2013); (b) A record of the consultation undertaken with the community including specific access and operational requirements of individual businesses and residents including, if relevant, consultation on the necessity for, and the feasibility of, options and requirements for temporary relocation during construction and/or assistance for relocation); (c) An implementation plan of the methods to mitigate the disruption effects (as developed in 61.3 above); (d) Reference to any site/business specific mitigation plans that exist (though these may not be included in the DWP); (e) Cross reference to detail on how the CEMP and DWPs have responded to the issues of resident, business and social service/facility accessibility and amenity; (f) Details of on-going consultation with the local community through the Community Liaison Groups to provide updates and information relating to the timing for project works and acquisition; (g) Details of best endeavours steps undertaken with regard to acquisition and/or relocation of the Chinese Community Centre and Life Centre Church under the Public Works Act 1981; and (h) The process for resolution of any disputes or complaints in relation to the management / mitigation of social impacts (including business disruption impacts). 61.5 In relation to the site at 32 Normanby Road, the Requiring Authority shall consult with sub-lessees in the presence of the landowner and head lessee when developing site/business specific mitigation plans, unless the sub-lessee(s) request otherwise. 61.6 The Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP shall be implemented and complied with for the duration of the construction of the City Rail Link and for up to 12 months following the completion of the Project if required. 61.7 Suitably qualified independent specialists for the social impact and business disruption mitigation (whose appointment shall be agreed by the Council) shall peer review the Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP pursuant to Condition 11. 61.8 The Requiring Authority shall prepare an annual report on the identification, monitoring, evaluation and management of the effects outlined in the Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP together with a summary of matters raised by the community, and how these have been responded to. The report shall be presented to the Community Liaison Groups.

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 69

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

Condition

Specific Design Requirements 62

62.1 The operational tunnel will avoid running under the building footprint of the property at 152 Vincent Street.

OPERATIONAL CONDITIONS Operational Rail Vibration 63.1 The Requiring Authority shall confirm that operational rail vibration and reradiated noise levels comply with the following Project Criteria at any noise or vibration sensitive receiver existing at the time of lodgement of the CRL NoR: Building Type

Vibration Criteria

Reradiated Noise Criteria (dB LASmax re: 20 Pa)

PPV (mm/s)

Commercial uses with primarily daytime use1

0.2

Residences and buildings where people normally sleep

0.15

Auditoria/Theatres1

0.1

TV/Recording Studios

0.06

Note: 1. 2.

Such as offices, businesses, churches, schools, universities and libraries. This includes Albert Street District Court.

63.2 For any noise or vibration sensitive building types that are not provided for in the table above, the upper limit for vibration and reradiated noise shall not exceed 0.3 mm/s PPV and 50 dB LASmax respectively. 63.3 For the avoidance of doubt this does not apply to the North Auckland Line and Britomart Designations. 63.4 When assessing operational rail vibration and reradiated noise, compliance with Conditions 63.1 and 63.2 shall be achieved for at least 95% of any 20 consecutive train pass-by ‘events’. Operational Rail Vibration 63A.1 The Requiring Authority shall confirm that operational rail vibration and reradiated noise levels comply with the following Project Criteria at any noise or vibration sensitive receiver existing at the time of lodgement of the CRL NoR: Building Type 63A

Reradiated Noise Criteria (dB LASmax re: 20 Pa)

Velocityᵌ (mm/s)

4 5

Vibration Criteria

Commercial uses with primarily daytime use1

0.14

Residences and buildings where people normally sleep

0.1

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 70

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

Condition

Auditoria/Theatres1 TV/Recording Studios

0.1

0.045

Note: 1. Such as offices, businesses, churches, schools, universities and libraries. 2. This includes Albert Street District Court. 3. Maximum one-second root-mean-square (RMS) value with an upper frequency limit of 80 Hz. 63A.2 For any noise or vibration sensitive building types that are not provided for in the table above, the upper limit for vibration and reradiated noise shall not exceed a RMS level (1s, maximum) of 0.21 mm/s and 50 dB LASmax respectively. 63A.3 For the avoidance of doubt the Project Criteria in Conditions 63A.1 and 63A.2 do not apply to the North Auckland Line and Britomart Designations. 63A.4 When assessing operational rail vibration and reradiated noise, compliance with Conditions 63A.1 and 63A.2 shall be achieved for at least 95% of any 20 consecutive train pass-by ‘events’. The events shall be representative of the rolling stock fleet operating on the line and shall include maintenance activities, unless such maintenance activities are undertaken after 11.30pm or before 6.00am. 63A.5 Subject to Condition 66.4 in the case of MediaWorks, when assessing operational rail vibration measurement shall be made in accordance with Section 5.2.3 of BS6472-1:2008 Guide to evaluation of human exposure to vibration in buildings. Operational Noise – Mechanical Ventilation Plant 64.1 Operational noise from mechanical ventilation plant servicing the underground rail sections of the City Rail Link shall be measured and assessed in accordance with the following Project Criteria: Location

Period

Auckland Central Area

7.00am to 11:00pm

11:00pm to 7:00am

7.00am to 10:00pm

10:00pm to 7:00am

dB LAeq

dB LAFmax 75

2 64

4 5 6

Auckland Isthmus Area

64.2 Measurements shall be undertaken in accordance with New Zealand Standard NZS 6801:2008 “Acoustics – Measurement of environmental sound” and assessed in accordance with New Zealand Standard NZS 6802:2008 “Acoustics - Environmental Noise”. 64.3 For the avoidance of doubt this does not apply to the North Auckland Line and Britomart Designations.

Operational Noise and Vibration Management Plan (ONVMP)

65.1 To manage the adverse effects from the maintenance and operation of the City Rail Link, the Requiring Authority shall, prior to the operation of the CRL, prepare an Operational Noise and Vibration Management Plan, (ONVMP) to the satisfaction of Auckland Council’s

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 71

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

5 6

Condition

Compliance Monitoring Manager. The objective of the ONVMP shall be to ensure that the tracks, rolling stock and associated infrastructure (including ventilation and other mechanical plant) are maintained and operated in accordance with maintenance standards as outlined in the Requiring Authority’s maintenance programme for the City Rail Link, so that operational noise and vibration levels received at noise sensitive receiver locations, and vibration levels comply with Conditions 63 and 64. . 65.2 The ONVMP shall set out procedures for: (a) The maintenance of rolling stock to minimise noise and vibration emissions including, but not limited to, the management of wheel roughness and flats, braking systems, cooling systems, suspension systems and any other significant source associated with the operation of locomotives; (b) The maintenance of tracks to minimise noise and vibration emissions, including, but not limited to, the management of curve squeal, rail roughness, joint constructions and any other significant source associated with the use of the tracks; (c) The implementation of mitigation measures associated with the operation and maintenance of the City Rail Link, for the operational life of the City Rail Link; (d) The management of noise from the operation of the line, including, but not limited to, the use of audible warning devices and acceleration / deceleration controls (where relevant); and (e) The management of noise and maintenance of noise-generating equipment from stations and associated ventilation and mechanical plant infrastructure including, but not limited to, PA systems, fans and ventilation noise and audible warning devices. 65.3 The ONVMP shall be adhered to at all times. It may be updated or amended at any time with the approval of Auckland Council’s Compliance Monitoring Manager. 65.4 For the avoidance of doubt this does not apply to the North Auckland Line and Britomart Designations.

Operational Noise and Vibration Management – MediaWorks 66.1 At least six months prior to the opening of the CRL, the Requiring Authority shall provide a report from a suitably qualified noise and vibration expert to Auckland Council’s Compliance Monitoring Manager and to MediaWorks. The report shall confirm the trackform mitigation applied to the project has been designed to ensure that operational noise and vibration will not exceed the levels as set out in Conditions 63A.1, 63A.2 and 66.5. 66.2 The Requiring Authority shall implement continuous vibration monitoring on the tunnel structure on the East Link Down Main line within 20m of the closest point of the CRL tunnel to Studio 1 to determine compliance with Conditions 63A.1 and 63A.2 during the operation of the CRL (but only for so long as MediaWorks remains located at the MediaWorks site). The monitoring regime shall: (a) Be based on measurements with an upper frequency limit of 500 Hz; Note: The upper monitored frequency band of 500Hz reflects the supplier’s permissible criteria specified for equipment operated by MediaWorks. (b) Ensure that measurement equipment and signal chain complies with the manufacturers guidelines for accuracy and calibration; (c) Capture every train pass-by on the line which may be triggered by vibration level radio frequency tag, interrupted beam or any other practicable triggering method; (d) Ensure the retention of the RMS data for every train pass-by on the line; (e) Ensure the transmission of RMS data for every train pass-by to the Requiring

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 72

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

Condition

Authority at an interval not exceeding 48 hours between data uploads to enable records to be viewed and interrogated as required without requiring access to the monitoring location; (f) Ensure that the Requiring Authority, Auckland Councilâ€™s Compliance Monitoring Manager and MediaWorks are alerted to RMS values exceeding a value at the tunnel monitoring location that corresponds to 90% of the limits specified in Condition 63A.1 for TV/Recording Studios to enable the Requiring Authority to instigate preventative maintenance of tracks and rolling stock with the aim of avoiding exceedences of the noise and vibration limits at the MediaWorks building. The ONVMP required by Condition 65 shall set out the method for determining the transfer function between the tunnel monitoring location and the floor of Studio 1, and what the vibration trigger level is (based on measurements on the tunnel structure) for investigation and corrective action measures relative to Condition 66.2(f) above. The transfer function shall be accurately determined prior to the railway becoming operational using the tunnel monitoring location and the floor of Studio 1. 66.3 Conditions 63A.1, 63A.2 and 66.5 shall be complied with at the MediaWorks building for so long as MediaWorks remains located at the MediaWorks site. 66.4 Noise shall be measured in accordance with the requirements of NZS6801:2008 Acoustics - Measurement of Environmental Sound. Vibration shall be measured in accordance with the requirements of section 5.2.3 of BS6472-1:2008 Guide to evaluation of human exposure to vibration in buildings, except that all references to people, persons and body in that clause shall apply to equipment as well. 66.5In addition to compliance with the criteria set out in Condition 63A.1 relating to TV/Recording Studios, and for the purpose of monitoring the effects of vibration on camera shake, the vibration arising from train pass-bys shall at all times comply with a vibration limit of 1m/s2 between 5Hz and 500Hz when measured on the floor of the MediaWorks filming studios. 66.6 In the event of any exceedance of any noise or vibration in Conditions 63A.1 and 63A.2 during a Sensitive Times (as defined in Condition 35.1) measures to reduce the noise or vibration below the relevant limit in Condition 63A shall be implemented as soon as reasonably practicable. ADVICE NOTES

1 AN1

4 5 6

1 2 AN2

4 5 6

AN3

The Requiring Authority will require an Authority under the Historic Places Act 1993 to destroy, damage or modify any archaeological site. This Authority is required in advance of earthworks commencing in the area where the archaeological site is located. It is expected that there will be staged Section 12 Authority applied for to cover the earthworks programme. In the event of unanticipated archaeological sites or koiwi being uncovered the Requiring Authority shall cease activity in the vicinity until it has the relevant approvals, and consulted with the Historic Places Trust and relevant iwi interests. The Requiring Authority will need to acquire the relevant property interests in land subject to the designation before it undertakes any works on that land pursuant to the designation. That may include a formal Public Works Act 1981 land acquisition process. It is acknowledged that property rights issues are separate from resource management effects issues and that the resolution of property issues may be subject to confidentiality agreements between the Requiring Authority and the relevant landowners. Prior to construction if Network Utility Operators are carrying out works that do not require prior written consent of the Requiring Authority in accordance with condition 6 of this

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 73

Condition Number

NoR Designati on Applies to

2 4 5 6 1 2 AN4

Condition

designation, they must carry out those works in accordance with the Corridor Access Request (CAR) Process (as set out in Part 4 of the National Code of Practice for Utility Operatorsâ€™ Access to Transport Corridors 2011) where that process applies to the works being carried out. Under section 176 of the RMA no person may do anything in relation to the land subject to the designation that would prevent or hinder the Rail Link without the written approval of the Requiring Authority.

5 6 1 AN5

2 4

Some of the land is subject to existing designations. Nothing in these designation conditions negates the need for the Requiring Authority to adhere to the provisions of section 177 of the RMA.

5 Some of the land is subject to existing designations. Nothing in these designation conditions negates the need for the Requiring Authority to adhere to the provisions of section 177 of the RMA.

AN6

AN7

Modifications to Britomart Transport Centre to connect the City Rail Link tracks into the rail network are separate to this designation and are covered under the Britomart Transport designation.

AN8

Works required to connect the City Rail Link to the North Auckland Rail Line occurring within the North Auckland Rail Line designation are separate to this designation and are covered under the North Auckland Line Rail designation.

For the avoidance of doubt, the Requiring Authority shall obtain the written consent of the Minister of Corrections in accordance with section 177 of the RMA for any work authorised by the City Rail Link designation on the Mt Eden Corrections Facility site at 1 Lauder Road.

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 74

Appendix One to Designation Conditions (NoR for Designations 1, 2, 4, 5 and 6) Condition 36 of this designation requires as part of the CEMP process the confirmation of where and when building condition surveys will be undertaken in relation to vibration and settlement. Note that those buildings classed in the â€œheritageâ€? category are covered under the Appendix Two below. In accordance with condition 46, at a minimum building condition surveys shall be considered for the following buildings:. No

Address

Property Known As

8-12 Albert Street

Quay West Hotel

17 Albert Street

Cohesive Technology House

22-26 Albert Street

The Stamford

74 Albert Street

Chifley Suites

76-84 Albert Street

City Gardens Apartments

103,105,107 Albert Street

Manhattan Apartments

109-125 Albert Street

Sky City - Grand Hotel & Convention Centre

106-108 Albert Street

Elliot Tower (Proposed)

128 Albert Street

Crown Plaza

103 Vincent Street

YWCA Accommodation

109 Vincent Street

The Rodney Apartments

113 Vincent Street

Winsun Heights Apartments

135 Vincent Street

Dynasty Gardens Hotel

150 Vincent Street

The City Lodge

156 Vincent Street

Eclipse Apartments

71-87 Mayoral Drive

Rendezvous Grand Hotel

29,39,41 Pitt Street

Hopetoun Delta Apartments

22-28 Beresford Square

The Beresford

259-281 Karangahape Road

Retail and Residential building

14 East Street

Residential Building

9 A-C Mercury Lane

Residential Building

18 East Street

Residential Building

153 Newton Road

Beatnik

10 Flower Street

Eden Terrace Apartments

1 Akiraho Street

Eden Oaks

21 Queen Street

Zurich House (Anzo Tower)

7 Albert Street

Retail and Office building

9-11 Albert Street

Food Alley

23-29 Albert Street

ANZ Centre

12-26 Swanson Street

Affco House Carpark

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 75

Address

Property Known As

58 Albert Street

APN NZ Complex

63 Albert Street

AMI House

65-69 Albert Street

Auckland District Court

38 Wyndham Street

Wyndham Towers

92-96 Albert Street

Former Telecom Tower

85 Albert Street

Retail and Office building

87-89 Albert Street

Albert Plaza

99 Albert Street

AA Building

135 Albert Street

ASB Building

120 Albert Street

BDO Tower

44-52 Wellesley Street West

Wellesley Centre

67-101 Vincent Street

Auckland Police Station

22 Dundonald Street

Soundcraft Ltd

3 Flower Street

TV3 Building

32 Normanby Road

Commercial Building

3 Enfield Street

Horse and Trap

101 Mount Eden Road

Hometune

1 Ngahura Street

Auckland Boxing Association

1 Queen Street

HSBC House

125 Queen Street

New World Supermarket tenancy

148 Quay Street

Tenham Investments and Body Corporate 184960

29 Customs Street West

AMP Centre

15-19 East Street

32 Akiraho Street

83 Albert Street

4 Kingston Street

6-12 Kingston Street

Bear Park Early Childhood Centre

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 76

Appendix Two to Designation Conditions (NoR for Designations 1, 2, 4, 5 and 6) Condition 41 of this designation requires as part of the CEMP process the confirmation of where and when building condition surveys will be undertaken in relation to Built Heritage (including those affected as a result of excavation). In accordance with condition 46, at a minimum building condition surveys shall be considered for the following buildings: No

Address

Property Known As

12 – 32 Customs Street

Customs House

2 Queen Street

Endeans Building

12 Queen Street

3 Albert Street

West Plaza

13 Albert Street Auckland Central

Yates Building

15 Albert Street

Link House

35 Albert Street Auckland Central

Price Buchanan Building

37 – 39 Albert Street Auckland Central

41 Albert Street

46 Albert Street

49 Albert Street Auckland Central

53 Albert Street Auckland Central

55 Albert Street

57 Albert Street

61 Albert Street Auckland Central

Shakespeare Hotel and Brewery

76 to 78 Albert Street Auckland Central

Bluestone Wall + toilets under wall

83 to 85 Albert Street Auckland Central

102 Albert Street

26, 34 – 36 Wyndham Street

Former Gas Co Building

9 – 11 Durham Street

Bluestone Store

37-43 Victoria Street West

51-53 Victoria Street West

61-65 Victoria Street West

66 Victoria Street West

London Dairy

68 Victoria Street West

J H Hannan

24 Wellesley Street West

Bledisloe House

15-31 Wellesley Street West

Former CPO - Britomart Transport Centre

New Zealand Herald

Martha’s Corner

Archibald and Sons Warehouse/ T & G Building

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 77

Address

Property Known As

42 Wellesley Street

Griffiths Holdings Building

33 Wyndham Street

Aotea Square Aotea Centre (rear section)

11 Mayoral Drive

Former Public Trust

105 Vincent Street

Auckland Chinese Presbyterian Church

133 Vincent Street

Juliette’s

53 Pitt Street

Former Central Ambulance Station

59 Pitt

65 Pitt Street

70 – 74 Pitt Street

The Chatham

78 Pitt Street Pitt Street

Wesleyan Church

78 Pitt Street

Wesleyan Bicentennial Hall

1 Beresford Square Auckland Central

Former Pitt Street Fire Station

16 – 18 Beresford Square

211-235 Karangahape Road

238 Karangahape Road

George Court Building

1 Cross Street

George Court Factory Building

243 Karangahape Road

Naval and Family Hotel

246-254 Karangahape Road

Hallenstein Brothers Building

251 – 253 Karangahape Road

256 Karangahape Road

257 Karangahape Road

258-266 Karangahape Road

268 Karangahape Road

259-261 Karangahape Road

270 Karangahape Road

283 Karangahape Road

Samoa House

9 Mercury Lane

Mercury Theatre former Kings Theatre

151 Newton Rd

Retail/Recording Studio

206-208 Symonds Street

210 Symonds Street Retail

Pitt Street Buildings (O’Malley’s Corner)

Mercury Theatre entrance - Norman Ng Building

Cheapskates/Penny Farthing Bike Shop French Café

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 78

Address

Property Known As

215 Symonds Street

Edinburgh Castle Building

221 Symonds Street

224 Symonds Street

227 Symonds Street

231 Symonds Street Retail

233 Symonds Street

235 Symonds Street

237 Symonds Street

239-241 Symonds Street

243 Symonds Street

245 Symonds Street

249 Symonds Street

253 Symonds Street

1-13 Mt Eden Road

15-17 Mt Eden Road

21 New North Road

14 New North Road

Villa Dalmacija

St Patrick’s Square 43 Wyndham Street

St Patrick’s Cathedral

59 Alex Evans Street

St Benedict’s Church

1 – 9 St Benedicts Street

St Benedict's Presbytery

6 St Benedicts Street

Residential

43 Wyndham Street & Hobson Street

St Patrick’s Presbytery

Beresford Square

Forrester’s Hall

Former Post Office

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 79

Proposed Draft Notice of Requirement Requiring Authority Designation Conditions – NoR for Designation 3 Condition Number

NoR Design ation Applies to

Condition

1.1 The City Rail Link Project (City Rail Designation 3) shall be undertaken in general accordance with the following: (a) The information provided by the Requiring Authority in the Notice of Requirement dated 23 August 2012 and supporting documents being: (i) Assessment of Environmental Effects report (contained in Volume 2 of the Notice of Requirement suite of documents, dated 15 August 2012 Rev B); (ii) Supporting environmental assessment reports (contained in Volume 3 of the Notice of Requirement suite of documents, dated August 2012); (iii) The Concept Design Report (contained in Volume 2 of the Notice of Requirement suite of documents, dated 13 August 2012 Rev 3); (iv) Plan sets: (i) Land requirement plans (contained in Volume 1 of the Notice of Requirement suite of documents, dated 15 August 2012); 1

(ii) Plans contained in the Concept Design Report Appendices (contained in Volume 3 of the Notice of Requirement suite of documents, dated 13 August 2012 Rev 3). (b) Except as modified by the following alterations: (i) Assessment of Environmental Effects (Reference CRL-SYW-RME-000-RPT0065, Design and Construction Memorandum (Reference CRL-SYW-RME-000MEM-0002) and Drawings CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-0120 to 0124 and 0128 to 0132 ‘Strata / Sub-Strata Alteration (CRL Designation 2 and 3). (ii) Assessment of Environmental Effects (Reference CRL-MTE-RME- 000-RPT0060 Revision 7 dated 9/11/16), Design and Construction Memorandum (Reference CRL-MTE-RME-000-MEM-0001 dated 9/11/16) and Drawing CRLSYW-RME-000-DRG-0133 Revision 1 dated 26/7/17) (‘Mt Eden Station Alteration’ - CRL Designation 3 and 6). 1.2 Where there is inconsistency between the documents listed above and these conditions, these conditions shall prevail.

2.1 In accordance with section 184(1) of the Resource Management Act 1991 (the RMA), this designation shall lapse if not given effect to within 10 years from the date on which it is confirmed. 3.1 The Requiring Authority shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, but no later than at completion of detailed design:

(a) Review the area and volume of land of NoR Designation 3 required to protect the structural integrity of the two tunnels (including the relevant considerations at Condition 5.5); (b) Identify any areas of designated land that are no longer necessary to protect the structural integrity, safety or operation of the two tunnels; and (c) Then give notice in accordance with Section 182 of the RMA for the removal of those parts of the designation identified in (b) above.

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 80

Condition Number

NoR Design ation Applies to

Condition

4.1 Under s 176(1)(b) of the Resource Management Act 1991 (RMA) no person may do anything in relation to the designated land that would prevent or hinder the City Rail Link, without the prior written consent of the Requiring Authority. 4.2 In the periods pre, during and post construction of the City Rail Link, the following activities undertaken by Network Utility Operators will not prevent or hinder the City Rail Link, and can be undertaken without seeking the Requiring Authorityâ€™s written approval under section 176(1)(b) of the RMA: (a) Maintenance and urgent repair works of existing Network Utilities; 4

(b) Minor renewal works to existing Network Utilities necessary for the on-going provision or security of supply of Network Utility Operations; (c) Minor works such as new property service connections; (d) Upgrades to existing Network Utilities within the same or similar location with the same or similar effects on the City Rail Link designation. 4.3 For the avoidance of doubt, in this condition an â€œexisting Network Utilityâ€? includes infrastructure operated by a Network Utility Operator which was: (a) In place at the time the notice of requirement for the City Rail Link was served on Auckland Council (23 August 2012); or (b) Undertaken in accordance with this condition or section 176(1)(b) RMA process. 5.1 This designation does not authorise any CRL works but restricts development from proceeding without the approval of the Requiring Authority where that development would result in an adverse effect on the CRL in terms of safety, operation or construction. 5.2 The Requiring Authority will work with developers in a collaborative manner and may require alterations or changes to development proposals for the purpose in 5.1. 5.3 The Requiring Authority may require alterations or changes to any proposal for development including but not limited to construction of basements and foundations where such works disturb the ground in a way that is likely to result in loading changes and result in deformations or produce other risks to the integrity of the CRL structures.

5.4 Reasons shall be given by the Requiring Authority for these changes to demonstrate they are reasonably necessary to provide for safety, construction or operation of the CRL, 5.5 Any proposal for physical works or activities within the designation shall be provided to the Requiring Authority and will be assessed on the following: (a) Building height, size, mass and proximity to the CRL structures; (b) Foundation and basement designs; (c) Geotechnical conditions; (d) Separation between the CRL structures and the proposed development; (e) Nature of the activities including methods and staging of construction; (f) The predicted loading change on the CRL structures resulting from the development; and (g) Any other relevant information necessary to determine the likelihood and extent of any adverse effect that may occur as a result of the proposed development.

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 81

Condition Number

NoR Design ation Applies to

Condition

These factors will also be relevant considerations in the drawback of the designation as provided for in Condition 3.1. 5.6 That assessment shall be peer reviewed by an independent certified engineer, paid for by the Requiring Authority, and the findings supplied to the landowner/ developer and the Auckland Council for information. Advice Notes relating to the Designation

AN 1

AN 2

This is a designation for protection purposes only. It protects the City Rail Link infrastructure to be constructed, operated and maintained in a separate designation located beneath this designation. The use of the land within this designation is subject to the agreement of the Requiring Authority to protect the subterranean works below. Any person proposing to undertake physical works within this designation is required to contact the Requiring Authority and obtain its approval in accordance with provisions set out in section 176(1)(b) of the Resource Management Act 1991.

If Network Utility Operators are carrying out works that do not require prior written consent of the Requiring Authority in accordance with condition 6 of this designation, they must carry out those works in accordance with the Corridor Access Request (CAR) Process (as set out in Part 4 of the National Code of Practice for Utility Operatorsâ€™ Access to Transport Corridors 2011) where that process applies to the works being carried out.

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 82

Diagram 1

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 83

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station

Appendix B

Page 78

Resource Consent Conditions

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

CONDITIONS Definitions ACZ – Active Construction Zone AEE - Assessment of Environmental Effects prepared by Aurecon New Zealand Limited/ Golder Associates (NZ) Limited, dated 13 May 2016 AQMP - Air Quality Management Plan CCP - Communication and Consultation Plan CEMP - Construction Environmental Management Plan CLG - Community and Business Liaison Group Commencement of construction or construction works – in all conditions which refer to ‘commencement of construction’, construction has the same meaning as the Construction Contracts Act 2002 and includes work such as site clearance, earthmoving and earthworks, excavation, tunnelling, and boring; and the construction, erection, installation, carrying out, alteration, repair, restoration, renewal, maintenance, extension, demolition, removal, or dismantling of any building or structure; and all other matters referred to in section 6 of that Act. CRL – City Rail Link CSA – Construction Support Areas CSMP - Contaminated Soils Management Plan EMP - Industrial and Trade Activities Environmental Management Plan ESC – Erosion and Sediment Control ESCP - Erosion and Sediment Control Plan FTMP – Flocculent Treatment Management Plan GSMCP - Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan IBA - Independent Building Assessor – The person engaged under Condition 91 to make recommendations to Council on building serviceability and damage matters and otherwise carry out the functions ascribed to the IBA under these conditions. Key contacts - are identified in the CEMP and are a “key contact” person representing the Consent Holder and a “key contact” person representing the contractor team to work with the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring). Refer Condition 30 Management Plan/s means one or all of the following: 

Air Quality Management Plan (AQMP)



Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP)



Contaminated Soils Management Plan (CSMP)



Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (ESCP)

In Consent: REG/2016/1892

Address: Wyndham Street, Auckland Central to NAL, Mt Eden Station



Flocculent Treatment Management Plan (FTMP)



Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan (GSMCP)



Industrial and Trade Activity Environmental Management Plan (EMP) and Mana Whenua - Ngati Maru, Ngati Paoa, Ngai Tai Ki Tamaki, Ngati Te Ata Waiohua, Te Kawerau a Maki, Ngati Whatua o Orakei, Te Akitai, and Ngati Tamaoho

NAL – North Auckland Line PCCP - Pre-Construction Communication and Consultation Plan Plan – any Management Plan or other plan prepared under these conditions including any plan applicable to a stage of the works Project – the CRL Aotea Station to North Auckland Line Section, or any stage of the Project. Referee – the independent and appropriately qualified senior person to whom a dispute is referred under Condition 8. Senior Qualified Person - means a person with a post-graduate degree in environmental science, chemistry, biology, geology (including a Chartered Professional Engineer (CPEng)) or similar field; or having sufficient technical experience that is at least equivalent; and having at least five years’ professional experience. Services – includes including gas, water, sewerage, telecoms, stormwater, fibre optics and power. SVR - Site Validation Report TP90 - Auckland Council Technical Publication No. 90, Erosion & Sediment Control: Guidelines for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region, and any amendments to TP90 See also definitions specific to resource consents, namely, Water Permit R/REG/2016/1890 Take and Diversion of Groundwater. General Conditions These conditions apply to all resource consents. Activity in accordance with application 1.

The scope and extent of works envisaged by this project shall be carried out in general accordance with the plans and all information submitted with the application, detailed in Appendix 5, and all referenced by the Council as consent numbers R/LUC/2016/1890, R/REG/2016/1892, R/REG/2016/1895, R/REG/2016/1896, REG/2016/1897, R/REG/2016/1898, R/REG/2016/1899, R/REG/2016/1900 and R/REG/2016/2038. Advice note: Relevant plans may be updated as part of the Management Plan process referred to in these conditions.

If there is any conflict between the application documents and the conditions of these resource consents, the conditions of the resource consents will prevail.

The requirements of these conditions, including requirements for Management Plans and reports, shall relate to the Project or any stage of the Project (as applicable).

Under section 125 of the RMA, this consent lapses 10 years after the date it is granted unless:

The consent is given effect to; or

The Council extends the period after which the consent lapses.

The Consent Holder shall pay the Council an initial consent compliance monitoring charge of $8000 (inclusive of GST), plus any further monitoring charge or charges to recover the actual and reasonable costs incurred to ensure compliance with the conditions of these consents. Advice note: The initial monitoring deposit is to cover the cost of inspecting the site, carrying out tests, reviewing conditions, updating files, etc., all being work to ensure compliance with the resource consents. In order to recover actual and reasonable costs of monitoring conditions in excess of those covered by the deposit, costs shall be charged at the relevant hourly rate applicable at the time. The Consent Holder will be advised of further monitoring charges. Only after all conditions of the resource consents have been met, will the Council issue a letter confirming compliance at the request of the Consent Holder.

Copies of Resource Consents 6.

All personnel working on the Project shall be made aware of, and have access to, at least one copy of these resource consents, associated reference documents and plans, and the certified Management Plans.

Site Access 7.

Subject to compliance with the Consent Holder's health and safety requirements and provision of reasonable notice, servants or agents of the Council shall be permitted to have access to relevant parts of the surface construction sites controlled by the Consent Holder at all reasonable times for the purpose of carrying out inspections, surveys, investigations, tests, measurements and/or to take samples.

Dispute Resolution 8.

In the event of any dispute, disagreement or inaction arising from the implementation of these resource consents, including a.

any Council certification required by these conditions, or

implementation of, or monitoring required by, these conditions, the disputed matter shall be referred in the first instance to the Consent Holder and Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring), to determine a resolution process.

If a resolution process cannot be agreed, then the matter shall be referred to an independent and appropriate Senior Qualified Person (â€˜the refereeâ€™), agreeable to both parties (such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld by either party). The referral shall set out in writing the details of the matter to be referred for determination and the reasons why the parties have not agreed. The referee shall be appointed within 10 working days of the Consent Holder or the Council giving notice to the other of its intention to seek an expert determination. Following the appointment, the referee shall issue a written decision on the matter, including the reasons for his or her decision. In making the decision, the referee shall be entitled to seek further information and to hear from the parties as he or she sees fit in his or her sole discretion. The reasonable fees of the referee shall be paid equally by both disputing parties. Advice Note: The dispute resolution process provided for by this condition does not prejudice any partiesâ€™ right to take enforcement action in relation to implementation of these conditions. However, the dispute resolution process will be applied before any formal enforcement action is taken by the Council, except in urgent situations. The Auckland Transport contact for this resolution process is the Manager Planning and Integration, Property and Planning Team, Capital Development Division Pre-Construction Communication and Consultation Plan (PCCP) 9.

Immediately following the grant of these consents, the Consent Holder shall prepare a PCCP, the purpose of which is to set out a framework to ensure appropriate communication and consultation is undertaken with the community, stakeholders, affected parties and affected in-proximity parties.

10.

The PCCP shall be submitted to Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring), within 40 working days of the grant of these consents, with a request for certification that the PCCP has been prepared in accordance with these conditions of consent.

11.

The PCCP shall set out recommendations and requirements (as applicable) that shall be adopted by and/or inform the development of the Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) and other Plans.

12.

The PCCP shall also set out how the Consent Holder will: a.

Inform the community of Project progress and the likely commencement of construction, and the programme;

Engage with the community in order to foster good relationships and to provide opportunities for learning about the Project;

Obtain (and specify reasonable timeframes for) feedback and input from stakeholders, directly affected and affected in-proximity parties regarding the development of the CEMP and other Plans;

Respond to queries and complaints by providing as a minimum the following information: i) Who is responsible for responding to the query / complaint; ii) How responses will be provided; iii) The timeframes within which responses will be provided.

13.

14.

Where feedback (in accordance with this condition) is provided, the PCCP shall articulate how that feedback has informed the development of the CEMP and other Plans and where it has not, the reasons why it has not.

The PCCP shall be prepared in consultation with stakeholders, directly affected parties and affected in-proximity parties including, but not limited to: a.

All property owners and occupiers of the sites that are identified in Appendix 4, and adjacent to the Projectâ€™s construction sites;

Mana Whenua unless any of those named advise the Consent Holder of a different liaison process;

Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga (Heritage NZ);

NZ Transport Agency / Auckland Motorway Alliance (AMA);

KiwiRail;

Department of Corrections;

Ministry of Justice;

Network Utility Operators; and

The Community and Business Liaison Group (refer Conditions 16-24).

In addition to the requirements of Conditions 11 and 12 above, the PCCP shall, as a minimum, include: a.

A communications framework that details the Consent Holderâ€™s communication strategies, accountabilities, frequency of communications and consultation, the range of communication and consultation tools to be used (including relevant communication methods, newsletters or similar, advertising etc.), and any other relevant communication matters;

Details of the Consent Holderâ€™s Communication and Consultation Manager for the pre- construction period including 24 hour contact details (phone, email and postal address);

The 0800 CRL TALK phone number;

The methods for identifying, communicating and consulting with stakeholders, directly affected parties and affected in-proximity parties and other interested parties. Such methods shall include but not be limited to: i)

Newsletters; 5

ii)

Newspaper advertising;

iii)

Notification and targeted consultation with stakeholders, affected parties and affected in-proximity parties; and

iv)

The use of the Project website for public information.

The methods for communicating and consulting with the Community and Business Liaison Group (refer Conditions 16-24);

How communication and consultation activity will be recorded; and

Methods for recording reasonably foreseeable future planned network utility works so that those works can be considered and incorporated, where appropriate, into the Project design. The PCCP shall be advertised on the Project website as being publicly available once finalised for the duration of the Projectâ€™s pre- construction period. Advice Note: At the time these resource consents were granted, the Communication and Consultation Manager for the Project was Carol Greensmith, phone 0800 CRL TALK.

15.

The certified PCCP shall be implemented and complied with within 60 working days from the resource consent decision until the commencement of construction.

Community and Business Liaison Group (CLG) 16.

Within 60 working days of the resource consent decision, the Consent Holder shall, in consultation with Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring), establish a Community and Business Liaison Group in the construction area (Aotea Station to North Auckland Line Section). Advice Note: It is not the intention to set up a new CLG, but to invite those identified in Condition 17 to join one of the already established CLGs set up under the terms of the CRL Designation (refer to Condition 7 of the CRL Designation conditions). These existing CLGs include (and are known as): Aotea Station; Karangahape Station; and Mt Eden Station.

17.

The Consent Holder shall ensure that membership of the CLG shall include representative(s) of the Consent Holder and be open to all directly affected and affected in-proximity parties to the Project including, but not limited to the following: a.

Representative(s) for and/or directly affected and affected in-proximity property owners and occupiers identified in Appendix 4, and are adjacent to the Projectâ€™s construction sites;

Karangahape Road Business Association Inc;

Regional Facilities Auckland;

CBD Residents Advisory Group;

Heart of the City;

18.

If not already included under (a), Mr C P Browne, 22 Stable Lane, Eden Terrace; and

Mana Whenua unless any of those named advise the Consent Holder of a different liaison process.

In addition to involvement in the PCCP (refer Conditions 9-15), the Consent Holder shall ensure that the CLG shall: a.

Receive regular updates on Project progress;

Enable the effects of constructing the Project on the community and businesses to be monitored by providing a regular forum through which information about the Project can be provided to the community;

Enable opportunities for concerns and issues to be reported to and responded by the Consent Holder; and

Be provided with feedback on the development of, and any material changes to the CEMP and other Management Plans.

Respond to any issues raised in regard to business disruption.

Provide to any landowner or tenant at his/her request, any information specific to that landownerâ€™s or tenantâ€™s property.

19.

The Consent Holder shall consult with the CLG in respect of the development and review of the CEMP and other Management Plans.

20.

Prior to preparation of the PCCP under Condition 9, the Consent Holder shall appoint one or more persons appropriately qualified in community consultation as the Community Consultation Advisor(s) to: a.

Provide administrative assistance to the CLG;

Ensure the CLG is working effectively (including the development of a Code of Conduct and appropriate procedures for the CLG); and

Act as a community consultation advisor to the CLG.

21.

The Consent Holder must use its best endeavours to ensure that the CLG meets at least annually until the commencement of construction and then at least once every three months or as otherwise required once construction commences.

22.

Once construction has commenced, the Consent Holder shall provide an update at least every three months (or as otherwise agreed) to the CLG on compliance with resource consent conditions, including the CEMP and other Management Plans, and any material changes to these Plans.

23.

The Consent Holder shall provide reasonable administrative support for the CLG including organising meetings at a local venue, inviting all members of the CLG, and taking responsibility for keeping and disseminating meeting minutes.

24.

The CLG shall continue for the duration of the Project and for six months following completion of the Project and an additional six months if a majority of the members of the CLG agree.

Communication and Consultation Plan (CCP) 25.

26.

[blank]

27.

The CCP shall be based on and, where appropriate, incorporate the provisions of the PCCP, and shall set out how the Consent Holder will:

28.

Inform the community and business of construction progress and future construction activities and constraints that could affect them;

Provide early information on key Project milestones;

Obtain and specify a reasonable timeframe (being not less than 10 working days), for feedback and inputs from directly affected and affected in-proximity parties regarding the implementation and review of the CEMP or other Management Plans;

Respond to queries and complaints including but not limited to: i)

Who is responsible for responding;

ii)

How responses will be provided; and

iii)

The timeframes within which responses will be provided.

The CCP shall (as a minimum) include: a.

The Communication and Consultation Manager for the Project including 24 hour contact details (phone, email and postal address);

The 0800 CRL TALK phone number;

The methods for identifying, communicating and consulting with persons affected by the project including but not limited to: i)

All property owners and occupiers of the sites that are identified at Appendix 4, and adjacent to the Projectâ€™s construction sites;

ii)

Mana Whenua unless any of those named advise the Consent Holder of a different liaison process;

iii)

Heritage NZ;

iv)

NZ Transport Agency/ Auckland Motorway Alliance (AMA);

Kiwirail;

vi)

Department of Corrections;

vii)

Ministry of Justice;

viii)

Network Utility Operators; and

ix)

The Community and Business Liaison Group (refer Conditions 16-24)

How stakeholders and persons affected by the Project will be notified of the commencement of construction, the expected duration of the activities and works, and who to contact for any queries, concerns and complaints;

How stakeholders and persons affected by the Project will be consulted in the development and review of the CEMP and other Management Plans, including specifying reasonable timeframes for feedback;

A list of stakeholders, directly affected and affected in-proximity parties to the construction works with whom the Consent Holder will communicate;

A requirement that the Consent Holder shall make any information that is relevant to 22 Stable Lane available to the owner of that property (Christopher Patrick Browne) on request, and advise that owner in the event that any alert or alarm trigger levels are exceeded that are relevant to 22 Stable Lane. In addition, the CCP shall state the method by which Christopher Patrick Browne can make such a request and the anticipated timeframe within which it will be provided;

A summary of communication and consultation undertaken between the Consent Holder and parties as required by the PCCP. The summary shall include any outstanding issues or disputes raised by parties;

How communication and consultation relating to construction activities and monitoring requirements will be recorded; and

How opportunities to interpret and display archaeological finds within the Project area will be identified and implemented, including how Heritage NZ will be involved in this process.

Advice Note: At the time this resource consent was granted, the Communication and Consultation Manager for the Project was Carol Greensmith, phone 0800 CRL TALK. 29.

The CCP shall also include (as relevant) linkages and cross-references to the CEMP and other Management Plans.

30.

The CCP shall be reviewed six monthly for the duration of construction and updated if required. Any updates to the CCP shall be provided to the parties referred to in Condition 28(d) and the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for review and agreement on any further action to be undertaken.

31.

Any further action recommended as a result of the review under Condition 30 shall be undertaken by the Consent Holderâ€™s Communication and Consultation Manager for the Project and confirmation of completion shall be provided to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring).

32.

33.

The CCP shall be implemented and complied with for the duration of the construction of the Project.

Pre-Construction Meetings and Notification 34.

Prior to commencement of any stage of construction, the Consent Holder shall arrange a pre-construction meeting with Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring in conjunction with relevant technical specialists, as required) as well as the site contractor and shall invite Mana Whenua to attend. a.

The meeting shall be located on the Project site unless otherwise agreed;

The meeting shall be scheduled no less than five working days before the anticipated commencement of construction;

The meeting shall include representation from the contractor who will undertake the works;

The following information shall be made available by the Consent Holder at the pre- construction meeting: i)

Conditions of consent;

ii)

Approved (signed/stamped) construction plans for that stage;

iii)

Timeframes for key stages of the works authorised under these consents;

iv)

Contact details of the site contractor, site stormwater engineer and other key contractors;

All certified Management Plans; and Advice Note: by this stage, all of the Management Plan s should have been certified, given the plans are required to be lodged 20 working days prior to commencement of construction.

vi)

A copy of the Corridor Access Request from Auckland Transport.

Appropriate provision to the extent sought by Manu Whenua, or their nominated representative(s), shall be made for a cultural induction of the contractor's staff. Advice Note: To arrange the pre-construction meeting required by Condition 34 please contact Steve Pearce, Team Leader Central Monitoring at steve.pearce@aucklandcouncil.govt.nz, or 09 301 01 01. The conditions of consent should be discussed at this meeting. All information required by the Council should be provided no later than two days prior to the meeting.

Construction Management 35.

36.

The CEMP shall include details of: a.

Final project details and staging of works to illustrate that the works remain within the limits and standards approved under these resource consents and that the construction activities avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on the environment.

The site or project manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager, including their contact details (phone, email and physical address);

The parties listed in Condition 28(d);

Communication and consultation procedures for ensuring that residents, road users and businesses in the immediate vicinity of construction areas are given prior notice of the commencement of construction and are informed about the expected duration and effects of the work. In particular, the procedures shall provide for the following in relation to residents, road users and businesses potentially affected by the construction works: i)

consultation prior to the commencement of construction;

ii)

notice periods for changes to pedestrian and vehicle access;

iii)

regular updates on construction progress;

iv)

key dates for major milestones such as road closure and re-opening; and

communication on any other matters potentially affecting residents or business operations in the vicinity of the works.

Notice boards that clearly identify the Consent Holder and the Project name, together with the name, telephone number and email address of the Site or Project Manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager;

General site layout and management;

An outline of the Project’s construction programme, including construction hours of operation;

Means of ensuring the safety of the general public;

Certified Management Plans referred to in these conditions;

Water Discharge Quality Monitoring Programme; and

Identification of the suitably independent, qualified Chartered Professional Engineer, or member of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors, who will be undertaking the condition surveys required by the conditions of consent.

37.

The CEMP shall be provided to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification at least 20 working days prior to the commencement of construction.

38.

The Consent Holder shall request the Council’s (Team Leader Central Monitoring) determination, in writing, as to whether the CEMP can be certified as per the requirements of these consent conditions within 10 working days of receipt of the CEMP. Construction shall not commence until written certification is obtained from Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring).

39.

40.

Any change to the CEMP shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification and no activity reliant upon a change to the CEMP can be undertaken until the change has been certified. The Consent Holder shall request the Council’s (Team Leader Central Monitoring) determination as to whether the proposed change can be certified, in writing, within 10 working days of submission of the change.

Construction Traffic 41.

managing the road transport network for the duration of the construction by adopting the best practicable option to manage congestion;

maintaining pedestrian access to private property at all times; and

providing on-going vehicle access to private property to the greatest extent possible.

43.

44.

The Consent Holder shall review the CEMP and other Management Plans at least annually or a.

as a result of a material change to the Project;

to address unforeseen or materially greater adverse effects arising from construction or

to address unresolved complaints.

A review pursuant to Condition 42 may be initiated by either the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) or the Consent Holder and shall take into consideration: a.

Compliance with resource consent conditions, the CEMP, other Management Plans and any material changes to these Plans;

Any changes to construction methods;

Key changes to roles and responsibilities relating to the Project;

Relevant changes in industry best practice standards;

Relevant changes in legal or other requirements;

Results of monitoring and reporting procedures associated with the management of adverse effects during construction;

Any comments or recommendations received from Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) or as a result of the CCP process regarding the CEMP and other Management Plans; and

Any complaints and any response to complaints and remedial action taken to address the complaint as required under Conditions 45-49.

A summary of the review process shall be kept by the Consent Holder, provided annually to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring), and advised to and made available to the CLG.

Concerns and Complaints Management 45.

Upon receiving a concern or complaint during construction of the Project, the Consent Holder shall instigate a process to address the concern or complaint. This shall: a.

Identify of the nature of the concern or complaint, and the location, date and time of the alleged event(s);

Acknowledge receipt of the concern or complaint within 24 hours of receipt;

46.

Respond to the concern or complaint in accordance with the relevant Management Plan, which may include (for example) monitoring of the activity by a suitably qualified expert, and implementation of mitigation measures; and

Provide the person raising the concern or complaint with details of the response.

A record of all concerns and / or complaints received shall be kept by the Consent Holder. This record shall include: a.

The name and address of the person(s) who raised the concern or complaint (unless they elect not to provide this or do not want the information recorded) and details of the concern or complaint;

Where practicable and relevant, weather conditions at the time of the concern or complaint, including wind direction and cloud cover if the complaint relates to air quality;

The relevant known construction activities being undertaken at the time and in the vicinity of the concern or complaint;

Any other activities in the area unrelated to the Project that may have contributed to the concern or complaint such as non-related construction, fires, traffic accidents or unusually dusty conditions generally;

Remedial actions undertaken (if any) and the outcome of these, including monitoring of the activity and any proposed changes to any Management Plan; and

the response of the person who raised the concern or complaint to the remedial actions undertaken.

47.

This record shall be maintained on site, be available for inspection upon request, and shall be provided every two months (or as otherwise agreed) to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring).

48.

Where a complaint remains unresolved or a dispute arises, the Consent Holder will provide to Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) a copy of all records of the complaint and advice as to

49.

how it has been dealt with and addressed; and

whether the Consent Holder considers that any other steps to resolve the complaint are required.

In addition to Condition 48, the Consent Holder shall also request the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) to determine whether a review of the CEMP and/or Management Plan(s) is required under Condition 42 to address the unresolved complaint or dispute. The Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) will be asked to advise the Consent Holder of its recommendation within 10 working days of receiving the records of complaint.

Specific conditions – land use consent R/LUC/2016/1890 Earthworks Duration 50.

Consent R/LUC/2016/1890 shall expire 15 years from the date it is granted unless it has been surrendered or been cancelled at an earlier date pursuant to the RMA.

Completion or abandonment of works 51.

Upon completion or abandonment of earthworks on the subject site all areas of bare earth shall be permanently stabilised against erosion to the satisfaction of the Team Leader Central Monitoring.

52.

The Consent Holder shall manage the on-going monitoring of the measures taken under Condition 51 and for that purpose, should discuss any potential measures with Council’s (Team Leader Central Monitoring), with reference to TP90.

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (ESCP) 53.

54.

The Consent Holder shall request the Council's (Team Leader Central Monitoring) determination as to whether the ESCP can be certified, in writing, within 10 working days of receipt of the ESCP. No construction activity shall commence until certification from Council is provided.

55.

An ESCP shall include, but is not be limited to, the following matters: 

identification of construction zones and construction support areas;



specific erosion and sediment control works for each Active Construction Zone (location, dimensions, capacity supporting calculations and design drawings), which should be in line with Industry Best Practice that will meet or exceed the performance of measures detailed in TP90;



catchment boundaries;



the timing and duration of construction and operation of control works (in relation to the staging and sequencing of earthworks);



details relating to the management of exposed areas;



reference to the Flocculent Treatment Management Plan and confirmation of erosion and sediment control measures necessary to give effect to that plan;



reference to the Contaminated Soils Management Plan and confirmation of erosion and sediment control measures necessary to give effect to that plan; and



monitoring and maintenance requirements, including information on complaint investigation and response procedures, training, and roles and responsibilities.

56.

Any change to an ESCP shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification.

57.

The Consent Holder shall request the Council's (Team Leader Central Monitoring) written determination as to whether the proposed change can be certified, to be provided within 10 working days of submission of the change. No activity reliant upon a change to the ESCP can be undertaken until the change has been certified.

58.

The Consent Holder shall comply with the ESCP for the duration of the earthworks associated with the Project.

Flocculent Treatment Management Plan (FTMP) 59.

At least 20 working days prior to the commencement of construction, the Consent Holder shall submit to Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification an FTMP which confirms the measures that will be taken to ensure that the construction of the Project or Project Stage will be generally consistent with the Water Quality Assessment and the Industrial and Trade Activities Assessment prepared by Golder Associates (NZ) Limited, both dated December 2014.

60.

The Consent Holder shall request the Council's (Team Leader Central Monitoring) written determination as to whether the FTMP can be certified, within 10 working days of receipt of the FTMP. No construction activity shall commence until certification from Council is provided.

61.

The FTMP shall include, but not be limited to, the following matters: 

Specific design details of the flocculent treatment system based on a batch dosing methodology for the site's settlement tanks, including the potential for use of non - flocculants (e.g. chitin based flocculants);



Monitoring, maintenance (including post-storm) and contingency programme (including a record sheet);



Details of optimum dosage (including assumptions);



Results of initial flocculent treatment trial;



A spill contingency plan; and



Details of the person or bodies who will hold responsibility for the long-term operation and maintenance of the flocculent treatment system and the organisational structure which will support this system.

62.

Any change to the FTMP shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification.

63.

The Consent Holder shall request the Council's (Team Leader Central Monitoring) written determination as to whether the proposed change requested under Condition 62 can be certified, to be provided within 10 working days of submission of the change. No activity reliant upon a change to the FTMP can be undertaken until the change has been certified.

64.

The Consent Holder shall comply with the FTMP for the duration of construction of the Project.

As Built certification 65.

Prior to the commencement of bulk earthworks, a certificate signed by a Senior Qualified Person shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) to certify that the erosion and sediment controls (including diversion bunds, silt fences and sumps) have been constructed in accordance with the certified ESCP(s) as required by Condition 53 of this consent.

66.

The certification from the Senior Qualified Person for these measures shall be supplied to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) immediately upon completion of construction of those measures. Information supplied, if applicable, shall include: 

The contributing catchment area;



The shape of structure (dimensions of structure);



The position of inlets/outlets; and



The stabilisation of the structure.

General Performance Standards 67.

The Consent Holder shall ensure that there shall be no deposition of earth, mud, dirt or other debris on any road or footpath resulting from bulk earthworks on the subject site. In the event that such deposition does occur, it shall immediately be removed. In no instance, shall roads or footpaths be washed down with water without appropriate erosion and sediment control measures in place to prevent contamination of the stormwater drainage system, watercourses or receiving waters.

68.

The operational effectiveness and efficiency of all erosion and sediment control measures specifically required as a condition of resource consent, including the certified ESCP referred to in Condition 53, shall be maintained throughout the duration of earthworks, or until the Project site is permanently stabilised against erosion.

69.

The site shall be progressively stabilised against erosion at all stages of earthworks activity, and shall be sequenced to minimise the discharge of contaminants to groundwater or surface water.

70.

The Consent Holder shall ensure that the erosion and sediment control measures are constructed and maintained in accordance with TP90, except where a higher standard is detailed in an ESCP/FTMP, in which case the higher standard shall apply.

71.

Sediment control measures shall be inspected on a weekly basis and after a significant storm event to ensure effective operation.

72.

The Consent Holder shall ensure that all material removed from or delivered to the Project site shall be covered during transportation.

Review Condition for regional land use (earthworks) consent R/LUC/2016/1890 73.

Pursuant to section 128 of the RMA the conditions of this consent may be reviewed by the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) at the Consent Holder's cost, by giving notice pursuant to section 129 of the Act within six months after commencement of bulk earthworks and subsequently at intervals of not less than one year thereafter in order to achieve the following: a.

To deal with any adverse effects on the environment which may arise or potentially arise from the exercise of this consent and which it is appropriate to deal with at a later stage;

To alter erosion and sediment control requirements as a result of previous monitoring outcomes, and/or in response to changes to the environment and/or hydro-geological knowledge, and/or changes to industry best practice;

If, at any time, it is found that the information made available to the Council in the application contained inaccuracies which materially influenced the decision and the effects of the exercise of the consent are such that it is necessary to apply more appropriate conditions; and

If, at any time, CRL-related works being undertaken under a designation providing for aspects of the Project, or a separate resource consent, leads to an inconsistent approach to the management of effects.

Stormwater quality (redevelopment of Albert Street - high use road) 74.

Management of stormwater from the redevelopment of Albert Street that is necessitated by the Project shall achieve the following performance standard, and measures to achieve that standard shall be implemented prior to completion of the Project: Works Via a treatment device(s) that meets the design guideline requirements

Device catchment 17,300 area m2

Design guideline Best Practicable Option, designed in accordance with the principles of TP10/75% TSS removal

75.

At least 30 days prior to the commencement of construction of the stormwater devices on the site, the Consent Holder shall submit a final detailed design of the stormwater management system required to comply with Condition 74 to the Team Leader Central Monitoring for certification. The information shall include, but not be limited to: a.

A site drainage plan;

Catchment area details (and associated water quality volume calculations) for stormwater treatment device(s);

Plans and engineering drawings for the stormwater treatment(s); and

Design calculations for the stormwater treatment device(s) demonstrating the treatment efficiency.

As builts 76.

The Consent Holder shall provide As-Built certification and plans of the stormwater management works, which are certified (signed) by a suitably qualified registered surveyor as a true record of the stormwater management system constructed in accordance with the design approved under Condition 75, to the Team Leader Central Monitoring.

77.

The As-Built plans shall display the entirety of the stormwater management system, and shall include

78.

location, dimensions and levels of any overland flow paths including cross sections and long sections;

plans and cross sections of all stormwater management devices, including confirmation of the Water Quality Volume, storage volumes and levels of any outflow control structure;

documentation of any discrepancies between the design plans and the As-Built plans approved by the Modifications Approval condition.

A post-construction meeting shall be held by the Consent Holder, within 20 working days of completion of the stormwater management works, that: a.

is located on the subject area;

includes representation from the Team Leader Central Monitoring; and

includes representation from the site stormwater engineer or contractors who have undertaken the works and any other relevant parties.

Operation and Maintenance Plan 79.

The Consent Holder shall provide an Operation and Maintenance Plan for the stormwater management system to the Team Leader Central Monitoring 5 days prior to the post-construction meeting required by Condition 78.

80.

81.

The Operation and Maintenance Plan shall set out how the stormwater management system is to be operated and maintained to ensure that adverse environmental effects are minimised. The plan shall include: a.

details of who will hold responsibility for long-term maintenance of the stormwater management system and the organisational structure which will support this process;

a programme for regular maintenance and inspection of the stormwater management system;

a programme for the collection and disposal of debris and sediment collected by the stormwater management devices or practices;

a programme for post storm inspection and maintenance;

a programme for inspection and maintenance of the outfall;

general inspection checklists for all aspects of the stormwater management system, including visual checks and

a programme for inspection and maintenance of vegetation associated with the stormwater management devices.

The stormwater management system shall be managed in accordance with the Operation and Maintenance Plan (see Condition 79).

Specific conditions â€“ water permit (groundwater diversion/discharge) R/REG/2016/1892 DEFINITIONS: Commencement of Dewatering:

Means Commencement of Bulk Excavation and/or the commencement of the taking or diversion of groundwater, other than for initial state monitoring purposes.

Completion of Excavation

Means the stage when all Bulk Excavation has been completed.

Completion of Dewatering:

Means when the tunnel and associated shafts and access-ways within a construction zone have been constructed and no further groundwater is being extracted for the construction of the railway and utility infrastructure.

Completion of Construction

Means when the Consent Holder advises the Council in writing that construction is complete in relation to the consent.

Serviceability Limit/s

As detailed in Table 1 Building Damage Classification, it is the limit beyond which Serviceability Damage may occur. It represents the magnitude of structural deflections (caused by ground settlement) or lateral displacement) beyond which structural, as opposed to nonstructural (aesthetic) damage may occur, including:

i. any reduction of operational functionality ii. any reduction in weathertightness or service life or iii. any reduced durability. In determining Serviceability Limits for a given building, structure or service, the predicted and actual response to deflection must be considered in relation to the existing conditions of the building, structure or services (and parts thereof). Damage

Includes aesthetic and structural (serviceability) damage.

Alert Level

= 80% design prediction.

Alarm Level

= 100% design prediction

Manager:

Means the Team Leader Water Allocation, NRSI, AC, or nominated Auckland Council staff acting on the Team Leaderâ€™s behalf.

RL:

Means Reduced Level.

Consent duration 82.

The Dewatering and Diversion consent and water permit 46500 shall expire 35 years after the consent commences unless it has been surrendered or been cancelled at an earlier date pursuant to the RMA.

Performance standards 83.

Within the 5mm settlement contours on the drawings in Appendix 1, all excavations, dewatering systems, retaining structures and associated works (including backfilling) for the CRL construction must be designed, constructed and maintained so as to avoid any damage that exceeds the Serviceability Limits of buildings, structures and services.

84.

Beyond the 5mm settlement contours on the drawings in Appendix 1, the Consent Holder must ensure that the damage to masonry buildings due to the Project works, including excavations, dewatering systems, retaining structures and associated works (including backfilling), does not exceed the â€œnegligible damageâ€? category extent detailed in Table 1 below and has only negligible effects on piled buildings, structures and services.

Category of Damage

Normal Degree of Severity

Description of Typical Damage

Negligible

Hairline cracks.

Very Slight

Fine cracks easily treated during normal redecoration. Perhaps isolated slight fracture in building. Cracks in exterior visible upon close inspection. Typical crack widths up to 1mm.

Slight

Cracks easily filled. Redecoration probably required. Several slight fractures inside building. Exterior cracks visible, some repainting may be required for weather-tightness. Doors and windows may stick slightly. Typically crack widths up to 5mm.

Moderate

Cracks may require cutting out and patching. Recurrent cracks can be masked by suitable linings. Brick pointing and possible replacement of a small amount of exterior brickwork may be required. Doors and windows sticking. Utility services may be interrupted. Weather tightness often impaired. Typical crack widths are 5mm to 15mm or several greater than 3mm.

Severe

Extensive repair involving removal and replacement of walls especially over door and windows required. Window and door frames distorted. Floor slopes noticeably. Walls lean or bulge noticeably. Some loss of bearing in beams. Utility services disrupted. Typical crack widths are 15mm to 25mm but also depend on the number of cracks.

Very Severe

Major repair required involving partial or complete reconstruction. Beams lose bearing, walls lean badly and require shoring. Windows broken by distortion. Danger of instability.

(Building Damage Classification after Burland (1995), and Mair et al (1996))

General Category

CRL Consent

(after Burland – 1995) Aesthetic Damage

Negligible effects for <5mm predicted ground settlement Aesthetic Damage Effects – to be mitigated

Serviceability Damage

Serviceability Limit (interface between Damage Category 2 “Slight” and Damage Category 3 “Moderate”)

Serviceability Damage Effects – to be avoided

Stability Damage

Stability Damage Effects – to be avoided

Planner’s report to the Independent Hearing Commissioners R/LUC/2016/1890, R/REG/2016/1892, R/REG/2016/1895, R/REG/2016/1896, R/REG/2016/1897, R/REG/2016/1898, R/REG/2016/1899, R/REG/2016/1900 and R/REG/2016/2038 Page 22

Typical crack widths are greater than 25mm but depend on the number of cracks.

Table 1: Building Damage Classification Note: ‘Description of Typical Damage’ applies to Masonry buildings only. The ‘General Category’ applies to all buildings.

85.

The maximum bulk excavation depths, including shafts shall not exceed the specified depth in Schedule A below in the respective construction zones by more than 2 metres without approval from the Manager: Schedule A: Construction Zone

Design Component

Design Depth

ACZ A

Aotea Station

6.5 mRL

ACZ A

Wellesley Street Entrance

5.5 mRL

ACZ A

Victoria Street Entrance

6.5 mRL

ACZ-K

Karangahape Station

30 mRL

ACZ-K

Pitt Street Shaft

ACZ-K

Mercury Lane Shaft

30 mRL

ACZ-M

Newton Grade Separation Structure

54 mRL

26.5 mRL

86.

The design tunnel alignment shall not be raised by more than 4m without approval from the Manager.

87.

The Consent Holder shall ensure that the following underground structures are sealed from groundwater ingress following construction:

88.

ACZ A – Aotea Station.

ii.

ACZ N – North Tunnels.

iii.

ACZ K – Pitt Street and Mercury Lane shafts between the ground surface and the top of the unweathered rock.

iv.

ACZ S – South Tunnels excluding Newton Y-Junctions.

ACZ M – Mt Eden Station trench, cut and cover tunnels and Newton Grade Separation Structure.

The Consent Holder shall ensure that: a.

the North and South Tunnels (excluding the Vincent Street, Upper Queen Street and Symonds Street tunnel cross passages and Newton Y-Junctions) are sealed within one month of excavation, and

the three tunnel cross passages are sealed within three years of excavation, unless it is demonstrated by monitoring results submitted to and agreed by Council that potentially adverse effects of settlement will not occur, in which case the tunnel cross passages shall be sealed prior to Completion of Construction.

89.

After Completion of Construction, with the exception of permanent groundwater drawdown in the vicinity of Aotea Station (perched groundwater), Karangahape Station and the Newton Y-junctions, groundwater levels shall not be reduced by the CRL project below pre-existing seasonal low levels or rise above seasonal high levels measured during pre-construction monitoring in accordance with Condition 105.

90.

The Consent Holder shall ensure that there is no long-term mounding due to damming of groundwater by the proposed rail infrastructure.

Appointment of Independent Building Assessor (IBA) 91.

Prior to the Consent Holder submitting the GSMCP under Condition 97, the Consent Holder shall request that Council engage, at the cost of the Consent Holder, a suitably qualified independent specialist, agreed to by the Consent Holder, to fill the role of Independent Building Assessor (IBA). The Consent Holder shall acknowledge that the IBA can, at the expense of the Consent Holder, engage other independent specialists, but only in consultation with the Consent Holder.

92.

The IBA required by Condition 91 shall report to the Manager on building damage matters and how these matters may be addressed by the Consent Holder. The IBAâ€™s report shall have regard to the following: a.

that site-specific assessments are undertaken to an appropriate level of detail;

monitoring data is collected, interpreted and assessed in regard to limiting effects to avoid Serviceability Damage (refer Table 1);

Alert and Alarm limits; and

any matters referred to in Conditions 109, 115, 124 and 125.

Pre-Dewatering services survey 93.

Prior to the Commencement of Dewatering, and following the identification of potentially affected Services, the Consent Holder shall, in consultation with the relevant service provider, undertake a condition survey of all such Services. This condition does not apply to any Service where written evidence is provided to the Manager that the owner of that Service has confirmed they do not require a condition survey.

94.

The monitoring of any settlement effects on those potentially affected Services shall be in accordance with Conditions 120 and 121.

95.

In the event that the Servicesâ€™ trigger levels listed in Appendix 2 are breached, the Consent Holder must carry out remedial actions in accordance with Conditions 125 and 128.

Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan (GSMCP) 96.

97.

98.

The Consent Holder shall request the Manger’s written determination as to whether the GSMCP can be certified, to be provided in writing within 10 working days of receipt of the GSMCP.

99.

No dewatering on the subject site shall commence until certification from the Manager is provided.

100.

The GSMCP required by Condition 97 shall include the requirements of this resource consent including, but not limited to, the following: a.

An “as built” survey plan of all monitoring locations based on approximate positions located on the plans entitled: 

A02502731, Figure 39, Rev B dated May 2016 and ET Table 7.1 (Appendix 3); and



The plans referred to in Appendix 1 and any further building-specific monitoring requirements determined from the detailed pre-construction building condition assessment.

Full details (frequency and scope) of groundwater (including construction logs), ground surface, building, retaining wall, building façade, inclinometer monitoring programme and conditions surveys, and frequency and scope of visual inspections required by this consent;

A bar chart, such as a Gantt chart, showing the timing and frequency of the condition surveys and monitoring required by this consent relative to the Commencement of Dewatering and the Completion of Dewatering;

Groundwater alert triggers, defined as 90% of predicted drawdown below seasonal low groundwater levels;

Details of all alert and alarm triggers (including any necessary horizontal and vertical displacements), the frequency of monitoring and the criteria to cease monitoring for each ground, building and retaining wall deformation marks and inclinometers, extensometers. The alert and alarm triggers shall be an update of the provisional triggers provided on drawings CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG2640 Rev 4. dated 14 October 2016 and CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2642 Rev 3. dated 11 October 2016;

101.

Details of the contingency measures to be implemented if alert or alarm triggers are exceeded, including a Response Plan;

Identification of any adjacent Services susceptible to damage and details of any pre and post construction monitoring or inspection;

Details of monitoring proposed to ensure the effects of any ground settlement adjacent to shafts proposed for the installation of new utilities near Mt Eden Station are adequately monitored;

Details of the monitoring proposed to be undertaken to protect the issued groundwater diversion consents listed below against cumulative settlement effects: i.

Consent No. 45735, 46 Upper Queen Street

ii.

Consent No. 44531, 224 Hobson Street

iii.

Consent 44857, 106 Vincent Street

iv.

Consent No. 45635, 210 Federal Street

Consent No. 44571, 58 Albert Street

vi.

Consent No. 43162, 26 Poynton Terrace

Identification of existing basements which could be subject to potential flooding from post-construction groundwater mounding; details of monitoring of longterm groundwater mounding effects; and details of groundwater drain construction to prevent groundwater mounding; and

The review of the proposed alarm and alert trigger levels in Appendix 2, approved by the IBA, following the pre-construction building condition surveys (required by Condition 109) that confirms they are set to ensure Serviceability Limits will be not be exceeded and whether the monitoring frequency is adequate, possibly requiring further site investigation work where sensitive structures are identified as part of Condition 112.

The GSMCP may be varied, including frequency of monitoring, subject to the certification of the Manager, which is contingent on approval of the IBA. Advice Note: The Manager will endeavour to determine whether the change can be certified, in writing, within 10 working days of submission of the change.

102.

Once certified, the GSMCP shall be implemented for the periods specified in conditions of this consent.

103.

The Consent Holder shall advise the Manager, in writing, of the date of the proposed Commencement of Dewatering.

Monitoring - Groundwater 104.

The Consent Holder shall install, maintain and replace if necessary, groundwater monitoring boreholes listed in Appendix 3 of this consent and shown on drawing A02502731, Figure 39, Rev B dated May 2016 (Appendix 3) and ET Table 7.1 (Appendix 3) of this consent, for the period required by the conditions of this consent.

105.

The Consent Holder shall measure and record groundwater levels at the monitoring boreholes specified in drawings and ET Table 7.1 attached to these conditions (Appendix 3) at the frequency specified in Schedule B.

Schedule B: Bore Name

Location

As per list in As per Appendix 3 Plans in Appendix 3

Groundwater level monitoring frequency and duration (to an accuracy of 10mm, calibrated by the instrument supplier)1 From bore construction for at least three months prior to Commencement of Dewatering

Commencement of Dewatering until either six months after the Completion of Dewatering, or until such time following the completion of dewatering that monitoring of settlement and building monitoring marks has ceased under Condition 120.

Weekly

At least three times Weekly1

Note 1: The monitoring frequency and duration may be changed if approved by the Manager. Any change shall be specified in the GSMCP. 106.

These records, reported in reduced level, shall be compiled and submitted to the Manager at monthly intervals.

107.

The groundwater alert trigger level criteria is listed in Schedule C below for the monitoring boreholes.

Schedule C: Provisional Alert Trigger Level Criteria Alert Trigger Low Level

108.

90% of predicted drawdown response in all units

Where groundwater alert trigger levels are exceeded, as identified from monitoring data obtained pursuant to Condition 105, the Consent Holder shall undertake the actions set out in the certified GSMCP; a.

notify the Manager within 2 working days, advising the trigger exceedance, the risk of settlement causing damage to buildings, and details of the actions taken; and

send a copy of the material notified to Council to the relevant building owner.

Building Inspection 109.

any information about the type of foundations;

existing levels of damage considered to be of an aesthetic or superficial nature;

existing levels of damage considered to affect the serviceability of the building where visually apparent and without recourse to intrusive or destructive investigation;

a professional opinion as to whether observed damage may or may not be associated with actual structural damage;

susceptibility of the building or structure to further movement;

specific assessment of building damage with reference to the trigger levels identified in Appendix 2;

review of proposed alarm and alert trigger levels to confirm they are appropriately set; and

photographic evidence of (b) and (c).

110.

Where the Consent Holder is required to access property (including buildings or structures) owned by a third party to undertake monitoring, surveys or inspections and that access is declined or subject to what the Consent Holder considers to be unreasonable terms, the Consent Holder shall notify the Manager of that circumstance, and provide an alternative monitoring plan which includes the matters stated in Condition 100.

111.

Any condition survey undertaken in accordance with Condition109, or any other condition surveys undertaken by the Consent Holder, shall be undertaken as follows: a.

The Senior Qualified Person shall be identified in the CEMP to undertake the condition surveys (see Condition 36);

The Consent Holder shall contact owners of those buildings and structures where a condition survey is to be undertaken to confirm the timing and methodology for undertaking a pre-construction condition survey;

The Consent Holder shall record all contact, correspondence and communication with owners and this shall be available on request for the Manager;

The Consent Holder shall provide the building condition survey or structure condition survey report to the relevant property owner and the Manager within 15 working days of the survey being undertaken;

The Consent Holder shall undertake a visual inspection during construction if requested by the building or structure owner where a pre-construction condition survey has been undertaken and monitoring data and observations note any changes from the pre-construction condition survey report.

The Consent Holder shall develop a system of monitoring the condition of existing buildings or structures which is commensurate with the type of the existing building or structure and the proximity of the Project works in order to assess whether or not construction activities are compromising the structural integrity of the building or structure.

112.

Should the pre-construction building condition survey and assessment highlight greater sensitivity of buildings than envisaged by the application, and should this increased sensitivity mean that the Serviceability Limit for the building may be exceeded, then the Consent Holder shall, at its cost, implement additional measures (that may include modifications to the design of the retention systems or further geotechnical investigation, as discussed with the building owner.

113.

The Consent Holder shall carry out a visual inspection of the surrounding ground and external building facades of the listed buildings in Appendix 2 adjacent to the tunnel/trench and station alignment to monitor for any deterioration or movement of any pre-existing cracks at a frequency to be specified in the GSMCP.

114.

The Consent Holder shall keep a record of the time, date and any observations for each inspection. This record is to be maintained and submitted to the Manager in accordance with Condition 128.

115.

No earlier than six months after Completion of Dewatering and within six months of Completion of Construction, a detailed condition survey all previously surveyed buildings, structures and water, stormwater and wastewater services, shall be prepared by a suitably qualified engineering professional. This condition survey report shall address all matters reviewed in the pre-dewatering condition survey. It shall also identify any new damage (if any) that has occurred since the pre-dewatering condition survey was undertaken and include a determination of the cause of any such damage and steps to repair it as provided for in Condition 125. The requirements of this condition need not be fulfilled for any particular building where the Consent Holder can provide written evidence to the Manager that the current owner of that building has advised they do not require such a condition survey.

116.

At the reasonable request of the Manager, the Consent Holder shall, without delay, undertake an additional condition survey of any building within the area defined by the groundwater monitoring, deformation monitoring and modelling undertaken pursuant to the conditions of this consent potentially affected by excavation, for the purpose of checking for damage and follow up with a report of damage to that building.

117.

Subject to Condition 125, the requirement for any such condition survey will cease six months after the Completion of Construction, unless the requirements of Condition 115 have not been met and subject to a consistent pattern of deformation records having been obtained in this period in which no evidence of adverse effects is apparent.

118.

[condition moved to Condition 96]

Ground Surface and Building Monitoring 119.

120.

The Consent Holder shall establish and maintain a settlement monitoring network of ground settlement monitoring marks and building movement monitoring marks to detect any deformation (vertical and/or horizontal movement) for the period required by the conditions of this consent, as follows: a.

The minimum scope of settlement monitoring is shown on the drawings in Appendix 1;

Subject to the ownersâ€™ approval, at least two sets (minimum of three pins) of building movement monitoring marks shall be located on each building listed in Appendix 2; and

The final location and number of building movement monitoring marks shall take into account the building type and size, accessibility to survey the marks and risk of damage from ground settlement, as determined by requirements of conditions of this consent, and the effects of differential settlement from the predicted settlement contours on the drawings I Appendix 1 as modified by the detailed design and reflected in the GSMCP.

The Consent Holder shall survey and record each ground and building movement mark in accordance with the following Schedule D; and records of the baseline monitoring shall be compiled and submitted to the Manager prior to the Commencement of Dewatering.

Schedule D: Ground settlement and building movement monitoring mark measurement Frequency 1 and Duration Monitoring Station name and type

Frequency All settlement marks, PreCommenceme nt of Dewatering (baseline monitoring)

All settlement marks, Commenceme nt of Dewatering to Completion of Dewatering

All ground and building settlement monitoring marks within 50 metres of the excavations during excavation and dewatering

Post-Completion of Dewatering

Postcompletion of constructio n

All settlement and building monitoring 1 mark

Three times to a horizontal and vertical accuracy of +/2mm (achieved by precise levelling)

Monthly

Daily for two weeks and weekly thereafter

Monthly for six months after the completion of dewatering, or until such time following the completion of dewatering that measurements have stabilized.

See Condition 121

Note 1: The monitoring frequency and duration may be changed if approved by the Manager and subsequently specified in the GSMCP.

121.

Where groundwater drainage is proposed at (a)

Karangahape Station;

(b)

Newton Y Junctions; and

(c)

The perched groundwater system at Aotea Station

and consolidation settlement risks are identified at Completion of Construction that could cause building damage, the Consent Holder shall prepare a post construction monitoring plan to be approved by the IBA and certified by the Manager. The post construction monitoring plan shall specifically address (a)

the potential for delayed consolidation settlement effects resulting from long term groundwater drainage; and

(b)

Monitoring durations and the process for establishing cessation of monitoring.

Retaining Wall Monitoring 122.

For the measurement of vertical and lateral wall movement, the Consent Holder shall install retaining wall deflection pins as near to the top of the wall as practicable, with inclinometers installed either in a retaining pile or immediately behind one and extending to the base of the retaining pile for the monitoring of wall deflection.

123.

Monitoring of the retaining wall pins and inclinometers shall be undertaken and recorded in accordance with Schedule E below unless otherwise specified and agreed in the GSMCP:

Schedule E: Frequency Baseline

Active Excavation

Post Excavation

Pre-Commencement of Dewatering

Commencement of Dewatering to one month after Completion of Excavation

One month after Completion of Excavation to Completion of Dewatering

Retaining wall pins

Inclinometer

Retaining wall pins

Inclinometer

Twice to a horizontal and vertical accuracy of +/2mm

Once for every 2 metres depth (on average) of excavation, and, in any case, at a minimum of once weekly.

Once for every 6 metres depth (on average) of excavation, and, in any case, at a minimum of once weekly.

Minimum of three sets of readings at fortnightly intervals

Minimum of three sets of readings at monthly intervals

Contingency

124.

In the event that monitoring of ground or building settlement, differential settlement, or horizontal movement associated with the construction works identifies movement which exceeds the vertical and horizontal movement triggers detailed in Appendix 2 or any revised trigger levels subject of this consent, then the Consent Holder shall instigate the Response Plan detailed in the GSMCP and undertake the following procedures: a.

Notify the Manager and the IBA within 24 hours;

If measurements exceed any of the alert values, then a Senior Qualified Person engaged by the Consent Holder or the Consent Holder’s contractor shall reassess the works constructed up to that time to confirm – 

that works’ progress against the design predictions are within expectations;

ď‚ˇ

whether additional measures (if any) are required to restrain further increases in movement; and

ď‚ˇ

that possible ensuing effects will exceed Serviceability Limits. Measures (if any) to be implemented, identified in the Response Plan in the GSMCP or as agreed with the IBA, may include an increase in the frequency of monitoring, or additional support measures.

The Senior Qualified Person shall prepare and submit a written report to the Manager, within one week of alert level exceedance, which provides analyses of all monitoring data relating to the exceedance of any of the trigger levels and any actions taken;

If measurements exceed any of the alarm values the Consent Holder shall:

125.

Follow the process identified in Condition 124(b);

ii)

Commission and submit a written report, prepared by the Senior Qualified Person engaged in accordance with Condition 124(b) to the Manager, within one week of alarm level exceedance, which provides analyses of all monitoring data, relating to the exceedance of any of the trigger levels and any recommendations for remedial actions, if required, in order to avoid damage that will affect building Serviceability and which may also allow Completion of Construction; and

iii)

Implement the recommendations of the report. In the instance that the recommendation is to stop work, pursuant to Conditions 124(b) and (d)(ii), the remedial action(s) that have been recommended shall be undertaken before the works recommence.

In relation to alarm level exceedance, the recommendations of the IBA (refer Condition 92), which may include remedial actions up to and including stopping the works, if that is (in the opinion of the IBA) in the best interests of preventing building serviceability damage, shall be implemented by the Consent Holder (unless the building owner(s) request in writing that the construction works are to be completed in accordance with the report prepared under Condition124 (d)(ii).

If any damage to buildings, structures or services is caused wholly or in part by the exercising of this consent, the Consent Holder shall: a.

notify the Manager and the asset owner as soon as practical;

engage a Senior Qualified Person to prepare a report as soon as practical, describing the damage and identifying methods to avoid and mitigate the potential for Serviceability damage and to remedy any damage caused wholly or in part by the exercising of this consent; and provide a copy of the report to the Manager and the asset owner; and

thereafter promptly undertake (at the entire cost of the Consent Holder) all necessary repairs to fully remedy the damage caused by the exercise of this consent, with timing to be agreed with the asset owners. “Entire cost” includes all design and consenting costs as well as all construction costs.

This obligation as a condition of the resource consent shall apply to all Damage that is identified during the latest of the periods listed below: i)

Two years after Completion of Dewatering; or

ii)

One year after groundwater levels have stabilised; and

iii)

The completion of post construction monitoring required to be carried out under Condition 121; and

iv)

Six months after any completion of any other works associated with the project which have the potential to cause settlement.

Reporting 126.

The Consent Holder shall advise the Manager, in writing within ten working days of Completion of Dewatering.

127.

The Consent Holder shall advise the Manager, in writing within ten working days of Completion of Construction.

128.

All data collected as required by conditions of this consent from Commencement of Dewatering to completion of monitoring are to be compiled, compared with the relevant trigger levels and submitted to the Manager at two monthly intervals, unless otherwise specified in this consent, setting out the previous results, providing an explanation for any trends and providing a construction progress timeline.

Review Condition – Water Permit R/ REG/2016/1892 129.

The conditions of this consent may be reviewed by the Manager pursuant to Section 128 of the Resource Management Act 1991, by the giving of notice pursuant to Section 129 of the Act, within six months after Commencement of Dewatering and subsequently at intervals of not less than one year thereafter in order to vary the monitoring and reporting requirements, and performance standards in order to take account of information, including the results of previous monitoring and changed environmental knowledge, on: a.

Ground conditions

Aquifer parameters

Groundwater levels and

Ground surface deformation.

Advice Note: Under section 128 of the RMA the conditions of this consent may be reviewed by the Manager at the Consent Holder’s cost in the following circumstances:

At any time, if it is found that the information made available to the Council in the application contained inaccuracies which materially influenced the decision and the effects of the exercise of the consent are such that it is necessary to apply more appropriate conditions. Specific conditions â€“ discharge permit (contaminated land) R/REG/2016/1895 and land use consent R/LUC/2016/1890 (Contaminated Land and Resource Management (National Environmental Standard for Assessing and Managing Contaminants in Soil to Protect Human Health) Regulations 2011) Duration 130.

Consent R/REG/2016/1895 shall expire 15 years from the grant date, unless it has been surrendered or been cancelled at an earlier date pursuant to the Resource Management Act 1991. Advice Note: this condition does not apply to R/LUC/2016/1890

Contaminated Soils Management Plan (CSMP) 131.

132.

133.

No earthworks shall commence until a. certification is provided from the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) that the CSMP satisfactorily meets the requirements of Schedule 13 (A4) of the ACRP:ALW, and b. all measures identified in that plan as being required to be established prior to the commencement of earthworks have been established.

134.

The CSMP shall address the following matters: a.

The areas within the project site designated for the excavation works, including depths and extent of the proposed works, and an updated map/s showing the land disturbance activity areas

Excavation, management, and disposal procedures for soil, sediment, dust, surface run-off water, perched groundwater, and groundwater, if encountered

Temporary containment, treatment, and testing procedures for any water getting in contact with the contaminated material if the disposal option is to the stormwater system or the marine environment is considered

Contingency measures for unexpected discovery of contamination

Proposed sampling and analysis, if applicable; and

Any proposed works summary reporting.

The Consent Holder shall notify the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) at least two working days prior to any earthworks activity on the site and provide the following details: a.

Name and telephone number of the project manager and the site owner

Site address to which the consents relate

Activity to which the consents relate and

Expected duration of the works.

136.

All disturbance of contaminated and potentially contaminated soil shall be carried out in accordance with the certified CSMP required by Condition 131 and any changes to the plan shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification prior to the change being implemented.

137.

The Consent Holder shall ensure that all disturbance of contaminated soil shall be supervised by a suitably qualified and experienced Contaminated Land Professional, whose responsibilities shall include making sure that the soil management and disposal procedures, the contingency measures outlined in the certified CSMP required by Condition 131, and all relevant consent conditions are adhered to.

138.

The Consent Holder shall ensure that regular inspections of the works area shall be carried out by a suitably qualified and experienced Contaminated Land Professional. These inspections shall be documented and the relevant records retained and provided to Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) in the Site Validation Report (SVR) required by Condition 149.

139.

The Consent Holder shall manage all soil disturbance works to minimise any discharge of debris, soil, silt, sediment or sediment-laden water from the subject site to either land, stormwater systems or the receiving marine environment. The implementation of erosion and sediment controls shall be in accordance with the ESCP required by Condition 53. Advice Note: Measures such as covering the excavations overnight and during heavy rainfall, diverting overland flow around the works area, and appropriate treatment of any water collected in an excavation prior to the disposal may be required to comply with this condition. 37

140. The Consent Holder shall manage all soil disturbance works to avoid the potential for cross-contamination of materials to occur, in particular, movement of contaminated soil around the site and/or deposition of contaminated soil on other parts of the site shall be avoided. Where soils are identified for off-site disposal, they shall be loaded directly for removal, where possible, and all material shall be covered during transportation off site. 141. To minimise the spread of contaminated material, any temporary stockpiles of the excavated contaminated material shall be located within the catchment of erosion and sediment controls for the site. All stockpiles shall be covered with either polythene or an equivalent impermeable material when the site is not being worked and during periods of heavy rain. 142. At all times, dust shall be controlled in accordance with the publication titled Good Practice Guide for Assessing and Managing the Environmental Effects of Dust Emissions, Ministry for the Environment (2001). 143. Excess soil or waste materials removed from the subject site shall be deposited at a disposal site which holds a consent to accept the relevant level or type of contamination. Advice note: Where it can be demonstrated that the soil has been fully characterised and meets the definition of ‘clean fill’ material in Section J1 of the Auckland Unitary Plan (Operative in Part), the removal of such material to a consented disposal facility is not required. In such circumstances, a record of the location, depth, and volume of the material removed as ‘clean fill’ should be kept for the purpose of being included in the SVR required by Condition 149). 144. The Consent Holder shall implement the procedures for the management, treatment, temporary containment, testing, and disposal of groundwater and surface run-off water via the stormwater system in accordance with the report titled Auckland City Rail Link: Resource Consent Package 2: Aotea Station to North Auckland Line Construction and CRL Operation: Draft Erosion & Sediment Control Management Plan, dated 13 May 2016, prepared by Aurecon New Zealand Limited, and provided with the application. 145. Any perched groundwater, or surface run-off water, encountered within the excavation area requiring removal shall be considered as potentially contaminated, and shall either: a.

be disposed of by a licensed liquid waste contractor; or

pumped to sewer, providing relevant permits are obtained; or

discharged to the stormwater system, provided testing demonstrates compliance with 50 times the Australian and New Zealand Environment Conservation Council (ANZECC) Guidelines for Fresh and Marine Water Quality (2000) for the protection of 95 percent of marine water species, and is free from petroleum hydrocarbons.

146.

Where contaminants which have not been anticipated by the application are identified, works in the area containing the unexpected contamination shall cease until the contingency measures outlined in the certified CSMP required by Condition 131 have been implemented, and have been notified to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring). Any unexpected contamination encountered during the works and contingency measures implemented shall be documented in the Site Validation Report required by Condition 149. Advice Note: In accordance with Condition 146, any unexpected contamination may include separate phase hydrocarbons, contaminated soil, perched water or groundwater. The Consent Holder is advised that where unexpected contamination is significantly different in extent and concentration from that anticipated, handling the contamination may be outside the scope of this consent. Advice should be sought from the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) prior to carrying out any further work in the area of the unexpected contamination to check this is within the scope of this consent.

147.

All imported fill shall: a.

comply with the definition of of clean fill material in Section J1 of the Auckland Unitary Plan (Operative in Part); and

be solid material of an inert nature; and

not contain hazardous substances or contaminants above recorded natural background levels of the receiving site.

Advice Note: Background contamination levels for the site receiving clean fill can be found in Technical Publication No. 153, Background concentrations of inorganic elements in soils from the Auckland Region, Auckland Regional Council (2001). 148.

All sampling and testing of contamination on the site shall be overseen by a suitably qualified and experienced Contaminated Land Professional. All sampling shall be undertaken in accordance with Contaminated Land Management Guidelines, No.5 â€“ Site Investigation and Analysis of Soils, Ministry for the Environment (revised 2011). Advice Note: All testing and analysis should be undertaken in a laboratory with suitable experience and ability to carry out the analysis. For more details on how to confirm the suitability of the laboratory please refer to Contaminated Land Management Guidelines, No.5 â€“ Part 4: Laboratory Analysis, Ministry for the Environment (revised 2011).

Site Validation Report (SVR) 149.

Within three months of the completion of earthworks on the site, the Consent Holder shall provide a Site Validation Report (SVR) to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring). The SVR shall be prepared by a suitably qualified and experienced Contaminated Land Professional in accordance with the Contaminated Land Management Guidelines, No.1 - Reporting on Contaminated Sites in New Zealand, Ministry for the Environment (revised 2011).

150.

The SVR required by Condition 149 shall address the following matters: a.

a summary of the works undertaken, including a statement confirming whether the excavation of the site has been completed in accordance with the certified CSMP required by Condition 131;

the location and dimensions of the excavations carried out, including the relevant site plan;

a summary of soil, groundwater, and surface run-off water testing undertaken, if applicable, including tabulated analytical results, and interpretation of the results in the context of the Contaminated Land Rules of the Auckland Unitary Plan (Operative in Part);

copies of the disposal dockets for the contaminated soil and â€˜clean fillâ€™ material removed from the site;

records of any unexpected contamination encountered during the works and contingency measures undertaken, if applicable;

details regarding any complaints and/or breaches of the procedures set out in the certified CSMP required by Condition 131 and the conditions of this consent;

results of testing, if required, of any spoil disposed offsite; and

results of testing of any imported fill material to ensure compliance with the definition of clean fill material in Section J1 of the Auckland Unitary Plan (Operative in Part).

Specific conditions â€“ discharge permit (other) R/REG/2016/1896 and discharge permit (ITA) R/REG/2016/1898 (CONSTRUCTION) 151.

This consent shall expire 15 years after the consent commences unless it has been surrendered or been cancelled at an earlier date pursuant to the Resource Management Act 1991.

Baseline Receiving Environment Monitoring 152.

Prior to the commencement of construction, the Consent Holder shall undertake baseline monitoring of water quality and freshwater ecology in Meola Creek. The monitoring shall be undertaken to identify the pre-construction condition of Meola Creek against which to measure construction effects and possible remedial or mitigation measures if required.

153.

At least 20 working days prior to any baseline monitoring commencing, the Consent Holder shall submit a programme for the baseline monitoring as required by Condition 152 to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification. The programme shall include, but not be limited to: a.

Sampling locations (at Auckland Council flow monitoring site);

Methods and procedures for water quality (minimum bi-monthly samples for a 12 month period) and freshwater ecology sampling; 40

Water quality monitoring parameters for analysis, which shall include: 



Total Suspended Solids

g/m3



Total recoverable copper

g/m3



Dissolved copper

g/m3



Total recoverable zinc

g/m3



Dissolved zinc

g/m3



Ammoniacal nitrogen

g/m3



Nitrate nitrogen

g/m3



Nitrite nitrogen

g/m3



Total nitrogen

g/m3



Dissolved reactive phosphorus

g/m3

Ecological monitoring, which shall include: 

Algal (periphyton) and macrophyte growth



Macroinvertebrate assessment.

Baseline Receiving Environment Reporting 154.

The Consent Holder shall provide to the Council (Team Leader – Central Monitoring) the results of the baseline monitoring undertaken in accordance with Conditions 152 and 153 within 60 working days of the final baseline monitoring being undertaken.

155.

As part of the results required by Condition 153, the Consent Holder shall provide a programme for ongoing monitoring of Meola Creek, following the commencement of construction, including the reporting of results. The same testing regime and approach as set out in baseline monitoring conditions shall be used unless otherwise agreed between the Consent Holder and the Council.

Pre-Commencement of construction support areas and zones 156.

The Consent Holder shall notify the Council (Team Leader – Central Monitoring) in writing at least 10 working days prior to the commencement of construction of each CSA or ACZ.

157.

The CSAs shall be generally confined to the area and boundaries shown on plans CRL-SYE-RME-000-DRG-2001, Rev 1.0 dated 13/05/2016 and 2002, Rev 1 dated 13/05/2016 and 2003, Rev 1 dated 13/05/2016 and 2004, Rev 1 dated 13/05/2016 and 2005, Rev 1 dated 13/05/2016 and 2006, and Rev 1 dated 13/05/2016 and submitted as part of the application.

158.

In the event that material modifications to the CSA boundaries are required, the following information shall be provided: a.

Plans and drawings outlining the details of the modifications; and

Supporting information that confirms how the proposal does not affect the stormwater management system;

This information shall be to the satisfaction of the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) and be made available at the preconstruction meeting required by Condition 34. Site Management (ACZ and CSAs) 159.

At least 20 working days prior to the commencement of construction, a final Industrial and Trade Activities Environmental Management Plan (EMP) shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification.

160.

The Consent Holder shall request the Councilâ€™s (Team Leader Central Monitoring) determination as to whether the EMP can be certified, in writing, within 10 working days following receipt of the EMP.

161.

The EMP shall be prepared by a Senior Qualified Person and shall include, but not be limited to, the following: a.

identification of the specific activities conducted on the site;

the identification of potential contaminants associated with these activities;

methods used to prevent identified contaminants contacting stormwater runoff as far as practicable and methods to manage environmental risks from site activities;

an Emergency Spill Response Plan (which includes the provision that all spills over 20 litres, or any spill of Environmentally Hazardous Substances that has entered the stormwater system, a water-body or has contacted unsealed ground, shall be reported immediately to the Auckland Councilâ€™s 24 Hour Pollution Hotline (09-377-3107));

an up-to-date and accurate site drainage plan showing the location of all site catch pits and the final discharge point(s) of the site stormwater system;

an appropriate auditing programme to ensure all components of the siteâ€™s EMP are implemented;

methods for providing and recording staff training; and

a monitoring programme as outlined in Conditions 173 and 174.

162.

The Consent Holder shall ensure that the CSAs and ACZs are operated and managed in accordance with the certified EMP to ensure the risks from the site are managed appropriately.

163.

The Consent Holder shall ensure that a copy of the Council certified EMP is kept on site and accessible at all times. 42

164.

Following any change to the EMP, the Consent Holder shall submit details of the change to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification and request that the Councilâ€™s (Team Leader Central Monitoring) written determination as to whether the change can be certified to be provided within 10 working days of submission of the change. No activity reliant upon a change to the EMP pursuant to Condition 164 can be undertaken until the change has been certified.

165.

The EMP shall be reviewed and updated annually from the date of granting of this consent, to ensure all components of the EMP remain relevant.

Structural Controls 166.

167.

168.

The Industrial Trade and Activity area for each of the Construction Support Areas shall not exceed the following: CSA

Exposed Area not to exceed (m2)

25,000

9,000

36,000

6,500

In the event that any CSA requires an increase in area, the following information shall be provided to the Team Leader â€“ Central Monitoring whose certification shall be requested prior to implementation: a.

Plans and drawings outlining the details of the modifications; and

Supporting information that confirms how the proposal does not affect the capacity or performance of the existing structural and procedural controls.

The Consent Holder shall ensure that the following structural controls are constructed for the following catchment areas and design standards and they are completed prior to discharges commencing from the site: Works/controls

Device catchment area

Design requirements

2 x Settlement Tanks Activity area of grout Settlement Tanks sizing to be based on located on CSA 4 plant (400m2), and 2% of the contributing catchment segment storage yard (2660m2) on CSA 4

Inlet protection measures

On all catch pits within Design in accordance with Auckland CSA areas Council Best Management Practice: Catch pit Protection Area (AC 2011).

2 x Settlement Tanks All Active Construction Settlement Tank sizing to be based on located in CSA 1, CSA Zone (ACZ) 2% of the contributing catchment 2, CSA 3, CSA 4 and CSA 5

Bunding of Environmentally Hazardous Substances

169.

As required

110% largest container

In the event that any minor modifications to the structural system are required, the following information shall be provided to the Team Leader â€“ Central Monitoring whose certification shall be requested prior to implementation: a.

Plans and drawings outlining the details of the modifications; and

Supporting information that confirms how the proposal does not affect the capacity or performance of stormwater management system.

Certification of structural controls 170.

Within 30 days of implementation, As-Built certification and plans of the stormwater management works, certified (signed) by a suitably qualified registered surveyor or a Chartered Professional Engineer as a true record of the stormwater management system, shall be provided to the Team Leader â€“ Central Monitoring.

171.

The As-Built plans shall include, but not be limited to: a.

The surveyed location (to the nearest 0.1m) of the discharge points, with coordinates expressed in terms of NZTM and LINZ datum;

Location, dimensions and levels of any major overland flow paths including cross sections and long sections;

Plans and cross sections of all stormwater management devices, including confirmation of the Water Quality Volume, storage volumes and levels of any outflow control structure

Documentation of any discrepancies between the design plans and the As-Built plans.

172.

A meeting shall be held on site after the implementation of structural controls and the provision of As-Built documentation, and prior to the commencement of construction activities at each of the CSA/ACZs. The meeting shall include representation from the Team Leader Central Monitoring and the site stormwater engineer/contractors who have undertaken the work and shall confirm compliance with the relevant consent conditions.

Discharge monitoring: 173.

Within 30 days of the installation of the water treatment systems, and prior to operation, the Consent Holder shall develop and submit to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification a discharge monitoring programme.

174.

The water quality monitoring programme shall include, but not be limited to: a.

Sampling locations (to include the final discharge from the treatment system located in CSA 1, CSA 2, CSA 3, CSA 5 and CSA 4);

Methods and procedures for discharge sampling; and

Monitoring parameters for analysis, which shall include: Daily 

Water clarity (black disc)



Turbidity

(NTU)



Weekly (in addition to the above) 

Total Suspended Solids

g/m3



Total recoverable copper

g/m3



Dissolved copper

g/m3



Total recoverable zinc

g/m3



Dissolved zinc

g/m3



Total petroleum hydrocarbons g/m3



Ammoniacal nitrogen*

g/m3



Nitrate nitrogen*

g/m3

*only in discharge from treatment systems in CSA 3 and CSA 4

175.

identified trigger levels for each of the above parameters. These trigger levels shall be developed with reference to the ANZECC Guidelines for water quality where applicable; and

the methods and procedures for investigating and reporting stormwater discharge monitoring results to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring).

The discharge monitoring programme shall be implemented upon completion of works set out in Condition 168. 45

176.

Within five working days of receipt of sample results showing contaminants exceeding the agreed trigger levels in Condition 174(d): a.

An investigation shall be undertaken to determine why exceedances were detected and to identify any additional source controls or treatment required; and

The results of the investigation shall be reported to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring).

Discharge Reporting Requirements 177.

Within eight weeks following the start of the monitoring required by Condition 173 a monitoring report shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring). The monitoring report shall include, but not be limited to, the following: a.

a summary of the monitoring results to date;

an interpretation of those results and suggestions for improvement to the site operations;

a programme for ongoing monitoring including the reporting of results; and

a programme for the ongoing maintenance of the discharge water management and treatment system.

178.

For the duration of the construction stages of the Project, the Consent Holder shall forward a report annually from the date of granting of this consent to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) evaluating the siteâ€™s environmental performance for the year to date.

179.

The Annual Report required by Condition 178 shall include but not be limited to: a.

all aspects of the performance of the EMP relating to this consent;

a summary of all revisions and revised sections of the EMP;

details of all inspections and maintenance of the stormwater system for the preceding 12 months;

details of and changes to the person(s) or body responsible for the maintenance of site and the organisational structure supporting this process;

results and analysis of the preceding 12 months of stormwater monitoring, along with an interpretation of those results and suggestions for improvement to the site operations; and

records of any spills or incidents which occurred within the previous 12 months and the response which was undertaken.

Specific conditions â€“ discharge permit (other) R/REG/2016/2038 (OPERATIONAL) Advice note: Should the Consent Holder obtain approval for the discharge of operational wastewater to the trade waste system, this consent can be surrendered or cancelled.

180.

This consent shall expire 35 years after the consent commences unless it has been surrendered or been cancelled at an earlier date pursuant to the Resource Management Act 1991.

Dewatering Treatment devices 181.

The treatment device/s for the removal of contaminants of concern from tunnel water discharge shall be constructed for the operational tunnel ground water seepage catchment area/s, and design requirements shall be completed in accordance with design guidelines to meet baseline monitoring levels in Condition 187(d).

182.

At least 20 working days prior to the installation of treatment devices required by Condition 181, the Consent Holder shall submit detailed designs, including relevant drawings, cross sections, plans and calculations to the Team Leader â€“ Central Monitoring for certification at the same time as the application for Engineering Plan Approval.

As-Built Plans 183.

Within 30 days of practical completion of the treatment device works, As-Built plans, which are certified (signed) by a Chartered Professional Engineer as a true record of the stormwater management system, shall be provided to the Team Leader - Central Monitoring.

184.

The certified As-Built Plans shall also be provided to the Team Leader â€“ Central Monitoring 5 days prior to the post-construction meeting required by Condition 205.

185.

The As-Built plans shall display the entirety of the stormwater management system, and shall include: a.

the surveyed location (to the nearest 0.1m) and level (to the nearest 0.01m) of the discharge points to the stormwater system with co-ordinates expressed in terms of NZTM and LINZ datum;

plans and cross sections of all treatment devices, including confirmation of the Water Quality Volume, storage volumes and levels of any outflow control structure; and

documentation of any discrepancies between the design plans and the As-Built plans approved by the modifications approval referred to in Condition 202.

Discharge Monitoring 186.

Prior to operation of the CRL, the Consent Holder shall develop and submit a discharge monitoring programme to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification. The monitoring programme shall include start up monitoring for the first month of operation of the treatment system, and regular on-going monitoring.

187.

The discharge monitoring programme shall include, but not be limited to:

Sampling locations (to include samples of water from the main station sumps (untreated water), and the final discharge from the treatment system (treated water) at each station);

Methods, frequency and procedures for discharge sampling

Monitoring parameters for analysis, which shall include: 



Turbidity

NTU



Total Suspended Solids

g/m3



Total recoverable copper

g/m3



Dissolved copper

g/m3



Total recoverable zinc

g/m3



Dissolved zinc

g/m3



Total petroleum hydrocarbons

g/m3

Identified trigger levels for each of the above parameters in the final discharge, developed with reference to the ANZECC Guidelines for water quality where applicable; and

The methods and procedures for investigating and reporting discharge monitoring results to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring).

188.

The discharge monitoring programme shall be implemented for the duration of the discharge of operational tunnel groundwater seepage.

189.

Within five working days of receipt of sample results showing contaminants exceeding the agreed trigger levels: a.

An investigation shall be undertaken to determine why exceedances were detected and to identify any additional source controls or treatment required;

Methods will be implemented to meet trigger levels, and the timing for their implementation shall be noted; and

The results of the investigation shall be reported to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring).

Start-up Reporting 190.

A monitoring report shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) following the completion of the first month of sampling. The monitoring report shall include, but not be limited to the following: a.

A summary of the first months monitoring results (10 samples);

An interpretation of those results and suggestions for improvement of the treatment system as required; and

Confirmation of the programme for regular on-going monitoring. 48

Operation and Maintenance Plan 191.

The Consent Holder shall submit an Operation and Maintenance Plan to the Team Leader - Central Monitoring for approval certification, 5 days prior to the postconstruction meeting referred to in Condition 205. The Plan shall include: a.

details of who will hold responsibility for long-term maintenance of the stormwater management system and the organisational structure which will support this process;

a programme for regular maintenance and inspection of the stormwater management system;

a programme for the collection and disposal of debris and sediment collected by the stormwater management devices or practices;

a programme for post storm inspection and maintenance; and

general inspection checklists for all aspects of the treatment system, including visual checks.

192.

The stormwater management system shall be managed in accordance with the approved certified Operation and Maintenance Plan.

193.

Any amendments or alterations to the Operation and Maintenance Plan shall be submitted to, and approved certified by the Team Leader â€“ Central Monitoring, in writing prior to implementation.

Routine monitoring 194.

The Consent Holder shall submit an annual monitoring report to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring). The monitoring report shall include, but not be limited to the following: a.

A summary of the monitoring results for the previous year;

An interpretation of those results and suggestions for improvement/s to the treatment system if relevant; and

A programme for the on-going maintenance of the discharge treatment system.

Stormwater diversion and discharge (related to works at the Mount Eden end) Advice note: these conditions relate to stormwater management works at the Mount Eden end of the project. The conditions do not relate to any of the specific consents authorised 195.

[Blank]

Stormwater drainage system design 196.

The Consent Holder shall ensure that the design of stormwater drainage systems does not result in any increase in flooding beyond the pre-development scenario within the immediate adjacent areas of the Project footprint and the downstream receiving environment. Stormwater management works

197.

The following stormwater management works shall be constructed for the following catchment areas and design requirements, and shall be completed prior to construction of any barriers (e.g., earth bunds or retaining structures along the edge of the rail corridor) that would modify existing overland flow paths: Works to be undertaken

Catchment location

Design requirement(s)

Additional pipe capacity, OLFP

Fenton street

Underground drainage

Shaddock Street

Inlet upgrade, scruffy domes

West of Mt Eden Road

Capacity for 10 year ARI, reducing flooding up to 100 year ARI, provision for OLFP for flows in excess of the 100 year, and designed to meet at least 50% blockage

Sump and superpits

Water Street

Megapits, inlet, connections to existing network

Normanby Road

Super pit

Boston Road

New inlets, underground drainage

Rail Corridor

198.

The stormwater management works shall be installed in general accordance with those listed in Condition 197, unless otherwise approved by Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring).

199.

If changes to the Stormwater management works in Condition 197 are requested, the Consent Holder must provide details of flood modelling, and alternative mitigation measures, including how these have been selected and will be managed, to the Healthy Waters Department (see Condition 202).

Detailed Design Guidelines 200.

The Consent Holder shall ensure that all stormwater management devices, as required to achieve Condition 196, are designed in accordance with Auckland Council Technical Publication 10 (TP10).

201.

The Consent Holder shall ensure that the detailed designs, including drawings, plans and calculations for the stormwater management devices required to achieve Condition 196 are submitted to Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification at the time of application for Engineering Plan Approval and in any event, at least 30 days prior to construction of the proposed stormwater works.

Modifications approval 202.

In the event that any modifications to the stormwater management system design implemented under Conditions 196 and 197 of this consent are required, the following information shall be provided: ď‚ˇ

Plans and drawings outlining the details of the modifications; and

ď‚ˇ

Supporting information that confirms compliance with the performance standards of Conditions 196 and 197.

All information shall be submitted to, and approved by the Team Leader â€“ Central Monitoring, prior to implementation. Advice Note: All proposed changes should be discussed with the Team Leader Central Monitoring, prior to implementation. Any changes to the proposal which will affect the capacity or performance of the stormwater management system may require an application to Council pursuant to Section 127 of the RMA. An example of a minor modification within the scope of this consent could be a change to the location of a pipe or slight changes to the site layout but if there is a change of device type (even proprietary), the consent may have to be varied under section 127. Pre-construction meeting 203.

A pre-construction meeting shall be held by the Consent Holder prior to commencement of the construction of any stormwater devices onsite, and must: a.

be arranged five working days prior to initiation of the construction of any stormwater devices on the site;

be located on the subject area;

include representation from the Team Leader - Central Monitoring; and

include representation from the site stormwater engineer [or] contractors who will undertake the works and any other relevant parties.

Advice Note: To arrange the pre-construction meeting required by this consent, please contact the Team Leader - Central Monitoring [monitoring@aucklandcouncil.govt.nz].

Information required for Pre-construction meeting 204.

The following information shall be made available prior to, or at the pre-construction meeting: a.

timeframes for key stages of the works authorised under this consent;

erosion and sediment control measures during construction activities;

contact details of the site contractor and site stormwater engineer; and

construction plans approved signed or stamped by an Auckland Council Development Engineer.

Post-construction meeting 205.

A post-construction meeting shall be held by the Consent Holder, within 20 working days of completion of the stormwater management works, that: a.

is located on the subject area;

includes representation from the Team Leader - Central Monitoring; and

includes representation from the site stormwater engineer or contractors who have undertaken the works.

Certification of stormwater management works (As-Built Plans) 206.

As-Built certification and plans of the stormwater management works, which are certified (signed) by a Chartered Professional Engineer as a true record of the stormwater management system, shall be provided to the Team Leader - Central Monitoring for approval, 5 days prior to the post-construction meeting required by this consent.

207.

The As-Built plans shall display the entirety of the stormwater management system, and shall include: a.

the surveyed location (to the nearest 0.1m) and level (to the nearest 0.01m) of the discharge structure, with co-ordinates expressed in terms of NZTM and LINZ datum;

location, dimensions and levels of any overland flow paths including cross sections and long sections;

plans and cross sections of all stormwater management devices, including confirmation of the Water Quality Volume, storage volumes and levels of any outflow control structure; and

documentation of any discrepancies between the design plans and the As-Built plans approved by the modifications approval process of Condition 202.

Operation and Maintenance Plan 208.

An Operation and Maintenance Plan shall be provided to the Team Leader - Central Monitoring for certification 5 days prior to the post-construction meeting required by this consent and shall set out how the stormwater management system is to be operated and maintained to ensure that adverse environmental effects are minimised. The plan shall include: a.

details of who will hold responsibility for long-term maintenance of the stormwater management system and the organisational structure which will support this process;

a programme for regular maintenance and inspection of the stormwater management system;

a programme for the collection and disposal of debris and sediment collected by the stormwater management devices or practices;

a programme for post storm inspection and maintenance;

general inspection checklists for all aspects of the stormwater management system, including visual checks; and

a programme for inspection and maintenance of any vegetation associated with the stormwater management devices.

209.

The stormwater management system shall be managed in accordance with the approved Operation and Maintenance Plan.

210.

The Operation and Maintenance Plan shall be updated and submitted to the Team Leader â€“ Central Monitoring upon request.

Capture and diversion of stormwater 211.

Roading, kerbs and channels constructed across overland flow paths shall be set at a level that maximises the capture of water by road cesspits. Other than at designated overland flow paths, driveway crossings shall be constructed in order to minimise the overflow of water from the road into private properties.

212.

For stormwater flows in excess of the capacity of the primary drainage systems, overland flow paths shall be provided and maintained to allow surplus stormwater from critical storms (up to the 100 year ARI event), to discharge with the minimum of nuisance and damage.

213.

Overland flow paths and secondary flow paths shall be kept free of all obstructions, including buildings and solid fences.

Maintenance Report 214.

The Consent Holder shall maintain a record of the details of all inspections and maintenance for the stormwater management system, for the preceding three years.

215.

A copy of the records referred to in Condition 214 shall be provided to the Team Leader - Central Monitoring in a maintenance report on request. 53

Contents of Maintenance Report 216. The maintenance report shall include the following information: a.

details of who is responsible for maintenance of the stormwater management system and the organisational structure supporting this process;

details of any maintenance undertaken; and

details of any inspections completed.

Specific conditions â€“ discharge permit (air â€“ construction) R/REG/2016/1899 217.

This resource consent shall expire 15 years after the consent commences unless it has been surrendered or been cancelled at an earlier date pursuant to the RMA.

218.

The Consent Holder shall ensure that all processes on the Project work site shall be implemented, operated, maintained, supervised, monitored and controlled so that any emissions authorised by this consent are maintained at the minimum practicable level.

219.

Unless provided for by Condition 220, there shall be no dust or odour beyond the boundary of the Project work site caused as a result of on-site processes which, in the opinion of Council, is noxious, offensive or objectionable.

220.

Any noxious, offensive or objectionable dust or odour beyond the boundary of the Project work site caused as a result of construction and earthworks activities associated with the Project shall be mitigated as soon as practicable in accordance with the requirements of the certified Air Quality Management Plan as required by Condition 222.

221.

The Consent Holder shall ensure that beyond the boundary of the Project worksite, there shall be no hazardous air pollutant caused as a result of construction and earthworks activities associated with the Project that causes, or is likely to cause, adverse effects on human health, environment or property.

Air Quality Management Plan (AQMP) 222.

The Consent Holder shall review the draft Air Quality Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station to North Auckland Line dated May 2016, and submit to Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) a final AQMP/s which is generally consistent with the draft AQMP provided in support of the application.

223.

a clear identification of the type and location of the controls proposed;

a detailed framework for the management, mitigation and monitoring of construction and earthworks activities associated with the Project;

a focus principally on the sources of dust discharges, and

d. 224.

an assessment of the risk of discharges from each ACZ and the associated CSA.

The final AQMP/s shall also provide detailed methods including, but not limited to, the following matters: a.

methods to ensure exposed surfaces remain dampened to minimise dust emissions (possible examples include a water spray system or other suitable system, water carts and other suppression methods);

ensuring a 20 km/hr vehicle speed limit within the ACZs and CSAs;

operation of wheel washes;

regular sweeping of public roads around the exit points of ACZs and CSAs and sealed vehicle accessways within these areas;

measures for supressing dust from any temporary stock piles (demonstrating how they are to be limited to no more than 24 mÂł of uncovered spoil at any one time in each ACZ);

measures for the handling of cement associated with the forming of cement stabilised columns, including filter systems and high level alarms where a silo is used;

covering of loads of material being delivered and removed from the site;

instrument monitoring of dust concentrations (including identification of a monitoring methodology, monitoring network and appropriate alert thresholds) to ensure that any significant dust effects arising from the ACZs or CSAs are identified and remedied as soon as practicable throughout the Project;

the locations of instrument dust monitoring sites, including at least three re-locatable and/or fixed monitors to be associated with each of ACZs A, K and M, and the duration of this monitoring;

measures for responding to continuous instrument dust monitoring trigger alarms, including contingency measures to reduce measured concentrations below the trigger thresholds and provisions for responding after standard operating hours;

measures for undertaking meteorological observations and visual inspections of dust or other air discharges from the Project, to be completed at least on a daily basis, with all relevant information logged; and

information regarding complaint logging, investigation and response procedures, training and roles and responsibilities.

225.

Any change to the AQMP/ shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification. No activity reliant upon a change to the AQMP can be undertaken until the change has been certified. The Team Leader Central Monitoring shall be requested to respond to the proposed change within 10 working days from receipt of the change; otherwise the AQMP may be considered by the Consent Holder to be certified by the Council.

226.

All works shall be undertaken in accordance with the certified AQMP/s.

Monitoring Requirements 227.

Prior to the commencement of construction, and for the duration of excavation and construction associated with the Project which have the potential for significant dust emissions, the Consent Holder shall install, operate and maintain continuous dust monitoring undertaken using mobile instruments for the purposes of monitoring Total Suspended Particulates (TSP). The locations, durations and methods of TSP monitoring at each of ACZs A, K and M shall be in accordance with the details in the certified AQMP(s) required by Condition 222.

228.

The dust monitoring instruments shall be fitted with an alarm system that sends a warning to the responsible person identified by the AQMP/s when dust concentrations exceed alert levels specified by the certified AQMP/s. The Consent Holder shall ensure that the responsible person, or other nominated person, is available at all times to take immediate action to reduce dust emissions from the site.

Specific conditions â€“ discharge permit (air â€“ operational) R/REG/2016/1900 229.

This consent shall expire 35 years after the consent commences unless it has lapsed, been surrendered or been cancelled at an earlier date pursuant to the Resource Management Act 1991 (RMA).

Limit Conditions 230.

All processes within the CRL operations areas shall be operated, maintained, supervised, monitored and controlled to ensure that emissions authorised by this consent are maintained at the minimum practicable level.

231.

Beyond the boundary of the CRL operations, there shall be no dust and/or odour caused by discharges from the tunnels which, in the opinion of an enforcement officer, is noxious, offensive or objectionable.

232.

No discharges from any activity from the CRL operations shall give rise to visible emissions, other than water vapour and clean steam, to an extent which, in the opinion of an enforcement officer, the discharges are noxious, dangerous, offensive or objectionable.

233.

Except as authorised by this consent, beyond the boundary of the CRL operations, there shall be no hazardous air pollutant, caused by discharges from the CRL operations, which is present at a concentration that causes, or is likely to cause adverse effects to human health, the environment or property.

234.

Only electric-powered locomotives shall operate within the CRL rail tunnels, with the exception of any vehicles associated with construction or maintenance activities.

Process Conditions 235.

At least 20 working days prior to the commencement of the operation of the CRL, the Consent Holder shall prepare and submit to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification procedures that address the cleaning of the rail tunnels and tunnel vents to minimise the build-up of particulate matter. These procedures may form part of an operations and maintenance plan, or equivalent. The TCeam Leader Central Monitoring shall be requested to respond to the proposed procedures with any suggested changes within 10 working days from receipt of the procedures; otherwise the procedures shall be considered to be certified by the Council.

236.

Cleaning of the rail tunnels and tunnel vents shall be undertaken in accordance with the plan certified in accordance with Condition 235 so that discharges of particulate from the vents are minimised in accordance with Condition 230.

Reporting Conditions 237.

The Consent Holder shall notify the Team Leader Central Monitoring as soon as practicable in the event of any significant discharge to air, which results, or has the potential to result, in a breach of these conditions.

238.

The Consent Holder shall record all air quality complaints that are received including: a.

The date, time, location and nature of the complaint;

The name, phone number and address of the complainant, unless the complainant elects not to supply these details;

Any remedial actions undertaken; and

The response provided to the person making the complaint.

Details of any complaints received shall be provided to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) within one working day of receipt of the complaint. Review Condition 239.

The conditions of this consent may be reviewed by the Team Leader Central Monitoring pursuant to section 128 of the RMA, by the giving of notice in accordance with section 129 of the RMA, in October 2017 and annually thereafter in order to:

Deal with any significant adverse effect on the environment arising from the exercise of the consent that was not foreseen at the time that the application was considered;

Consider the adequacy of conditions that prevent nuisance beyond the boundary of the site, particularly if complaints have been received on a frequent basis and have been validated by an enforcement officer;

Consider developments in emission control technology and management practices that would enable the Best Practicable Option in reducing discharges to air; or

To take into account any act of parliament, regulation, national policy statement or relevant regional plan that relates to limiting, recording or reducing emissions authorised by this consent.

Advice notes 1.

Any reference to number of days within this decision refers to working days as defined in s2 of the RMA.

For more information on the resource consent process with Auckland Council see the councilâ€™s website www.aucklandcouncil.govt.nz. General information on resource consents, including making an application to vary or cancel consent conditions can be found on the Ministry for the Environmentâ€™s website: www.mfe.govt.nz.

If you disagree with any of the above conditions, or disagree with the additional charges relating to the processing of the application, you have a right of objection pursuant to sections 357A or 357B of the Resource Management Act 1991. Any objection must be made in writing to the council within 15 working days of notification of the decision.

The Consent Holder is responsible for obtaining all other necessary consents, permits, and licences, including those under the Building Act 2004, and the Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga Act 2014. This consent does not remove the need to comply with all other applicable Acts (including the Property Law Act 2007 and the Health and Safety at Work Act 2015), regulations, relevant Bylaws, and rules of law. This consent does not constitute building consent approval. Please check whether a building consent is required under the Building Act 2004.

The Consent Holder shall be advised that any works, structures (including groundanchors) or access required to facilitate the excavations/retaining/foundation construction both permanent and temporary on adjacent properties or land may require the written consent of the effected property owner to be submitted with building and/or resource consent application(s). For more advice the Consent Holder shall contact Auckland Council town planning and building control help desks.

The Resource Consent Holder is advised that the date of the commencement of this consent will be as determined by Section 116 of the RMA, unless a later date is stated as a condition of consent. The provisions of Section 116 of the RMA are summarised in the covering letter issued with this consent.

The Resource Consent Holder is advised that, pursuant to Section 126 of the RMA, if this resource consent has been exercised, but is not subsequently exercised for a continuous period of five years, the consent may be cancelled by the AC unless other criteria contained within Section 126 are met.

The Consent Holder is advised that the quality of the pumped groundwater that is to be discharged to the stormwater system or indirectly to stream meets the ANZECC (2000) guidelines for the protection of 95% freshwater species.

APPENDIX 1:

Total Ground Settlement Contours and Monitoring Station Locations

CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2610, Rev 3.0, dated 14/10/2016 CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2611, Rev 3.0, dated 14/10/2016 CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2612, Rev 3.0, dated 30/09/2016 CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2613, Rev 4.0, dated 14/10/2016 CRL-PAT-RME-000-DRG-2614, Rev 1.0, dated 13/5/2016 CRL-PAT-RME-000-DRG-2615, Rev 1.0, dated 13/5/2016

APPENDIX 2: Provisional Building and Structures and Services Trigger Levels and Buildings requiring Detailed Pre-Condition Survey CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2640, Rev 4.0, dated 14/10/16 CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2642, Rev 3.0, dated 11/10/16

APPENDIX 3:

Groundwater Monitoring Bores

PDP A02502731, Figure 39, Rev B, dated May 2016 and Earthtech Consulting Table 7.1, (Appendix 4). Groundwater Monitoring Bores: CRL Stage 2 Construction Location Zone ACZ A

ACZ N

ACZ K

ACZ S

ACZ M

BH 210 Wellesley Street West and Elliot Street Intersection BH 209 Wellesley Street West BH411 BHA BH206B BH423 BH266 BH 268 Vincent Street BH 213 Vincent Street BH 316 Karangahape Road BH 319 Karangahape Road BH274 BH324 BH325 BH218 BH425 BH320 EB312 BH 223 Upper Queen Street BH 225 Symonds Street BH285 BH M1 Upper Shaddock

Eastings mE (NZTM)

Northing mN (NZTM)

Screen Depths

Unit

(A) At 5m depth (new)

(A) Fill (soft clay)

(A) At 8m depth (existing) (B) At 25m depth (existing) At 6.7m depth

(A) EW (B) EU

At 10.9m depth At 5.0m depth (A) At 5m depth (existing) (A) At 10m depth (existing) (A) At 14m depth (existing) (A) At 6m depth (existing) (B) At 17m depth (existing) At 8.0m depth At 6.0m depth At 3.5m depth

At 6.0m depth At 1.7m-7.0m depth (A) At 7m depth (new)

ER TA ER ER ER (A)ER (A) EU (A) EW

(A) EW (B) EW

ER ER ER EW Fill/TA ER Fill/TA (A) TA

(A) At 11m depth (new)

(A) TA

At 7.8m depth (A) At 6mï‚± depth (new)

VA/TA (A) TA/ER

Street BH M2 Ruru Street BH323 BH426 BH427

(A) At 6mï‚± depth (new) At 5.5m depth

(A) TA/ER ER TA/ER ER

APPENDIX 4: Sites”

Plans titled “Location Plan Showing Sites Adjacent to Construction



CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2901, revision 1;



CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2902, revision 1;



CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2903, revision 1;



CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2904, revision 1;



CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2905, revision 1;



CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2906, revision 1.

APPENDIX 5: a.

Information from Application

Application Form, and Assessment of Environmental Effects prepared by Aurecon NZ Ltd, dated 13 May 2016, including:

Report title and reference

Author

Rev

Dated

Assessment of Environmental Effects Resource Consent Package 2 Aotea Station to North Auckland Line Construction and CRL Operation CRLSYW-RME-000-RPT-0047

Aurecon NZ Ltd

2.0

13 May 2016

Design and Construction Report CRLSYW-RME-000-RPT-0006

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13 May 2016

Auckland City Rail Link (CRL) Aotea Station to North Auckland Line Construction and CRL Operation: Groundwater Technical Report

Pattle Delamore Partners Ltd

Assessment of Settlement Effects ReportCRL-SYW-RME-000-RPT-0045

Aurecon NZ Ltd

Auckland City Rail Link Aotea Station to North Auckland Line Construction and CRL Operation Contaminated Land Assessment 1378206325-067

Golder Associates 0

May 2016

Auckland City Rail Link Aotea Station to North Auckland Line Construction and CRL Operation Water Quality Assessment 1378206325-069

Golder Associates 0

May 2016

Auckland City Rail Link Aotea Station to North Auckland Line Construction and CRL operation Air Quality Assessment1378206325

Golder Associates 0

May 2016

Auckland City Rail Link Aotea Station To North Auckland Line Construction and CRL Operation Built Heritage Impact Assessment CRL-SYW-RME-000-RPT0046

Reverb Ltd

13 May 2016

Draft Erosion and Sediment Control Management Plan â€“ CRL-SYW-RME-000RPT-0059

Aurecon NZ Ltd

13 May 2016

Auckland City Rail Link Aotea Station to

Golder Associates 0

12 May 2016

3.0

30 June 2016

May 2016

North Auckland Line Construction and CRL Operation Industrial and Trade Activities Assessment- 1378206325-070 Geotechnical Engineering Report CRLSYW-GEO-000-RPT-0006

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

02.06.2015

City Rail Link Project: Archaeological Assessment

Clough & Associates Ltd

5.0

10.12.2012

Line Construction and CRL Operation Contaminated Land Assessment- South Pacific Timber 1378206325-076

Golder Associates 0

July 2016

Plan title and reference

Author

Rev

Dated

Location Plan Overall- CRL-SYW-RME000-DRG-2000-1.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

Location Plan Aotea Station- CRL-SYWRME-000-DRG-2001-1.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

Location Plan North Tunnels- CRL-SYWRME-000-DRG-2002-1.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

Location Plan Karangahape Station- CRLSYW-RME-000-DRG-2003-1.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

Location Plan South Tunnels- CRL-SYWRME-000-DRG-2004-1.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

Location Plan Mt Eden Station East- CRLSYW-RME-000-DRG-2005-1.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

Location Plan Mt Eden Station WestCRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2006-1.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

Alignment Plan and Long Section CRL Down (MC20) Sheet 1 of 4- CRL-SYWRME-000-DRG-2010-1.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

Alignment Plan and Long Section CRL Down (MC20) Sheet 2 of 4- CRL-SYWRME-000-DRG-2011-1.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

Alignment Plan and Long Section CRL Down (MC20) Sheet 3 of 4- CRL-SYWRME-000-DRG-2012-1.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

Alignment Plan and Long Section CRL Down (MC20) Sheet 4 of 4- CRL-SYWRME-000-DRG-2013-1.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

Aotea Station Roof Slab Overall PlanCRL-AOT-RME-000-DRG-2110-1.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

Aotea Station Elevation- CRL-AOT-RME000-DRG-2111-1.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

Aotea Station Cross Section Grid 2- CRLAOT-RME-000-DRG-2118-1.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

Aotea Station Cross Section Grid 9- CRLAOT-RME-000-DRG-2119-1.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

Aotea Station Cross Section Grid 13 Victoria St Entrance- CRL-AOT-RME-000DRG-2120-1.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

Aotea Station Cross Section Grid 14 Victoria Street Entrance- CRL-AOT-RME000-DRG-2121-1.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

Aotea Station Cross Section Grid 25CRL-AOT-RME-000-DRG-2122-1.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

Aotea Station Cross Section Grid S3CRL-AOT-RME-000-DRG-2123-1.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

Aotea Station Cross Section Grid S3CRL-AOT-RME-000-DRG-4023-1.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

08.07.16

Karangahape Station Plan General Arrangement Street Level CRL-KRDRME-000-DRG-2142-1.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

Karangahape Station Overall Street Level Plan CRL-KRD-RME-000-DRG-2130-1.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

Karangahape Station Overall Street Level Plan CRL-KRD-RME-000-DRG-2132-1.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

Karangahape Station North Zone Sections Sheet 1 CRL-KRD-RME-000-DRG-21361.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

Karangahape Station South Zone Sections Sheet 1 CRL-KRD-RME-000DRG-2138-1.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

Karangahape Station Platform Level Tunnel Sections Sheet 1 CRL-KRD-RME000-DRG-2139-1.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

Karangahape Station Platform Level Tunnel Sections Sheet 2 CRL-KRD-RME-

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

000-DRG-2140-1.0 Karangahape Station Platform Tunnel and Central Passenger Tunnel and Escalator Tunnel-Setout CRL-KRD-RME-000-DRG2143-1.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

Mt Eden Station Plan Newton Grade Separation Structure CRL-MTE-RME-000DRG-2150-2.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

2.0

04.07.16

Mt Eden Station Section 1 Newton Grade Separation Structure CRL-MTE-RME-000DRG-2151-2.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

2.0

04.07.16

Mt Eden Station Cross Sections Newton Shaft CRL-MTE-RME-000-DRG-2152-2.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

04.07.16

Mt Eden Station Isometric of Permanent Structure Newton Grade Separation Structure CRL-MTE-RME-000-DRG-21531.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

Mt Eden NAL Plan And Sections- Ruru Street Bridge Sheet 1 of 1 CRL-MTERME-000-DRG-2158-1.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

Mt Eden NAL Plan And Sections – Western Flyover Sheet 1 of 2 CRL-MTERME-000-DRG-2160-1.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

Mt Eden NAL Plan And Sections- Mt Eden Road Bridge Sheet 1 of 2 CRL-EFC-RME000-DRG-2166-1.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

Mt Eden NAL Elevation- Mt Eden Road Bridge Sheet 2 of 2 CRL-EFC-RME-000DRG-2167-1.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

Mt Eden NAL Plan And SectionsNormanby Road Bridge Sheet 1 of 3 CRLEFC-RME-000-DRG-2170-1.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

Mt Eden NAL Plan And Sections – Normanby Road Bridge Sheet 2 of 3 CRLEFC-RME-000-DRG-2171-1.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

Structural Geological Long Section MC20 West Sheet 1 of 1 CRL-MTE-RME-000DRG-2173-1.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

Structural Geological Long Section MC30

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

West Sheet 1 of 1 CRL-MTE-RME-000DRG-2174-1.0 Mt Eden NAL Cross Sections West Sheet 1 of 2 CRL-MTE-RME-000-DRG-2176-1.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

Mt Eden NAL Cross Sections West Sheet 2 of 2 CRL-MTE-RME-000-DRG-2177-1.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

Mt Eden NAL Structural Geological Long Section MC50 East Sheet 1 of 1 CRLEFC-RME-000-DRG-2178-1.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

Mt Eden NAL Structural Geological Long Section MC60 East Sheet 1 of 1 CRLEFC-RME-000-DRG-2179-1.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

Mt Eden NAL Cross Sections East Sheet 1 of 2 CRL-EFC-RME-000-DRG-2180-1.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

Mt Eden NAL Cross Sections East Sheet 2 of 2 CRL-EFC-RME-000-DRG-2181-1.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

Mt Eden NAL Structural Geological Long Section MC10 and MC40 NAL Sheet 1 of 2 CRL-EFC-RME-000-DRG-2182-1.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

Mt Eden NAL Structural Geological Long Section MC10 and MC40 NAL Sheet 2 of 2 CRL-EFC-RME-000-DRG-2183-1.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

Mt Eden NAL Structural Geological Long Section MC10 and MC40 NAL Sheet 1 of 1 CRL-EFC-RME-000-DRG-2184-1.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

Mt Eden NAL Cross Sections NAL Sheet 1 Aurecon NZ Ltd of 1 CRL-EFC-RME-000-DRG-2185-1.0

1.0

13.05.16

South Tunnels Plan- Southern Junction CRL-NJT-RME-000-DRG-2190-1.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

South Tunnels Section- Southern Portal CRL-NJT-RME-000-DRG-2191-1.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

South Tunnels Section- Southern Junction CRL-NJT-RME-000-DRG-2192-1.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

North And South Tunnels Segmental Lining General Arrangement CRl-SYWRME-000-DRG-2196-1.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

North and South Tunnels Cross Passage CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2197-1.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

Aotea Station Construction Support Area 1 Aurecon NZ Ltd (Indicative Layout) Aotea Station CRLAOT-RME-000-DRG-2951-1.0

1.0

13.05.16

Karangahape Station Construction Support Area 2 (Indicative Layout) Beresford Square CRL-KRD-RME-000DRG-2961-1.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

Karangahape Station Construction Support Area 3 (Indicative Layout) Mercury Lane CRL-KRD-RME-000-DRG2962-A

Aurecon NZ Ltd

13.05.16

Mt Eden NAL Construction Support Area 4 Aurecon NZ Ltd (Indicative Layout) Tunnelling Phase CRLMTE-RME-000-DRG-2971-1.0

1.0

13.05.16

Mt Eden NAL Construction Support Area 5 Aurecon NZ Ltd (Indicative Layout) Station and Tie Into NAL CRL-MTE-RME-000-DRG-2972-1.0

1.0

13.05.16

Settlement Contours Mechanical Settlement Plan Sheet 1 of 6 CRL-SYWRME-000-DRG-2601-1.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

Settlement Contours Mechanical Settlement Plan Sheet 2 of 6 CRL-SYWRME-000-DRG-2602-1.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

Settlement Contours Mechanical Settlement Plan Sheet 3 of 6 CRL-SYWRME-000-DRG-2603-1.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

Settlement Contours Mechanical Settlement Plan Sheet 4 of 6 CRL-SYWRME-000-DRG-2604-1.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

Settlement Contours Mechanical Settlement Plan Sheet 5 of 6 CRL-SYWRME-000-DRG-2605-1.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

Settlement Contours Mechanical Settlement Plan Sheet 6 of 6 CRL-SYWRME-000-DRG-2606-1.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

Settlement Contours And Building Assessment Mechanical And Consolidation Settlement Sheet 1 of 6 CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2610-3.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

14.10.16

Settlement Contours And Building Assessment Mechanical And Consolidation Settlement Sheet 2 of 6 CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2611-3.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

14.10.16

Settlement Contours And Building Assessment Mechanical And Consolidation Settlement Sheet 3 of 6 CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2612-3.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

2.0

30.09.16

Settlement Contours And Building Assessment Mechanical And Consolidation Settlement Sheet 4 of 6 CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2613-4.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

2.0

14.10.16

Settlement Contours And Building Assessment Mechanical And Consolidation Settlement Sheet 5 of 6 CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2614-1.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

Settlement Contours And Building Assessment Mechanical And Consolidation Settlement Sheet 6 of 6 CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2615-1.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

13.05.16

Aotea To NAL Trigger Levels Table And Notes Sheet 1 of 2 CRL-SYW-RME-000DRG-2640-4.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

2.0

14.10.16

Aotea To NAL Trigger Levels Table And Notes Sheet 2 of 2 CRL-SYW-RME-000DRG-2642-3.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

11.10.16

Geological Longsection Aotea Station Sheet 1 of 2 CRL-AOT-GEO-000-DRG0011-1.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

25.05.16

Geological Longsection Aotea Station Sheet 2 of 2 CRL-AOT-GEO-000-DRG0012-1.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

1.0

25.05.16

Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 3 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0029-3.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

3.0

24.06.16

Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 4 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0030-3.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

3.0

24.06.16

Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 5 of 15 CRL-SYW-

Aurecon NZ Ltd

3.0

24.06.2016

GEO-000-DRG-0031-3.0 Geological and Hydrogeological Cross Section Wellesley Street CRL-SYW-GEO000-SKE-0017-4.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

4.0

05.07.2016

Geological and Hydrogeological Cross Section Victoria Street CRL-SYW-GEO000-SKE-0018-3.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

3.0

23.06.2016

Geological And Hydrogeological Cross Section DR6MC30 Chainage 1750-2100 CRL-SYW-GEO-000-SKE-0028-5.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

5.0

05.07.2016

Geological and Hydrogeological Cross Section Beresford Square CRL-SYWGEO-000-SKE-0029-3.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

3.0

05.07.2016

Geological and Hydrogeological Cross Section Cross Street CRL-SYW-GEO000-SKE-0030-3.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

3.0

05.07.2016

Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 1 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0027-2.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

2.0

23.06.2016

Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 2 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0028-2.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

2.0

23.06.2016

Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 3 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0029-2.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

2.0

23.06.2016

Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 4 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0030-2.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

2.0

23.06.2016

Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 5 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0031-2.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

2.0

23.06.2016

Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 6 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0032-2.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

2.0

23.06.2016

Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 7 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0033-2.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

2.0

23.06.2016

Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 8 of 15 CRL-SYW-

Aurecon NZ Ltd

2.0

23.06.2016

GEO-000-DRG-0034-2.0 Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 9 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0035-2.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

2.0

23.06.2016

Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 10 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0036-2.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

2.0

23.06.2016

Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 11 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0037-2.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

2.0

23.06.2016

Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 12 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0038-2.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

2.0

23.06.2016

Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed)13 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0039-2.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

2.0

23.06.2016

Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed)14 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0040-2.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

2.0

23.06.2016

Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed)15 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0041-2.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

2.0

23.06.2016

Geological Long Section DR6MC30 Chainage 2750-3100m CRL-SYW-GEO000-SKE-0033-2.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

2.0

07.07.16

Geological and Hydrogeological Long Section DR6MC20 Chainage 3050-3400 CRL-SYW-GEO-000-SKE-0034-2.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

2.0

07.07.16

Geological Cross Section At DR6MC50 Chainage 625 CRL-SYW-GEO-000-SKE0042-2.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

2.0

05.07.16

Geological And Hydrogeological Cross Section At DR6MC20 Chainage 3185 CRL-SYW-GEO-000-SKE-0045-2.0

Aurecon NZ Ltd

2.0

05.07.16

Geological Cross Section At DR6MC20 Aurecon NZ Ltd Chainage 3312 CRL-SYW-GEO-000-SKE0046-2.0

2.0

05.07.16

Queen Street Plumbing And Drainage Services Permanent Works Foul Water-

18.11.2015

Aurecon NZ Ltd

Ground Level CRL-BTM-DRN-000-DRG1310-A Queen Street Plumbing And Drainage Aurecon NZ Ltd Services Permanent Works Surface Water- Ground Level CRL-BTM-DRN-000DRG-1610-A

18.11.2015 q

Aotea Station Station North Drainage Layout CRL-AOT-DRN-000-DRG-1101-3

Aurecon NZ Ltd

22.06.16

Aotea Station Station South Drainage Layout CRL-AOT-DRN-000-DRG-1102-2

Aurecon NZ Ltd

21.03.16

Karangahape Station Station North Drainage Layout CRL-KRD-DRN-000DRG-1101-2

Aurecon NZ Ltd

08.04.16

Karangahape Station Station South Drainage Layout CRL-KRD-DRN-000DRG-1102-2

Aurecon NZ Ltd

05.07.16

CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2901

Aurecon NZ Ltd

CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2902

Aurecon NZ Ltd

CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2903

Aurecon NZ Ltd

CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2904

Aurecon NZ Ltd

CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2905

Aurecon NZ Ltd

CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2906

Aurecon NZ Ltd

Other additional information

Author

Rev

Dated

Stakeholder Meeting Minutes: Nikau Street Aurecon NZ Ltd 1950mm dia. Stormwater Diversion

22 January 2016

Mana Whenua Forum

Auckland Transport

10 December 2015

Section 92 Response Groundwater

Pattle Delamore Partners Ltd

29 June 2016

CRL Monthly Mana Whenua Forum

Auckland Transport

19 May 2016

Section 92 Response Groundwater Figures

Pattle Delamore Partners Ltd

29 June 2016

Section 92 Response Contamination

Golder Associates -

30 June 2016

Cone Penetrometer test Karangahape Station

Aurecon NZ Ltd

14.06.2016

Section 92 Response

Aurecon NZ Ltd

30.06.2016

Aotea Station PLAXIS analysis â€“ Bluestone wall sections

Aurecon NZ Ltd

29.06.2016

Further S92 Response

Aurecon NZ Ltd

08.07.2016

Ground Settlement question 89 answer

Aurecon NZ Ltd

05.07.2016

Further s92 Response Groundwater

Pattle Delamore Partners Ltd

08.07.2016

Further S92 Response Question 88 answer

Aurecon NZ Ltd

01.07.2016

Earthtech Memo Ref m3256-1

Aurecon NZ Ltd

22.08.16

CRL-MTE-UTI-000-MEM-0012 Preliminary Flood Assessment Results and Mitigation Measures

Aurecon NZ Ltd

31.08.16

Hydrological and Hydraulic Review of the CRL Southern Connection Modelling

Richard Smedley â€“ Senior Stormwater Specialist, Healthy Waters Department

01.09.2016

Preliminary Flood Assessment: Consenting Analysis of potential downstream mitigation requirements

Aurecon NZ Ltd

9.09.2016

Proposed Auckland Unitary Plan (Decision Version) assessment tables:

Golder Associates

September 2016

Aurecon / Golder Associates

20 September 2016

Earthworks

Groundwater diversion and take

Water Quality

Contaminated land

Air Quality

Stormwater

Industrial and Trade activities

Proposed Auckland Unitary Plan Auckland Council Decisions Version 2016 (CRLMTE-UTI-000-MEM-00XX)

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station

Appendix C CEMP Addendum Site Layout Plans

Page 79

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

W VE W VE FO

WT SW

22.0

SW T

WT SW

WCL VE

VG SW

FO W CL VE

SW VG S SW SW SW VG VG VG S S FO S FO S FO W W W W CL CL CL CL VE VE VE VE

C TCL SW VE

VG W

C T SW

T S

C W

SW VG VG C SW VG SW C FO S FO S FOS S W CL W CL WCL VE VE VE

SW SW

C SW TCL

C FO S

SW C TCL SW

C CL T

S VE

S VE VE FO VE FO

SW S

VE FO

CL T C

S FO

CL SW

TCL C

VICTORIA STREET WEST

CL T C SW

TCL C

VG VG C SW SW CFO FO S T S WCL WCL W VE

SW CL C CL C SW

CL SW

CL VE

SW T

T SW

VE VE

S T

VE VE

28.0

SW S

SW SW S CL S CL VE VE

SW CL

VE VE

FOSW T S

VE SW CL SC VE

T S

VE SW C CL S VE

FOSW

C SWCL S VE

CL VE

SW C CL S VE

CSW CL S VE

27.0 CL

SW SW CL VG SC CLVG SC CL TVE VE

VE SW

103 99

S S S S CL SW CLSW S CL SWSC SWVG CL VG CL SWVG CL C VG VE VETC VG VETC VE T VE VE TC T TVE

26.0

SW CL

SC CL SWVG VE T

S CL SWVG VE

S CL SW VE

SW CL

25.0

KINGSTON STREET

T VE

VG T

VE VE VE VE VE VE VE VE VE VE VE ST VE VE ST VE S VE S CLVEVESWS S S ST CL S S CL VE VESVE S T CL VE STVEVE T CL T VE CL VE STVE VE VE SW CL CL VEVEST CL VE VEVE CL CL CL VESW VE S T CLVESW VE VE ST CL VEST CL VEST CL VE VE T CL VE SW SW VES VE SW VE VESW TVECL VESW TVE T CL FO SW SW SW SW SW T CL SW TSW T SW W C VG W VG VG VG FO W VGC FO W VG C VG W FO C W FOC W WVG CFO VG FO W CVG FOW C VG FOW VEW C VG SW VEWFO C FO C W FO VE VG FO VE C VGWFOC C FO W C VGW FO W VG C VG CFO C WVG TFO

T VE

.0 23

CONTINUATION - REFER TO SHEET 3

VE SW

T SW

VE S

T SW

TSW

225Ø UNKNOWN SW SW SW

WT SW

VE S

T SW VE

S T VESW

SW VESWT SW S

SW X

C W FO SW

SSW

VE VE SW VE SW T

C VG

SW T

VE VE VE VE T SW SW T VE

VG W VE FO

VE T

VE W S W SWS

X SW

SW SW SW SW VE

SW X SW

X SW

T T T SW

VE C VE

VE VE

TFO CVE

SW SW

VE VE

SW VE

SW SW VE

CFO VET VE CC VEFOT VE

C C VE T VE

VE S T

SW VE

DURHAM STREET WEST

VE S SW T

SW SVE

VE SW T

VVEE

VE S VE SW T

VE S VE SW T SW

VE VES T SW

VE S VE T SW

VE S VE SW

T VE

SW VE

T VE

SW T

24.0

S VE

VE SW VE

SWVE

ISO A1 594mm x 841mm

VG C W VE FO

SW VE

S SW

VE SW

S SW

SW VE

S SW

FVOE

CITYLINK SW

T VE VE

CHORUS

VODAFONE

VET VE

VE T VE

VECTOR ELEC

VECTOR COMMS FO

VECTOR GAS

SWSW

T VE VE

66 86

NOTES:

SW SW

REVISIONS 30

COMPANY NUMBER : 6267870 40

CREATOR ID : CRL_AOT__00_LKA_SKE_000107 70

100mm

SCALE

SIZE

AS SHOWN

DESIGNED

FOR INFORMATION APPROVED

PROJECT:

DRAWN

A. SIMPSON

TITLE:

J. DELA TORRE A

FOR ISSUE DESCRIPTION

E. CHANG

11/11/2019

CHECKED

DATE

APPROVED

DATE

C. SECRETIN

11/11/2019

This drawing is confidential and shall only be used for the purpose of this project. The signing of this title block confirms the design and drafting of this project have been prepared and checked in accordance with the Link Alliance quality assurance system to ISO 9001-2000.

CITY RAIL LINK ---

ZONE:

E. CHANG

REV

65-71 Link Alliance has prepared this document for the sole use of the client and for a specific purpose, each as expressly stated in the document. No other third party should rely on this document without the written consent of Link Alliance. Link Alliance undertakes no duty, nor accepts any responsibility, to any third party who may rely upon or use this document.

CLIENT:

SCALE 1:250

FEDERAL STREET

10m

2.5

1. INTERIM STAGES MAY BE REQUIRED WITHIN STAGES 4-5 TO COMPLETE CERTAIN AREAS. 2. LOCATION OF ACTIVITIES AND OPERATIONS WITHIN THE CSA ARE INDICATIVE ONLY AND MAY CHANGE AS THE DESIGN PROGRESSES. 3. PEDESTRIAN AND VEHICLE ACCESS MAINTAINED TO PROPERTIES AT ALL TIMES. 4. PEDESTRIAN ACCESS ROUTES ARE INDICATIVE ONLY AND WILL BE CONFIRMED AS PER THE TAP DWP. 5. TMP'S TO BE DEVELOPED DURING DETAILED DESIGN. 6. ALL VEHICLE ENTRY AND EXIT POINT TO THE WORKS AREA SHOULD BE STABILISED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN. SW

75 56-60

29.0

Last saved by: PERRY.KOSTANICH(2019-11-12) Last Plotted: 2019-11-12 Filename: AECOM_DS10_AU\Documents\60604837-CRL C3-Alliance Detail Design\DesignJV\900 CAD-GIS\01_WIP\25-SKETCHES\CRL-AOT-RME-LKA-SKE-000107

SWSW

SWMH 30/1

POTABLE WATER

STORMWATER SW

S 30/2 SWMH WASTEWATER W

EXISTING

STORMWATER

T VE VE

VE VE

67 6

VE VE

57-59

51-53

VE VE

85 81

VE VE

300Ø

VE VE

300Ø

SW 3/8

150Ø

VE VE

525Ø

225Ø

ALBERT STREET

VE VE

SWMH 3/7

PROPOSED

225Ø UNKNOWN

T VE VE

SWS

SWMH 20/5

UTILITIES LEGEND:

T VE VE

EXISTING CRL DESIGNATION BOUNDARIES UTILITY PIT

SWMH 20/3

SWS

m 0m

PEDESTRIAN ACCESS ROUTES 112

106

T VE VE

225Ø

104

T VE VE

C VE VE FO T

WORK ZONE C2.2 UTILITY WORKS ZONE (PREVIOUSLY CONSENTED)

Ø mm 675

98-102

SWMH 20/2

VE T

VEC FO

SWMH 21/1

525mmØ

22.0

VE T

VEC FO

SWMH 20/1

LEGEND:

VE T

21.0

76-84

CONSTRUCTION & ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN AOTEA STATION STAGE 4A SHEET 1 OF 3 PROJECT

DOCUMENT:

ZONE

DISCIPLINE

ORGANISTION

TYPE

SHEET

CRL - AOT - RME - LKA - SKE - 000107

REVISION

W VE W VE FO

WT SW

22.0

SW T

WT SW

SW SW SW

TCL

C TCL SW VE

VG W

C T SW

WCL VE

FO W CL VE

SW VG S SW

C SW

T S

C W

SW VG VG C SW VG SW C FO S FO S FOS S W CL W CL WCL VE VE VE

VG SW

C FO S

SW C TCL SW

C CL T

S S

SW SW SW VG VG VG S S FO S FO S FO W W W W CL CL CL CL VE VE VE VE

S VE VE FO VE FO

SW S

VE FO

CL T C

S FO

CL SW

TCL C

VICTORIA STREET WEST

CL T C SW

TCL C

VG VG C SW SW CFO FO S T S WCL WCL W VE

SW CL C CL C SW

CL SW

CL VE

SW T

T SW

VE VE

S T

VE VE

28.0

SW S

SW SW S CL S CL VE VE

SW CL

VE VE

FOSW T S

VE SW CL SC VE

T S

VE SW C CL S VE

FOSW

C SWCL S VE

CL VE

SW C CL S VE

CSW CL S VE

27.0 CL

SW SW CL VG SC CLVG SC CL TVE VE

VE SW

103 99

S S S S CL SW CLSW S CL SWSC SWVG CL VG CL SWVG CL C VG VE VETC VG VETC VE T VE VE TC T TVE

26.0

SW CL

SC CL SWVG VE T

S CL SWVG VE

S CL SW VE

SW CL

25.0

KINGSTON STREET

T VE

VG T

T VE

.0 23

CONTINUATION - REFER TO SHEET 3

VE SW

T SW

VE S

T SW

TSW

225Ø UNKNOWN SW SW SW

WT SW

VE S

T SW VE

S T VESW

SW VESWT SW S

SW X

C W FO SW

SSW

VE VE SW VE SW T

C VG

SW T

VE VE VE VE T SW SW T VE

VG W VE FO

VE T

VE W S W SWS

X SW

SW SW SW SW VE

SW X SW

X SW

T T T SW

VE C VE

VE VE

TFO CVE

SW SW

VE VE

SW VE

SW SW VE

CFO VET VE CC VEFOT VE

C C VE T VE

VE S T

SW VE

DURHAM STREET WEST

VE S SW T

SW SVE

VE SW T

VVEE

VE S VE SW T

VE S VE SW T SW

VE VES T SW

VE S VE T SW

VE S VE SW

T VE

SW VE

T VE

SW T

24.0

S VE

VE SW VE

SWVE

ISO A1 594mm x 841mm

VG C W VE FO

SW VE

S SW

VE SW

S SW

SW VE

S SW

FVOE

CITYLINK SW

T VE VE

CHORUS

VODAFONE

VET VE

VE T VE

VECTOR ELEC

VECTOR COMMS FO

VECTOR GAS

SWSW

T VE VE

66 86

NOTES:

SW SW

REVISIONS 30

COMPANY NUMBER : 6267870 40

CREATOR ID : CRL_AOT__00_LKA_SKE_000108 70

100mm

SCALE

SIZE

AS SHOWN

DESIGNED

FOR INFORMATION APPROVED

PROJECT:

DRAWN

A. SIMPSON

TITLE:

J. DELA TORRE A

FOR ISSUE DESCRIPTION

E. CHANG

11/11/2019

CHECKED

DATE

APPROVED

DATE

C. SECRETIN

11/11/2019

CITY RAIL LINK ---

ZONE:

E. CHANG

REV

CLIENT:

SCALE 1:250

FEDERAL STREET

10m

2.5

75 56-60

29.0

SWSW

SWMH 30/1

POTABLE WATER

STORMWATER SW

S 30/2 SWMH WASTEWATER W

EXISTING

STORMWATER

T VE VE

VE VE

67 6

VE VE

57-59

51-53

VE VE

85 81

VE VE

300Ø

VE VE

300Ø

SW 3/8

150Ø

VE VE

525Ø

225Ø

ALBERT STREET

VE VE

SWMH 3/7

PROPOSED

225Ø UNKNOWN

T VE VE

SWS

SWMH 20/5

UTILITIES LEGEND:

T VE VE

EXISTING CRL DESIGNATION BOUNDARIES UTILITY PIT

SWMH 20/3

SWS

m 0m

PEDESTRIAN ACCESS ROUTES 112

106

T VE VE

225Ø

104

T VE VE

C VE VE FO T

WORK ZONE C2.2 UTILITY WORKS ZONE (PREVIOUSLY CONSENTED)

Ø mm 675

98-102

SWMH 20/2

VE T

VEC FO

SWMH 21/1

525mmØ

22.0

VE T

VEC FO

SWMH 20/1

LEGEND:

VE T

21.0

76-84

CONSTRUCTION & ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN AOTEA STATION STAGE 4A SHEET 2 OF 3 PROJECT

DOCUMENT:

ZONE

DISCIPLINE

ORGANISTION

TYPE

SHEET

CRL - AOT - RME - LKA - SKE - 000108

REVISION

VE VE

W W

23.0

SW S

S VE

S SW S

22.0

SW SW

SW VE VE

VE SW

SW SW

T FO

VE VE

T SW

T FO

SW SW

TFO

25 SW.0 FO T VE

SW VE

VE VE

SW VE

VE VE

W VE

VE VE

SW SW

W VE

MYERS STREET

4-10

24.0 VE

1/2-4/2

37 138

SW SW

WELLESLEY STREET WEST

CITYLINK

21. 0

CHORUS

VECTOR ELEC

VECTOR COMMS FO

UTILITY PIT

VECTOR GAS

CSA BOUNDARY

POTABLE WATER 15-31

VODAFONE

W VG

EXISTING CRL DESIGNATION BOUNDARIES

STORMWATER

WASTEWATER

STORMWATER

C2.2 UTILITY WORKS ZONE (PREVIOUSLY CONSENTED) PEDESTRIAN ACCESS ROUTES

EXISTING

PROPOSED

WORK ZONE

UTILITIES LEGEND:

ISO A1 594mm x 841mm

LEGEND:

VE VE

SW CL FO T W VG

W C

CL VGFOT S

T CL VGFO S C VE W

TFOCL VG S VE W C

CL T FO VG S C VE W

CL TVGFO S

CL C T VGFO S

T S ST CL S S S T CS T CL FO T CL FO T CL FO CL WVGFO VG FO C VG C W VG VG W C W C W C

ST CL SW FO C W VG

VE STFO CL SW C W VG

VES T SW CL CVGFO W

S VE T CL SW C VGWFO

ST CLSW S CL SW ST CL CL SW S VE SWST CL T VE VE SW ST VE FO C TVECL C VG C W VGFO C WVGFO C W VGFOC W VGFO W W

VE W VE

VE SWSW

CL FO T WVG

CL FO T VG

CL FO T W VG VE

T VG

CL C T FO VG

WT SW VE VE

VE CL CVG FO T CL C VG TFO

VE C FOT CL VG

SW CL WCL FO FO T CL T VG T27 VG S .0 W W C C CVE VE VE VE

VE VE FO C VE C C TVECL VG T CLVG FO T CL FO FOC T CL VG

WT SW VE VE

SWSW

WT SW VE VE

SW VE

C VE

SW VE

VE SW

SW VE

VE CL

.0 24

26.0 T

WT SW VE VE

129-135

CONTINUATION - REFER TO SHEETS 1 & 2

MAYORAL DRIVE

ALBERT STREET

SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW

SWSW

SWSW SWSW

SWSW

REVISIONS

COMPANY NUMBER : 6267870 30

CREATOR ID : CRL_AOT__00_LKA_SKE_000109 70

100mm

SCALE

SIZE

AS SHOWN

DESIGNED

FOR INFORMATION APPROVED

PROJECT:

DRAWN

A. SIMPSON

TITLE:

J. DELA TORRE FOR ISSUE DESCRIPTION

E. CHANG

11/11/2019

CHECKED

DATE

APPROVED

DATE

C. SECRETIN

11/11/2019

CITY RAIL LINK ---

ZONE:

E. CHANG

SWSW

WELLESLEY STREET WEST

SWSW

REV

1. INTERIM STAGES MAY BE REQUIRED WITHIN STAGES 4-5 TO COMPLETE CERTAIN AREAS. 2. LOCATION OF ACTIVITIES AND OPERATIONS WITHIN THE CSA ARE INDICATIVE ONLY AND MAY CHANGE AS THE DESIGN PROGRESSES. 3. PEDESTRIAN AND VEHICLE ACCESS MAINTAINED TO PROPERTIES AT ALL TIMES. 4. PEDESTRIAN ACCESS ROUTES ARE 210INDICATIVE ONLY AND WILL BE CONFIRMED AS PER THE TAP DWP. 5. TMP'S TO BE DEVELOPED DURING DETAILED DESIGN. 6. ALL VEHICLE ENTRY AND EXIT POINT TO THE WORKS AREA SHOULD BE STABILISED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN.

Link Alliance has prepared this document for the sole use of the client and for a specific purpose, each as expressly stated in the document. No other third party should rely on this document without the written consent of Link Alliance. Link Alliance undertakes no duty, nor accepts any responsibility, to any third party who may rely upon or use this document.

CLIENT:

NOTES:

10m

SCALE 1:250

SWSW

2.5

CONSTRUCTION & ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN AOTEA STATION STAGE 4A SHEET 3 OF 3 PROJECT

DOCUMENT:

ZONE

DISCIPLINE

ORGANISTION

TYPE

SHEET

CRL - AOT - RME - LKA - SKE - 000109

REVISION

EXISTING CRL DESIGNATION BOUNDARIES UTILITY PIT

UTILITIES LEGEND:

23.0

PROPOSED

4-10

24.0

1/2-4/2

STORMWATER

WASTEWATER

POTABLE WATER

VECTOR GAS

VECTOR COMMS FO

VECTOR ELEC

VODAFONE

CHORUS

CITYLINK

STORMWATER

SW SW

SW VE VE

T FO SW

SW SW

T SW

VE VE

T FO

TFO

VE VE

SW SW

25 SW.0 FO T VE

SW VE

W VE

VE VE

W VE

VE SW

EXISTING

WELLESLEY STREET WEST

SW S

SW SW

PEDESTRIAN ACCESS ROUTES

S SW S

SW SW

C2.2 UTILITY WORKS ZONE (PREVIOUSLY CONSENTED)

22.0

138

WORK ZONE

ISO A1 594mm x 841mm

LEGEND:

VE VE

SW VE

VE VE

WT SW VE VE

T CL FO T VG

CL FO T WVG

CL FO T W VG

S SW CL WCL FO FO T CL T VG T27 VG S .0 W W C C CVE VE VE VE

W C

CL VGFOT S

SW SW

T CL VGFO S C VE W

VE TFOCL VG S VE C W

W VE

CL T FO VG S VE C W

CL TVGFO S

CL C T VGFO S

T S S S S S T CS FOT CL T CL FO T CL FO T CL FO CL WVGC VG FO VG C W VG VG W C W C W C

VE SWSW

ST CL SW FO C W VG

VE STFO CL SW C W VG

VES T SW CL CVGFO W

ST CL VE SW C VGWFO

CL VE S VE S S CL VE ST SW S S CL SW ST VE S ST CLSW CL SW ST CL VE SWST CLVE FO T CLVE T CL VE VGSTFO T CL T CLFO VE SW SW SW SW T VE FO C TVECL VG W C VG C W VG CSW W VGCFO C SWW CVG FOW C VG FO VGFO C WVGFO C W VGFOC W VGFO W W W W

SWSW

CL C T FO VG

SW SW

VE CL CVG FO T CL C VG TFO

VE C FOT CL VG

CL FO T W VG VE

T VE VE FO C VE C C TVECL VG T CLVG FO FO T CL FOC T CL VG

WT SW VE VE

VE SW

C VE

WT SW VE VE

SW VE

T SW

SW VE

VE SW SW

VE VE

SW VE

26.0

129-135 125

ALBERT STREET

MAYORAL DRIVE

SWSW

SW SW

SWSW

SW SW

SWSW

190

182

CONTINUATION - REFER TO INSET PLAN

SCALE 1:250

1. INTERIM STAGES MAY BE REQUIRED WITHIN STAGES 4-5 TO COMPLETE CERTAIN AREAS. 2. LOCATION OF ACTIVITIES AND OPERATIONS WITHIN THE CSA ARE INDICATIVE ONLY AND MAY CHANGE AS THE DESIGN PROGRESSES. 3. PEDESTRIAN AND VEHICLE ACCESS MAINTAINED TO PROPERTIES AT ALL TIMES. 4. PEDESTRIAN ACCESS ROUTES ARE INDICATIVE ONLY AND WILL BE CONFIRMED AS PER THE TAP DWP. 5. TMP'S 202 TO BE DEVELOPED DURING DETAILED DESIGN. 6. ALL VEHICLE ENTRY AND EXIT POINT TO THE WORKS AREA SHOULD BE STABILISED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN.

100

10m

NOTES:

198

SW SW

SWSW

2.5

WELLESLEY STREET WEST

SWSW SWSW SWSW SWSW SWSW

SWSW

SW SW

SWSW

SW SW

SWSW

INSET PLAN Scale 1:250

CREATOR ID : CRL_AOT__00_LKA_SKE_000110 70

100mm

SIZE

AS SHOWN

FOR INFORMATION APPROVED

PROJECT:

DRAWN

A. SIMPSON

TITLE:

J. DELA TORRE A

FOR ISSUE DESCRIPTION

E. CHANG

11/11/2019

CHECKED

DATE

APPROVED

DATE

C. SECRETIN

11/11/2019

CITY RAIL LINK ---

ZONE:

E. CHANG

REV

COMPANY NUMBER : 6267870

SCALE

DESIGNED REVISIONS

CLIENT:

CONSTRUCTION & ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN AOTEA STATION STAGE 4B SHEET 1 OF 1 PROJECT

DOCUMENT:

ZONE

DISCIPLINE

ORGANISTION

TYPE

SHEET

CRL - AOT - RME - LKA - SKE - 000110

REVISION

ISO A1 594mm x 841mm

LEGEND: WORK ZONE C2.2 UTILITY WORKS ZONE (PREVIOUSLY CONSENTED)

27-35

EXISTING CRL DESIGNATION BOUNDARIES

PEDESTRIAN ACCESS ROUTES

18.0

UTILITY PIT

VG W

VE T C VG W FO VE VE

C SW

CL T

C SW

CL T C SW CL T

C SW

CL T

C CL T SW

S S S

SW C CL T SW

S VE

27.0

VE SW FO

SW SW

SWSW

SW SW

SW 52

S VE FO

S C

S SW

CL SWVE

CONTINUATION - REFER TO SHEET 2

SW S CL VE VE

SW T W

T W

SW SW S CL VE VE

VEFO

T W

SW S CL VE

VEFO

SW T

T W

S CL

SW SW

VE C S CL

C SW S CL

FO FO

VICTORIA STREET WEST

VE CSW S CL

SW SW SW VE

SW SW

S CL S CL SW SW SW SW CL SW CL SW S CL C C C C C VG C CL C CL T VE T VEVG T VEVG S VE S VE S VE S VE VE VE VE VE VE VE VE

SW CL

S SWCL VG T VEC VE

VE S

X SW

T T T VTE

S CL SWVG TVEC VE

26.0

S CL SW VG TVE VE

VEFO

C C S CL S CL SWVE SWTVG CL VE VE VE

25.0

SW VG SW VG SW VG VG SW VG SW VG C SW VG C SW VGC SW VG S C S FOS FO FO FO S SFO S FO S FO W S FO W S W ST W W W CL W CL W CL CL W CL W CL CL VE VE VE VE VE VECL VECL VE VE

X SW

X SW SW

T SW

SW SW

CL T

VE T

SW CL

T VE

SW CL

VE T

TVG

S VEVE S VE TVE CL S T S VETVE CL CLVE CL VESW SW VE SW W FO VGW C FO VG C VG W FO C

.0 SW CL

24.0

T W

22.0

KINGSTON STREET

225Ø UNKNOWN

C VG W FO VE

C C

SW SW

T T T SW

VG C W FO VE

VE VE VE FO VE

SW T SW

VE VICTORIA STREET WEST

VEVE T C FO VE

SW SW

SW VE

VE SW

VE VESVE VESVE VE VE VE VE VE S VEVE T CL S SVE S S VE TSW S SSWVE T CL SVESW S VESW S VESW CL CL VE T VE CL VE T VE CL VE T CL VE T CL VET VE VE TSW VE CL VES SW SW VE SW VET CL SW VET T CL SW SW VE T CL T CL VEVGCW FO VE VG W W FO VECWVG FO CWVG FO CW VG FO CW VG FOCW VG FO CW FO VECVG VG FO FO VG FO VG W C CW VG W CFO CW

SW SW SW SW SW T T T T T SW SW SW SW VE S S VE S VE S VE VE VE VE VE VE VE

SW SW

VE S VE CL SW VGC WFO

VE VE VE VE SW T T T SWSW T SWSW T VESWSWT VE SW VE SW SW VE VE S S S W S SWS S VE VE VE VE VE SW

T SW SW VE S VE

VE S VE CL T SW C VG FO W

SW T SW VE S VE

VE SVE T SWCL C VG FO W

SW T SW VE S VE

S CL T FOVE C VGSW W

DURHAM STREET WEST

SW VE

SW T SW S VE VE

VE S VE S S S SW S SW S CL CL T CL TVECL T VECL TFOVE SW SW FOT CL FO FO C VGSW C C FO W WVG WCVG WC VG W VG W

T VESW

NOTES:

28.0

S T

VE VE

SW VE

C C VE C CVE VE T FO T FO VE VE

VG C W C FO VE

T VE

T SW

S W S

S SW

SW SW

VE T VE

S SW

SW SW

VE T VE

VE VE

SVWEE V

VE VE

29.0

10m

T VE VE

103

56-60

VE VE

ALBERT STREET

SCALE 1:250

SWMH 30/1

SWMH 30/2

2.5

VE VE

225Ø UNKNOWN

Ø SW m SW600m

VE VE

CITYLINK

SWMH 20/3

VE VE

CHORUS

57-59

VODAFONE

VE VE

22.0

C VE VE T FO

51-53

VECTOR ELEC

VE VE

C VE VE T FO

VECTOR COMMS FO

VECTOR GAS

112

SWMH 20/5

POTABLE WATER

300Ø

W VG

106

150Ø

STORMWATER

104

525Ø 225Ø

SW 3/8

WASTEWATER

VE VE

VE VEC TFO

21.0

SWMH 20/2 SW

120-130

FO VE

T FO VE VE

525mmØ

mØ 675m

98-102

FO VE VE

STORMWATER

20.0

SWMH 20/1

SWMH 21/1

EXISTING

VE VE

VE 43

76-84

SWMH 3/7

PROPOSED

VE VE

19.0

VE VG

37-41

225Ø

UTILITIES LEGEND:

CREATOR ID : CRL_AOT__00_LKA_SKE_000111 70

100mm

SIZE A1

FOR INFORMATION APPROVED

PROJECT:

DRAWN

A. SIMPSON

TITLE:

J. DELA TORRE A

FOR ISSUE DESCRIPTION

E. CHANG

11/11/2019

CHECKED

DATE

APPROVED

DATE

C. SECRETIN

11/11/2019

CITY RAIL LINK ---

ZONE:

E. CHANG

REV

COMPANY NUMBER : 6267870

SCALE AS SHOWN

DESIGNED REVISIONS

CLIENT:

CONSTRUCTION & ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN AOTEA STATION STAGE 5 SHEET 1 OF 2 PROJECT

DOCUMENT:

ZONE

DISCIPLINE

ORGANISTION

TYPE

SHEET

CRL - AOT - RME - LKA - SKE - 000111

REVISION

UTILITY PIT S

UTILITIES LEGEND: W

VE VE

S S

S SW S

POTABLE WATER VECTOR GAS

VECTOR COMMS FO

VECTOR ELEC

23.0

VODAFONE

CHORUS

CITYLINK

STORMWATER

WASTEWATER

SW SW

STORMWATER

22.0

VE SW

4-10

4 C

SW VE VE

SW T SW

VE VE

T FO T

SW SW

T FO

TFO

25 SW.0 FO T VE

SW VE

VE VE

W VE

VE VE

W VE

VE VE

WT SW VE VE

SW SW

.0 24

VE C FOT CL VG

VE CL CVG FO T CL C VG TFO

CL C T FO VG

CL FO T VG

CL FO T WVG

CL FO T W VG

CL FO T W VG VE

S SW CL WCL FO FO T CL T VG T27 VG S .0 W W C C CVE VE VE VE

W C

CL VGFOT S

SW SW

VE TFOCL VG S VE C W

SWSW

SW SW

SWSW

SW SW

CL T FO VG S VE C W

W VE

CL TVGFO S

CL C T VGFO S

T S S S ST S CS FOT CL T CL FO T CL FO T CL FO CL WVGC VG FO VG C W VG VG W C W C W C

ST CL SW FO C W VG

VE S TFO CL SW C W VG

VEST FO CL SW CVGW

ST CL VE SW C VGWFO

VEST CL CL VE S VE S ST CL VE STSW CL VE ST SW S CL SW ST VE S ST CLSW S CL SW ST CL VE SWST CLVE FO T CLVE T CL T CLFO VE SW SW SW SW T VE FO C TVECL VG VG W C VG C W VGCSW W VGCFO C FO W CVG FOW C VG FO VGFO C WVGFO C W VGFOC W VGFO C VGW W W W W

T CL VGFO S C VE W

VE SWSW

WT SW VE VE

T VE VE FO C VE C TVECL VG C T CLVG FO FO T CL FOC T CL VG

C VE

WT SW VE VE

SW VE

WT SW VE VE

VE SW SW

SW VE

129-135 125

26.0

25 .0

MAYORAL DRIVE

VE VE

ALBERT STREET

VE VE

SW VE

VE VE

REVISIONS

COMPANY NUMBER : 6267870 20

CREATOR ID : CRL_AOT__00_LKA_SKE_000112 70

100mm

SW SW

SCALE

SIZE

AS SHOWN

DESIGNED

FOR INFORMATION APPROVED

PROJECT:

DRAWN

A. SIMPSON

TITLE:

J. DELA TORRE A

FOR ISSUE DESCRIPTION

E. CHANG

11/11/2019

CHECKED

DATE

APPROVED

DATE

C. SECRETIN

11/11/2019

CITY RAIL LINK ---

ZONE:

E. CHANG

REV

CLIENT:

SCALE 1:250

NOTES:

WELLESLEY STREET WEST

10m

SW SW

SWSW SWSW SWSW SWSW SWSW SWSW

SWSW

2.5

SW SW

W VE

CONTINUATION - REFER TO SHEET 1

VE SW

1/2-4/2

24.0 37 138

120-130

EXISTING

SW SW

PROPOSED

WELLESLEY STREET WEST

EXISTING CRL DESIGNATION BOUNDARIES

PEDESTRIAN ACCESS ROUTES SW

21. 0

15-31

WORK ZONE C2.2 UTILITY WORKS ZONE (PREVIOUSLY CONSENTED)

ISO A1 594mm x 841mm

LEGEND:

CONSTRUCTION & ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN AOTEA STATION STAGE 5 SHEET 2 OF 2 PROJECT

DOCUMENT:

ZONE

DISCIPLINE

ORGANISTION

TYPE

SHEET

CRL - AOT - RME - LKA - SKE - 000112

REVISION

ISO A1 594mm x 841mm

LEGEND: BENTONITE MIXING + PUMPS

FUTURE STATION ENTRANCE

DESIGNATION BOUNDARY

WASTE MANAGEMENT AREA

BENTONITE SILOS

STORES LOADING AREA

CSA BOUNDARY

SITE COMPOUND FENCE

16 15 14 13 12 11 10

PEDESTRIAN ACCESS CONTROL

VEHICLE ACCESS CONTROL

VEHICLE MOVEMENTS

WORKSHOP

MIXER

SITE VEHICLES

POLYMER STORAGE

PUBLIC USE AREA

MUD LINES (1M WIDE)

MUD

WATER MISSION PUMP

RETAINING WALL MUD

BENTONITE TANK

SITE OFFICE AND WELFARE

SITE VEHICLE ENTRY AND EXIT ONLY

FACILITIES (KITCHEN, TOILETS, SHOWERS, CHANGING ROOMS)

MUD

BENTONITE AREA

TOWER CRANE FOR BUILDING CONSTRUCTION

TRANSFORMERS

MISSION PUMP

WELLESLEY STREET WEST

MISSION PUMP

MUD

DESANDING PLANT

1 TEMPORARY SPOIL PIT

MYERS STREET

SPARE

TX LOCATION OF PROPOSED SURGE PILE SPARE

EMERGENCY ACCESS AREA HAZARDOUS GOODS STORE

MAYORAL DRIVE

VEHICLE ENTRY & EXIT

NOTES:

MA 2.5

YO RA

10m

SCALE 1:250

CREATOR ID : 70

100mm

SIZE A1

FOR INFORMATION APPROVED

DRAWN

FOR ISSUE DESCRIPTION

C. SMITH

11/11/2019

CHECKED

DATE

APPROVED

DATE

C. SECRETIN

11/11/2019

CITY RAIL LINK

ZONE:

---

TITLE:

CONSTRUCTION & ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN AOTEA STATION STAGE 4 & 5 WORKS CONSTRUCTION SUPPORT AREA

A. SIMPSON

P. KOSTANICH

PROJECT:

C. SMITH

REV

COMPANY NUMBER : 6267870

SCALE AS SHOWN

DESIGNED REVISIONS

CLIENT:

PROJECT

DOCUMENT:

ZONE

DISCIPLINE

ORGANISTION

TYPE

SHEET

CRL - AOT - RME - LKA - SKE - 000113

REVISION

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station

Appendix D Erosion and Sediment Control Plan Addendum

Page 80

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station

Appendix E Transport Access and Parking Delivery Work Plan Addendum

Page 81

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station

Appendix F Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan Addendum

Page 82

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station

Appendix G Historic Character Delivery Work Plan Addendum (Archaeology)

Page 83

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station

Appendix H Contaminated Land Delivery Work Plan Addendum

Page 84

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station

Appendix I Air Quality Delivery Work Plan Addendum

Page 85

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station

Appendix J Social Impact and Business Disruption Delivery Work Plan Addendum

Page 86

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station

Appendix K

Page 87

Communication and Consultation Plan Addendum

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station

Appendix L Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan Addendum

Page 88

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station

Appendix M Building Condition Surveys Pre-construction building surveys will be undertaken prior to construction for the buildings identified in Table M. Table M Additional pre-construction building condition surveys required as per the DWPs/MPs (and addendums) prepared for the Stage 4 and 5 works

Building address 61 Albert Street 63 Albert Street 65-69 Albert Street 74 Albert Street 76-78 Albert Street (Bluestone Wall and toilets under wall)76-84 Albert Street 83-85 Albert Street 85 Albert Street 86 Albert Street 87-89 Albert Street 92-96 Albert Street 99 Albert Street 102 Albert Street 103, 105 - 108 Albert Street 109-125 Albert Street 120 Albert Street 120 – 130 Albert Street 128 Albert Street 135 Albert Street 4 Kingston Street 6-12 Kingston Street 37-43 Victoria Street West 51-53 Victoria Street West 51-63 Victoria Street West 61 Victoria Street West 62 Victoria Street West 63-65 Victoria Street West 66 Victoria Street West 67 Victoria Street West 68 Victoria Street West 69 Victoria Street West 71 Victoria Street West 26, 34-36 Wyndham Street 38 Wyndham Street 9-11 Durham Street 15-31 Wellesley Street West 24 Wellesley Street West (Bledisloe House) Page 89

GSMCP addendum

HC DWP Built Heritage

CNV DWP addendum

✓

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓

✓

✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

✓ ✓

✓

✓ ✓ ✓

✓

✓ ✓ ✓

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

✓ ✓ ✓

✓

Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station 37 Wellesley Street West 42 Wellesley Street 44-52 Wellesley Street West 54-56 Wellesley Street 11 Mayoral Drive

Page 90

✓

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

✓

Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station

Appendix N

Records of CLG and IPRP feedback on the CEMP Addendum

CLG Comments A Community and Business Liaison Group (CLG) meeting was held on 30 September 2019. No comments were received on the CEMP addendum.

Independent Peer Review Page no.

CEMP Addendum section

Paragraph/ sentence

Section 2.2 Table 3B

Stage 4B

Section 3.2

Comment Table 3B for Stage 4B confirms Some of these works will occur outside of CRL Designation 1 (AUP ref 2500-1) and therefore fall outside the scope of this OPW. This will be covered in a planning assessment separate to this OPW which outlines how these works are considered a Permitted Activity under the Auckland Unitary Plan (Operative in Part) (AUP(OP)). Clarification of how this is addressed in this CEMP would be beneficial to ensure the CEMP is all encompassing and items such as cumulative effects are clearly addressed. The planning assessment should run in parallel to this CEMP process. Section 3.2 refers to environmental risk and cross references to the previously approved CEMP. This notes that the “Project Risk Register includes environmental risks for the construction activities related to the Project. A risk register for the Project will be developed by the Construction Contractor and stored in their document management system. The information contained in the risk register provides a guide for the implementation of environmental management activities, controls and monitoring, thus minimising environmental impacts.” The condition of designation 24.4 (g) states that a risk analysis will be provided for in the CEMP. It is unclear from the CEMP documentation exactly where the highest risk is and how this will be managed. This risk analysis needs to be provided for in

Page 91

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Resolution These works will be assessed, and the impacts will be determined. The required management plan(s) will be prepared if necessary and this will be under a separate process to the current OPW. Change to CEMP addendum.

This is consistent with the responses to independent peer review comments for the Stage 1 to 3 CEMP addendum. The risk register is being developed by the Link Alliance. No change to CEMP addendum.

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station more detail in the CEMP document rather than defer to the contractor at some future time. 53

3.4.1

Table 6

Table 6 refers to National Policy Statement for Freshwater Management 2014. This a key requirement that applies to the management of freshwater and it is recommended that this be addressed within Table 7 and some details of relevance and how this will be addressed / incorporated into the CEMP works programme.

Table 7

Table 5 in the CEMP notes that stockpiles of backfill material may be required on site for short periods. The plans supporting the CEMP also note that temporary stockpiles should not be within overland flow paths. In Section 4.1 of the ESCP provided it also notes further avoidance of overland flow paths and filling in flood plains.

As per discussion between CEMP technical specialist and IPR, the NPS FM (2014) is not applicable for stage 4 and 5 works. We acknowledge the change in legislation but the NPS FM 2014 is not applicable for the purpose of the CEMP addendum. A sentence has been added in section 3.4.1 to clarify this matter. Change to CEMP addendum.

4.3.2

It is unclear how the CEMP will ensure this filling and stockpiling in overland flow paths and flood plains is avoided. The CEMP needs to provide further detail around the location of these flow paths and flood plain areas to ensure such a provision is achievable and those implementing the CEMP can easily identify such locations.

Information provided in section 4.3.2 of the CEMP addendum needs to be read in conjunction with the ESCP. Text has been added in section 4.3.2 to ensure stockpiling in overland flow paths and flood plains is avoided during the Stage 4 and 5 works. Section 2.4 of the ESCP addendum provides a figure illustrating the overland flow paths and floodplain areas. This level of detail is not required in the CEMP and the ESCP should be read in conjunction with the CEMP. Change to CEMP addendum.

Page 92

4.3

4.2

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

It is noted that the DWPs (and other appendices) have been viewed as part of this IPR process, but not fully assessed. Section 4 of the CEMP provides a good summary of the documents and this is assessed as appropriate to understand the provisions and details that apply.

Noted.

This section outlines the induction process that will be followed. There is a significant amount of information within the CEMP and in particular the appendices that include the DWPs. These DWPs and key elements from within them need to be included in the induction and it is suggested that Section 4.2 specifically state that the induction will include such provision.

Section 4.2.1 of this CEMP addendum has been updated to clarify that the induction will include an overview of requirements from the sub-plans, for consistency with other CEMPs prepared for the project.

No change to CEMP addendum.

Change to CEMP addendum.

Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station 72

5.0

4.3.15

4th paragraph

This section refers to the regular reporting and collaborative working that will apply. There appears to be a set time for meetings and specific collaboration process. This section would benefit from specifying that as key milestones are reached and/or issues arise that meetings of the parties could occur as necessary at that time. Plan Sheet Number 113 Revision A confirms the location and set out of the Construction Support Area. This includes a desanding plant. There appears to be no detail (including in the Erosion and Sediment Control Plan) of what this is to be utilised for and how this will operate in accordance with the CEMP expectations and also consent conditions. In addition, there is also mention in Section 2.6 (page 49) of the CEMP of 300m3 capacity of a surge pile area at the CSA. It is unclear as to location within the CSA and how this will be managed. An updated plan (with supporting text in the CEMP) needs to be provided to ensure clarification of these matters.

A sentence has been added in section 5.1.2 to reflect as key milestones are reached and/or issues arise, collaborative meetings will occur as necessary. Change to CEMP addendum. An updated drawing and text has been placed in section 2.6 of this CEMP addendum. The location of the proposed desanding plant has been illustrated on the drawing. This plant may be set up during the Stage 4 and 5 works but will only be operational during the Aotea Station main works. Further information on the desanding plant will be provided in the Aotea Station main works CEMP. Indicative locations of activities and operations at the CSA are depicted in the CSA drawing attached in Appendix C of this CEMP addendum. Change to CEMP addendum.

Designation conditions – IPRP comments Note: This table provides responses to IPRP comments and needs to be read in conjunction with the above table which provides justification and further detail. Condition Number

Condition

Section of Approved CEMP

Section of the CEMP Addendum

IPRP comments

Response

1.4, 4.3.11

Addressed

Noted

Designation Conditions (Designation 2500-1) 7.1

Page 93

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Relevant condition that wasn’t included

Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station Condition Number

Condition

(a)

7.4

Section of Approved CEMP

Britomart and Albert Street

Section of the CEMP Addendum

IPRP comments

Response

Addressed

Noted

in the Approved CEMP Table 2.

In addition to the requirements in Condition 5, the purpose of the Groups shall be to:

1.4

(d) Provide feedback on the requirements of the CEMP and DWPs.

Appendix N Relevant condition that wasn’t included in the Approved CEMP Table 2.

13.1

13.2

This section would benefit from further mention of key milestone and issue related meetings.

Addressed

5.1

Addressed

Noted

5.1

Addressed

Noted

5.1

This section would benefit from further

Addressed

This collaborative working process shall: (a) Operate for the duration of the construction works and for 6 months following completion of construction works where monitoring of designation conditions is still required, unless a different timeframe is mutually agreed between the Requiring Authority and the Auckland Council; (b) Have a “key contact” person representing the Requiring Authority and a “key contact” person representing the contractor team to work with the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer (s); (c) The “key contacts” shall be identified in the CEMP and shall meet at least monthly unless a different timeframe is agreed with the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s). The purpose of the meeting is to report on compliance with the designation conditions and with the CEMP, DWPs and

Page 94

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station Condition Number

Condition

Section of Approved CEMP

material changes to these plans and on any matters of non-compliance and how they have been addressed;

(d) Once construction has commenced, the Requiring Authority and / or the contractor shall provide an update to the Community Liaison Groups (Condition 7 of this designation) at least once every 3 months, or if in accordance with Condition 7 these groups meet more regularly, at least once every two months. 13.3

IPRP comments

Response

mention of key milestone and issue related meetings 5.1

Addressed

Noted

5.1

Addressed

Noted

5.1

Addressed

Noted

5.1

Addressed

Noted

5.1

Addressed

Noted

5.1

Addressed

Noted

5.1

Addressed

Noted

The purpose and function of the collaborative working process is to: (a) Assist as necessary the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s) to confirm that: (i) The works authorised under these designations are being carried out in compliance with the designation conditions, the CEMP, DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs) and any material changes to these plans; (ii) The Requiring Authority and its contractor are undertaking all monitoring and the recording of monitoring results in compliance with the requirements of the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs) and any material changes to these plans; (b) Subsequent to a confirmed Outline Plan, provide a mechanism through which any changes to the design, CEMP or DWPs, which are not material changes requiring approval under Condition 10 triggering the requirement for a new Outline Plan, can be required, reviewed and confirmed; (c) Advise where changes to construction works following a confirmed Outline Plan require a new CEMP or DWP (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs); (d) Review and identify any concerns or complaints received from, or related to, the construction works monthly (unless a different timeframe is mutually agreed with the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer) and adequacy of the measures adopted to respond to these.

Page 95

Section of the CEMP Addendum

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station Condition Number

Condition

Upon receiving a concern or complaint during construction, the Requiring Authority shall instigate a process to address concerns or complaints received about adverse effects. This shall:

17.1

(a) Identify of the nature of the concern or complaint, and the location, date and time of the alleged event(s);

(b) Acknowledge receipt of the concern or complaint within 24 hours of receipt;

(c) Respond to the concern or complaint in accordance with the relevant management plan, which may include monitoring of the activity by a suitably qualified expert, implementation of mitigation measures, and, in the case of noise and / or vibration, preparation of a site specific noise and / or vibration management plan (in accordance with Conditions

17.2

A record of all concerns and / or complaints received shall be kept by the Requiring Authority. This record shall include:

(a) The name and address of the person(s) who raised the concern or complaint (unless they elect not to provide this) and details of the concern or complaint;

Page 96

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Section of Approved CEMP

Section of the CEMP Addendum

IPRP comments

Response

5& Appendix K

5 & Appendix K

5& Appendix K

Reference should be made to section 4.3.3 as well

Noted and updated in Table 2 in section 1.6 of this CEMP addendum.

5& Appendix K

Reference should be made to section 4.3.3 as well

Noted and updated in Table 2 in section 1.6 of this CEMP addendum.

5& Appendix K

Reference should be made to section 4.3.3 as well

Noted and updated in Table 2 in section 1.6 of this CEMP addendum.

Addressed

Noted

5& Appendix K 5& Appendix K

5 & Appendix K

Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station Condition Number

Condition

(b) Where practicable, weather conditions at the time of the concern or complaint, including wind direction and cloud cover if the complaint relates to noise or air quality;

(e) Remedial actions undertaken (if any) and the outcome of these, including monitoring of the activity.

Page 97

17.3

17.4

Where a complaint remains unresolved or a dispute arises, Auckland Council Compliance Monitoring Officer will be provided with all records of the complaint and how it has been dealt with and addressed and whether the Requiring Authority considers that any other steps to resolve the complaint are required. Upon receiving records of the complaint the Auckland Council Compliance Monitoring Officer must determine whether a review of the CEMP and/or DWPs is required under Condition 22 to address this complaint. The Auckland Council Compliance Monitoring Officer shall advise the Requiring Authority of its recommendation within 10 working days of receiving the records of complaint.

19.1

The objective of the CEMP and DWPs is to so far as is reasonably practicable, avoid, remedy or mitigate any adverse effects (including cumulative effects)

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Section of Approved CEMP

Section of the CEMP Addendum

IPRP comments

Response

5& Appendix K

Addressed

Noted

5& Appendix K

Addressed

Noted

5& Appendix K

Addressed

Noted

5& Appendix K

Addressed

Noted

5& Appendix K

5 & Appendix K

Addressed

Noted

5& Appendix K

5 & Appendix K

Addressed

Noted

1 The objective is

The CEMP confirms that

These works will be assessed, and

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station Condition Number

Condition

Section of Approved CEMP

associated with the City Rail Link construction.

IPRP comments

Response

unchanged but the CEMP addendum addresses a wider area for Stage 4 and 5 works than that covered by the Approved CEMP as well as canopy removal works and CSA establishment.

part of the proposed works are outside of the designation â€“ clarity around this aspect should be detailed within the CEMP and the relationship of the CEMP to this specific area. The two processes (Planning and CEMP) need to run in parallel.

depending on the level of impacts, the relevant DWPs/MPs will be prepared for these works if required.

19.2

All works must be carried out in accordance with the CEMP, the DWPs required by these conditions and in accordance with any changes to plans made under Condition 23.

Noted

Addressed

Noted

19.3

The CEMP and DWPs shall be prepared, complied with and monitored by the Requiring Authority throughout the duration of construction of the City Rail Link.

Noted

Addressed

Noted

19.4

The DWPs shall give effect to the specific requirements and objectives set out in these designation conditions.

Noted

Addressed

Noted

19.5

The CEMP shall include measures to give effect to any specific requirements and objectives set out in these designation conditions that are not addressed by the DWPs. In order to give effect to the objective in Condition 19.1, the CEMP must provide for the following:

Addressed

Noted

20.1

Page 98

Section of the CEMP Addendum

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station Condition Number

Condition

(b) Notice boards that clearly identify the Requiring Authority and the Project name, together with the name, telephone number and email address of the Site or Project Manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager;

Section of Approved CEMP

Section of the CEMP Addendum

IPRP comments

Response

4.1

Not detailed in Section 4.1

Section 4.1 lists the contact details of relevant people. Section 2.7 of the CEMP has been updated to include mention of notice boards placed around the project area.

(c) Training requirements for employees, sub-contractors and visitors on construction procedures, environment management and monitoring;

4.2

Addressed

Noted

Appendix E

Addressed

Noted

5& Appendix K

5 & Appendix K

Reference should be made to section 4.3.4 as well

Noted and updated in Table 2 in section 1.6 of this CEMP addendum.

4.1

Addressed

Noted

(e) Where a complaint is received, the complaint must be recorded and responded to as provided for in Conditions 13, 15 and 17.

20.2

The CEMP shall include details of: (a) The site or Project Manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager (who will implement and monitor the Communication and Consultation Plan), including their contact details (phone, email and physical address);

Page 99

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station Condition Number

Condition

(b) The Document management system for administering the CEMP, including review and Requiring Authority / Constructor/ Auckland Council requirements;

(c) Environmental incident and emergency management procedures; (d) Environmental complaint's management procedures (see also Condition 17);

(e) An outline of the construction programme of the work, including construction hours of operation, indicating linkages to the DWPs which address the management of adverse effects during construction; (f) Specific details on demolition to be undertaken during the construction period;

(g) Means of ensuring the safety of the general public; and (h) Methods to assess and monitor potential cumulative adverse effects.

21.1

Section of the CEMP Addendum

IPRP comments

Response

4.1.2.4

5.6 & 5.7

Addressed

Noted

4.4

Addressed

Noted

4.5 & Appendix K

Reference should be made to section 4.3.4 as well.

Noted and updated in Table 2 in section 1.6 of this CEMP addendum.

Addressed

Noted

CEMP addendum does not cover demolition.

Addressed

Noted

Addressed

Noted

3.3 & 4

Addressed

Noted

2.6 & Appendix E

Addressed

Noted

Page 100

Section of Approved CEMP

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station Condition Number

Condition

Section of Approved CEMP

Section of the CEMP Addendum

IPRP comments

Response

4.3.2 & Appendix D

Addressed

Noted

Appendix D

Addressed

Noted

2.7 & 2.8

Addressed

Noted

(e) Measures to ensure all temporary boundary / security fences associated with the construction of the City Rail Link are maintained in good order with any graffiti removed as soon as possible;

2.6, 2.7 & 2.8

Addressed

Noted

2.6 & Appendix F

Addressed

Noted

2.7

Addressed

Noted

2.6

Addressed

Noted

(b) Methods for managing the control of silt and sediment within the construction area;

(c) Methods for earthworks management (including depth and extent of earthworks and temporary, permanent stabilisation measures and monitoring of ground movement) for earthworks adjacent to buildings and structures; (d) Measures to adopt to keep the construction area in a tidy condition in terms of disposal / storage of rubbish and storage unloading of construction materials (including equipment). All storage of materials and equipment associated with the construction works shall take place within the boundaries of the designation;

(h) How the construction areas are to be fenced and kept secure from the public and, where practicable and without compromising their purpose how opportunities for public viewing, including provision of viewing screens and display of information about the project and opportunities for mana whenua and community art or other decorative measures can be incorporated to enhance public amenity and connection to the project; (i) The location of any temporary buildings (including workers offices and portaloos) and vehicle parking (which should be located within the construction area and not on adjacent streets); Page 101

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Amended as per the ESCP addendum

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station Condition Number

21.2

22.1

Condition

Section of Approved CEMP

Section of the CEMP Addendum

IPRP comments

Response

(j) Methods to control the intensity, location and direction of artificial construction lighting to avoid light spill and glare onto sites adjacent construction areas;

4.3.5

Addressed

Noted

(k) Methods to ensure the prevention and mitigation of adverse effects associated with the storage, use, disposal, or transportation of hazardous substances;

4.4

4.3.14 and 4.4

Addressed

Noted

(l) That onsite stockpiling of spoil or fill at Downtown and Lower Albert Street construction yards be minimised where practicable;

(m) That site offices and less noisy construction activities be located at the edge of the construction yards where practicable; and

2.6

Addressed

Noted

(n) Methods for management of vacant areas once construction is completed in accordance with the Urban Design DWP.

Addressed

Noted

Addressed

Noted

Addressed

Noted

Addressed

Noted

Subject to any alternative arrangement with the landowner of the Downtown Shopping Centre, the Downtown construction yard, including QEII Square, Downtown Shopping Centre and Lower Albert Street, shall be progressively released from occupation for construction purposes where the area or any part of the area is no longer required for construction. The CEMP and DWPs shall be reviewed at least annually or as a result of a material change to the City Rail Link project or to address unforeseen adverse effects arising from construction or unresolved complaints. Such a review may be initiated by either Auckland Council or the Requiring Authority. The review shall take into consideration: (a) Compliance with designation conditions, the CEMP, DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs) and material changes to these plans; (b) Any changes to construction methods; (c) Key changes to roles and responsibilities within the City Rail Link project; (d) Changes in industry best practice standards;

Page 102

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Noted

5.7

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station Condition Number

Condition

IPRP comments

Response

Noted

Addressed

Noted

(f) Results of monitoring and reporting procedures associated with the management of adverse effects during construction;

Noted

Addressed

Noted

(g) Any comments or recommendations received from Auckland Council regarding the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs); and

Noted

Addressed

Noted

(h) Any unresolved complaints and any response to the complaints and remedial action taken to address the complaint as required under Condition 17.

Noted

Addressed

Noted

22.2

A summary of the review process shall be kept by the Requiring Authority, provided annually to the Auckland Council, and made available to the Auckland Council upon request.

Noted

5.7

Addressed

Noted

23.1

Following the CEMP and DWPs review process described in Condition 22, the CEMP may require updating.

Noted

5.7

Addressed

Noted

23.2

Any material change to the CEMP and DWP must be consistent with the purpose and objective of the relevant condition.

Noted

5.7

Addressed

Noted

23.3

Affected parties will be notified of the review and any material change proposed to the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs).

Noted

Appendix K

Addressed

Noted

Addressed

Noted

Addressed

Noted

Addressed

Noted

(e) Changes in legal or other requirements;

23.4

23.5 23.6

Page 103

The CEMP and DWPs must clearly document the comments and inputs received by the Requiring Authority from affected parties about the material change, along with a clear explanation of where any comments have not been incorporated, and the reasons why not. Any material change proposed to the CEMP and DWPs shall be subject to an independent peer review as required by Condition 11. Following that review any material change proposed to the CEMP and DWPs relating to an adverse effect shall be submitted for approval to Auckland Council Compliance and Monitoring Officer, at least 10 working days prior to the proposed changes taking effect. If any changes are not agreed, the relevant provisions of the RMA relating to approval of outline plans shall apply. | Construction Environmental Management Plan

Section of Approved CEMP

Section of the CEMP Addendum

Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station Condition Number

24.1 24.2

24.3

Condition

To manage the adverse effects on Network Utilities Operations during the construction of the City Rail Link, the following shall be included in the CEMP. The purpose of this section of the CEMP shall be to ensure that the enabling works and construction of the City Rail Link adequately take account of, and include measures to address the safety, integrity, protection or, where necessary, relocation of existing network utilities that traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation during the construction of the City Rail Link. For the avoidance of doubt and for the purposes of this condition an “existing Network Utility” includes infrastructure operated by a Network Utility Operator which was:

Section of Approved CEMP

Section of the CEMP Addendum

IPRP comments

Response

Noted

4.3.1

Addressed

Noted

4.3.1

Addressed

Noted

4.3.1

Addressed

Noted

4.3.1 & Appendix K

Addressed

Noted

Addressed

Noted

Addressed

Noted

Auckland Council (23 August 2012); or (d) Undertaken in accordance with condition 6 of this designation or the section 176(1)(b)

RMA process. 24.4

Measures to provide for the safe operation of plant and equipment, and the safety of workers, in proximity to existing Network Utilities;

(ii) Plans identifying the locations of the existing Network Utilities (and their designations) and appropriate physical indicators on the ground Page 104

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

4.3.1 & Appendix K

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station Condition Number

Condition

Section of Approved CEMP

Section of the CEMP Addendum

IPRP comments

Response

Addressed

Noted

Addressed

Noted

Addressed

Noted

The risk assessment and analysis is not provided within the CEMP and needs to be included for compliance with the condition.

Section 4.3.1 has been updated to cover this condition. Reference is made to the Aotea Station Utilities Management Plan4 which addresses risks associated with Network Utilities.

showing specific surveyed locations; (d) Measures to be used to ensure the continued operation of Network Utility Operations and the security of supply of the utilities by Network Utility Operators at all times; (e) Measures to be used to enable Network Utility Operators to access existing Network Utilities for maintenance at all reasonable times on an ongoing basis during construction, and to access existing Network Utilities for emergency and urgent repair works at all times during the construction of the City Rail Link (f) Contingency management plans for reasonably foreseeable circumstances in respect of the relocation and rebuild of existing Network Utilities during the construction of the City Rail Link; (g) A risk analysis for the relocation and rebuild of existing Network Utilities during the construction of the City Rail Link;

(h) Earthworks management (including depth and extent of earthworks and temporary and permanent stabilisation measures), for earthworks in close proximity to existing Network Utilities; (i) Vibration management and monitoring for works in close proximity to existing Network Utilities;

Page 105

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

2.3.2

2.3

Addressed

Noted

2.3.2, 4.3.1 & Appendix F

2.3, 4.3.1 & Appendix F

Include 4.3.4

Noted and updated in Table 2 in section 1.6

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station Condition Number

Condition

Section of Approved CEMP

Section of the CEMP Addendum

IPRP comments

Response

of this CEMP addendum. (j) Emergency management procedures in the event of any emergency involving existing Network Utilities;

4.3.1

Addressed

Noted

4.3.1

Addressed

Noted

Addressed

Noted

(l) Measures to ensure that network utilities are not interrupted to the Mt Eden Corrections Facility as a result of City Rail Link works. The requiring authority shall advise the Department of Corrections and the entity contracted by Department of Corrections to administer and run the Mt Eden Corrections facility at 1 Lauder Road, of any works on network utilities in the vicinity of the Mt Eden Corrections Facility which may impact on utility service provision to the Mt Eden Corrections Facility at least 14 days prior to those works occurring to allow the Department of Corrections (and the entity contracted to administer and run the facility at 1 Lauder Road) to arrange suitable contingencies. Communication and consultation with the Department of Corrections, and the entity contracted to administer and run the facility at 1 Lauder Road, shall be recorded in accordance with condition 15) of this designation. The Requiring Authority shall be responsible for ensuring that construction works do not interrupt network utilities to the Mt Eden Corrections Facility, unless by prior arrangement with Department of Corrections and the entity contracted by Department of Corrections to administer and run the Mt Eden Corrections facility at 1 Lauder Road. (m) A summary of the consultation (including any methods or measures in dispute and the Requiring Authorities response to them) undertaken between the Requiring Authority and any Network Utility Operators during the preparation of the CEMP.

24.5

Page 106

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

4.3.1 & Appendix K

Noted

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station Condition Number

Condition

Section of Approved CEMP

Section of the CEMP Addendum

4.3.6

make a recommendation. That recommendation will be provided by the Requiring Authority as part of the CEMP along with reasons if the recommendation is not accepted.

41.1

41.2

Page 107

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Appendix P

A HC DWP (Built Heritage) has been prepared to address the effects of Stage 4 and 5 construction works.

IPRP comments

Response

Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station Condition Number

Condition

having heritage value as a result of scheduling under the Historic Places Act 1993 [now the HNZPTA] or in the Auckland Unitary Plan.

(c) Identification and methodology for recording of Built Heritage directly affected by the construction or associated pre- and post-construction works (i.e. within the surface designation footprint), which cannot be retained and / or adaptively re-used / partially retained. For the avoidance of doubt, the following buildings and structures may be demolished: (i) Bluestone Toilets (SCDP Category B); (ii) Beresford Toilets; (iii) Rear annex to building at 229-231 Symonds Street; and (iv) Griffiths Building. (d) Identification and methodology for recording Built Heritage directly affected by the construction, or associated pre- and post-construction, which are to be: (i) Adaptively reused; (ii) Partially retained in design and construction; or (iii) Built heritage elements have been integrated into other elements of the City Rail. In particular, the Requiring Authority shall explore the adaptive re-use of the buildings at 5153 Victoria Street West (known as Martha’s Corner building) with complete demolition only considered as a last resort. As guidance, an appropriate level of adaptive re-use could include retention of the façade on all street frontages or the utilisation and incorporation of elements of the building into the design: (e) How Built Heritage Buildings and Structures will be protected during construction through the use of screening or other protective measures to mitigate adverse construction effects;

Page 108

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Section of Approved CEMP

Section of the CEMP Addendum

IPRP comments

Response

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station Condition Number

Condition

Section of Approved CEMP

Section of the CEMP Addendum

IPRP comments

Response

4.3.15 & Appendix O

Noted

The CRL enabling works C2.1 and 2.2 did not involve work to trees and a TV DWP was not required and was not included in the Approved CEMP.

The stage 4 and 5 works are anticipated to impact trees, and accordingly a TV DWP has been included in the CEMP Addendum.

Noted from Section 4.3.15 that the TV DWP requires further updates to reflect latest design.

(f) How mitigation or rectification of damage to Built Heritage Buildings and Structures will be addressed; and (g) Cross references to the specific sections in the Communication and Consultation Plan which detail how the Auckland Council Heritage Department, the New Zealand Historic Places Trust [now HNZPT], and mana whenua (see condition 15) are consulted, and the communication with the general public on the management of the adverse effects relating to Built Heritage. 55.1

A Trees and Vegetation DWP shall be prepared to manage the adverse effects from the removal of trees and vegetation during the construction of the City Rail Link or any part of it.

55.2

55.3

" To achieve the above objective the following shall be included in the Trees and Vegetation DWP and implemented as required: (a) Confirmation of the trees to be removed due to surface construction works and whether it is appropriate and feasible to relocate or store these trees for replanting. The removal of schedule trees which form a significant group should only be undertaken as a last resort; (b) A list of trees, which due to being located in proximity to construction works, have root systems and / or foliage within and / or overhanging the surface designation footprint, and the methods to be used, where practicable, to protect these trees from construction works;

Page 109

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station Condition Number

Condition

(c) Cross references to the Urban Design DWP and the proposed mitigation of any tree / vegetation removal through replanting trees at a 1:1 ratio, re-instatement of the area, and other methods. In preparing the Trees and Vegetation DWP, the Requiring Authority shall seek input from the Auckland Council Parks Department with regard to tree species / vegetation selection, tree pit construction where deemed necessary, and the positioning of replacement trees and from directly affected land owners with regards to preferences for any replacement planting for vegetation / trees removed from private property or for any replacement planting on private property; (d) Other methods to be used to monitor and report on the management of the adverse effects from tree / vegetation removal; and (e) Cross references to the specific sections in the Communication and Consultation Plan which detail how the Auckland Council Parks Department, mana whenua (see condition 8) are consulted, and communication with the general public on the management of the adverse effects relating to the removal of trees and vegetation. "

Page 110

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Section of Approved CEMP

Section of the CEMP Addendum

IPRP comments

Response

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station

Appendix O

Page 111

Tree and Vegetation Delivery Work Plan

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station

Appendix P Historic Character Delivery Work Plan (Built Heritage)

Page 112

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station

Appendix Q

Page 113

Approved CEMP

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

City Rail Link In association with:

ENABLING WORKS â€“ CONTRACT 2.1 & 2.2 CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Albert Street Canopy Removal and Utility Relocation

Document Ref: CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Revision: 4 27 October 2017

INTERNAL WORKING DOCUMENT COMMERCIAL IN CONFIDENCE

Document control record Document prepared by: Aurecon New Zealand Limited Level 4, 139 Carlton Gore Road Newmarket Auckland 1023 PO Box 9762 Newmarket Auckland 1149 New Zealand

T F E W

+64 9 520 6019 +64 9 524 7815 auckland@aurecongroup.com aurecongroup.com

A person using Aurecon documents or data accepts the risk of: a)

Using the documents or data in electronic form without requesting and checking them for accuracy against the original hard copy version.

Using the documents or data for any purpose not agreed to in writing by Aurecon.

Document control Report title

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Albert Street Canopy Removal and Utility Relocation

Document ID

CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT0100

Project number

239933

Client

City Rail Link Limited

Client contact

Richard Jenkins

Rev

Date

Revision details/status

Prepared by

Author

11 August 2017

Draft for AT and Connectus review

K Lepoutre & H. McLean

1 September 2017

Draft for CLG feedback

K Lepoutre & H. McLean

21 September 2017

Draft for CLG peer review

K Lepoutre & H. McLean

27 October 2017

Final for Outline Plan lodgement

K Lepoutre & H. McLean

Current revision

Verifier

Approver

L Strogen

Approval Author signature

Approver signature

Name

H McLean

Name

Damien McGahan

Title

Associate

Title

Technical Director

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

Contents 1

Introduction

1.1

Purpose of the CEMP

1.2

CEMP Requirements

1.3

Environmental Sub-Plans

1.4

Development of CEMP, DWPs and MPs

1.5

Mana Whenua

1.6

Designation Conditions

1.7

Resource Consent Conditions

Project Description

2.1

CRL Overview

2.2

Canopy Removal and Utilities Relocation

2.3

Construction Methodology

2.4

Programme

2.5

Hours of Operation

2.6

Site Layout and Management

2.7

Security, Safety and Public Viewing

2.8

Graffiti and Litter

2.9

Returning the Site to Public Use

Social and Environmental Management

3.1

Construction Activities and Associated Environmental Receivers

3.2

Environmental Risk Register

3.3

Cumulative Effects

3.4

Legislative and Other Requirement

Implementation and Operation

4.1

Roles and Responsibilities

4.2

Training and Induction

4.3

Operating Procedures

4.4

Emergency and Incident Response

4.5

Stakeholder Communications

Monitor and Review

5.1

Environmental Monitoring

5.2

Environmental Inspections

5.3

Environmental Auditing

5.4

Corrective and Preventative Action

5.5

Reporting

5.6

Document Control

5.7

CEMP Review

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

i CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4

Appendices Appendix A Designation Conditions Appendix B Resource Consent Conditions Appendix C Site Layout Plans Appendix D Erosion and Sediment Control Plan Appendix E Transport Access and Parking Delivery Work Plan Appendix F Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan Appendix G Historic Character Delivery Work Plan Appendix H Contaminated Delivery Work Plan Appendix I Air Quality Delivery Work Plan Appendix J Social Impact and Business Disruption Delivery Work Plan Appendix K Communication and Consultation Plan Appendix L Groundwater Monitoring and Contingency Plan Appendix M Building Condition Surveys Appendix N Record of CLG and IPRP feedback on the CEMP

Figures Figure 1 Worksite layout, temporary pedestrian pathways and hoardings Figure 2 Project area layout Figure 3 Examples of container approach to pedestrian hoarding and safety management Figure 4 Hoarding outside Auckland Council, 135 Albert Street Figure 5 Hoarding outside AA centre, 99 Albert Street

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

21 25 26 26 27

ii CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4

Tables Table 1 Plans attached to the CEMP 2 Table 2 Designation conditions from the CRL designation relating to the CEMP 1 Table 3 Resource consent conditions from the Aotea to NAL resource consent relating to the CEMP 9 Table 4 Indicative canopy removal or cut back construction methodology 22 Table 5 Indicative utilities relocation construction methodology 23 Table 6 Key national legislation, regulations and standards 29 Table 7 Standards, guidelines and specific statutory requirements associated with environmental aspects and detailed in the CEMP and plans 29 Table 8 Specific roles and responsibilities 32 Table 9 Environmental incident notification 45 Table 10 Collaborative working contacts 47

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

iii CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4

Introduction

This Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) is submitted in support of the Outline Plan from City Rail Link Limited (CRLL) to Auckland Council (AC) for the removal of canopies and relocation of utilities on the western side of Albert Street from Wellesley Street to Victoria Street West (the Project). The works are required as part of the construction of the City Rail Link (CRL) under designation 1714. The requirement for this CEMP and accompanying Delivery Works Plans (DWP) and Management Plans (MP) is required by designation conditions 19 to 24. A CEMP is also required by conditions 35 to 40 of the Aotea to North Auckland Line (A2N) resource consents1 The proposed works covered by this CEMP can be summarised as follows:



Canopy Removal - from buildings at 99 Albert Street (AA), 103-107 Albert Street (Manhattan Apartment), 109-125 Albert Street (SkyCity) and 135 Albert Street (Auckland Council) to enable the construction of the Aotea Station piled wall.



Utilities Relocation – relocation of existing services on Albert Street between Victoria Street West and Wellesley Street, into a shared services trench approximately 4.0m in depth by 1.5m in width, located in the space between the new station wall and the existing buildings.

More details of the proposed works will be provided throughout this CEMP. This CEMP has been prepared by Aurecon in conjunction with the Construction Contractor (Connectus) and will be implemented by the Construction Contractor through the course of the works. The CEMP provides the overarching framework for the management of construction effects associated with the proposed works. Further DWPs are included as appendices to the CEMP. These DWPs detail the specific environmental management controls for particular aspects of the Project.

1.1

Purpose of the CEMP

The purpose of the CEMP is to confirm the Project construction details and staging of works and to set out how construction activities will be carried out and managed as far as is reasonably practical to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on the environment. This CEMP demonstrates that the works remain within the limits of the CRL designation and associated A2N resource consents. The CEMP will ensure that appropriate environmental management practices are followed during the Project’s construction phase. The CEMP will be implemented throughout the entire construction period (approximately 15 months) for the Project, and updated as necessary. CRLL acknowledges the success of this enabling works Project will set a benchmark for the forthcoming CRL Aotea Station construction in the area. CRLL will endeavour to ensure that the surrounding community and wider general public are proactively engaged with to ensure successful delivery. Overall, implementation of this CEMP will ensure:



Appropriate management of adverse environmental effects associated with construction of the Project;



Compliance with the relevant designation conditions of the CRL designation and A2N resource consents;



Compliance with environmental legislation; and

R/LUC/2016/1890, R/REG/2016/1892, R/REG/2016/1895, R/REG/2016/1896, REG/2016/1897, R/REG/2016/1898, R/REG/2016/1899, R/REG/2016/1900 and R/REG/2016/2038.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

1 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4

ď‚§

Achievement of the Projectâ€™s environmental and sustainability objectives.

The CEMP and DWPs will be reviewed at least annually or as a result of a material change to the Project, or to address unforeseen adverse effects arising from construction or unresolved complaints 2. The CEMP and DWPs are required to be prepared in consultation with the Community Business Liaison Group (CBLG) for the Project. Additionally, the CEMP and DWPs have undergone independent peer review prior to submission to AC. Comments received from the CBLG and from the independent peer review process have been (where applicable and appropriate) incorporated in the CEMP and DWPs, with an explanation being provided where any comments have not been incorporated. A record of consultation outcomes (CBLG and independent peer review) for this CEMP is provided in Appendix M; a record of specific consultation outcomes is included in each relevant DWP.

1.2

CEMP Requirements

The CRL designation requires that a CEMP be submitted to AC with the Outline Plan, along with the Communication and Consultation Plan (CCP), DWPs and Site Specific Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plans (SSCNVMP) (if required)3. Where specific requirements and objectives are not addressed by the DWPs, the CEMP includes measures to give effect to these. The A2N resource consents require a CEMP be provided to AC for certification prior to works commencing. Condition 36 details what must be included in the CEMP.

1.3

Environmental Sub-Plans

The management of specific environmental effects during construction is addressed through the development and implementation of a suite of DWPs and Management Plans (MP) required by the CRL designation and A2N regional resource consents 4. The DWPs and MPs are identified in Table 1 and from appendices to the CEMP. Table 1 Plans attached to the CEMP

Plan

Acronym

CRL Des. Condition #

Purpose

Section of CEMP

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan

ESCP

21.1(b) and (c)

To outline the methods for managing and controlling silt and sediment within the construction area.

Section 4.3.2 & Appendix D

Transport Access and Parking DWP

TAPDWP

25, 30

To manage the adverse effects of construction on the transport network (including parking and access)

Section 4.3.2 & Appendix E

Construction Noise and Vibration DWP

CNVDWP

To provide for the development and implementation of identified best practicable options to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on receivers of noise and vibration resulting from construction effects.

Section 4.3.4 & Appendix F

Designation condition 22 Designation condition 10 4 R/LUC/2016/1890, R/REG/2016/1892, R/REG/2016/1895, R/REG/2016/1896, REG/2016/1897, R/REG/2016/1898, R/REG/2016/1899, R/REG/2016/1900 and R/REG/2016/2038. 3

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

2 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4

Historic Character DWP (Archaeology Section)

HCDWP

To manage the adverse archaeological effects that may result during construction.

Section 4.3.6 & Appendix G

Contamination DWP (also a Contaminated Soils Management Plan)

CDWP

To manage the adverse effects relating to contaminated land during construction

Section 4.3.9 & Appendix H

Air Quality DWP (also an Air Quality Management Plan)

AQDWP

To avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects arising from disruption to businesses, residents and community services/facilities during construction.

Section 4.3.9 & Appendix I

Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP

SIBDDWP

To avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects on air quality during construction.

Section 4.3.10 & Appendix J

Communication and Consultation Plan

CCP

To set out set out the framework to ensure appropriate communication and consultation is undertaken with the community, stakeholders, affected parties and affected in proximity parties during construction

Section 4.5 & Appendix K

Plan

Acronym

Aotea to NAL Condition #

Purpose

Section of CEMP

Communication and Consultation Plan

CCP

25 to 33

Section 4.5 & Appendix K

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan

ESCP

53-58

Management of the effects associated with soil mobilisation

Section 4.3.2 & Appendix D

Contaminated Soils Management Plan

CDWP

131-134

To manage the adverse effects relating to contaminated land during construction

Section 4.3.8 & Appendix H

Air Quality Management Plan

AQDWP

223-224

To avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects on air quality during construction

Section 4.3.10 & Appendix I

Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring Contingency Plan

GSMCP

96-103

Monitor the effects of groundwater drawdown on buildings in proximity to the proposed works

Section 4.3.12 & Appendix L

109

To establish a baseline of building conditions prior to construction works commencing

Section 4.3.4 & Appendix M

Precondition building surveys

1.4

Development of CEMP, DWPs and MPs

This CEMP, DWPs and MPs have been developed by specialists and were subjected to range of reviews to ensure that they are commensurate to the scale of the effects associated with the Project. The CEMP, DWPs and MPs have been presented to the relevant CBLG for feedback in accordance with designation condition 7.5. Where appropriate, this feedback has been incorporated into the CEMP, DWPâ€™s and MPs. Where feedback has not been incorporated, reasons why have been provided in each document.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

3 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4

The CEMP and DWPs and the feedback from the CBLG on these plans has been reviewed by CRL’s Independent Peers Review Panel (IPRP). The IPRP have provided a number of recommendations to ensure the CEMP and DWPs meet the objectives and other requirements of the designation conditions (as required by Condition 11). These inputs, along with the feedback from the CBLG, are attached in Appendix N. Mana whenua briefings for this Project were held on 17 August 2017, 21 September 2017 and 19 October 2017.

1.5

Mana Whenua

We are all descended from Ranginui, our Father Sky and Papatuanuku, our Mother Earth. Ngā mana whenua o Tāmaki Makaurau have a special relationship with Ranginui, Papatuanuku, and their resources. Acting as kaitiaki, they endeavour to protect their whānau, hapū and Iwi and encourage all people to act as protectors of the earth. Kaitiakitanga includes:

   

Protecting, restoring, enhancing the mauri (life supporting capacity) of resources Fulfilling spiritual, emotional and inherited responsibilities to the environment Maintaining mana over resources Ensuring the welfare of the people those resources support

In Tamaki Makaurau it is Mana Whenua who are Kaitiaki. The aspiration of the CRL project to be exemplary in the practice of sustainability – encompassing the four well-beings (environmental, cultural, social and economic) – aligns and supports kaitiakitanga. In meeting their sustainability commitments CRL staff, contractors and others involved in the project are also supporting kaitiakitanga and Mana Whenua as kaitiaki. Furthermore, they are also improving the state of the environment that we pass on for future generations. The CRL sustainability framework is informed by tikanga tiaki and mātauranga. A CRL mana whenua forum has been established for the purposes of undertaking kaitiakitanga responsibilities associated with the project. The forum comprises those Mana Whenua groups who expressed an interest in being involved in the CRL project and its related activities. Eight Mana Whenua self-identified their interest in CRL and are currently part of the forum:

       

Ngāti Maru Ngāti Paoa Ngāi Tai Ki Tāmaki Ngāti Te Ata Waiohua Ngāti Whātua o Ōrākei Te Akitai Waiohua Te Kawerau a Maki Ngāti Tamaoho

CRLL continues to work collaboratively with the Mana Whenua forum on all aspects of the CRL project. With the commencement of the Project’s construction, the forum’s role will include cultural induction for contractors, assistance with discovery procedures, monitoring, and ongoing provision of mātauranga Māori input.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

4 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4

1.6

Designation Conditions

The Project works relate to the CRL Designation 1714 confirmed in November 2015 and an alteration to the CRL Designation 1714 confirmed in February 2017. All works will be carried out in accordance with the CEMP and the plans required by the designation. The designation conditions are included in Appendix A. Designation conditions 19 â€“ 24 outline what is required for the CEMP. Table 2 identifies the relevant sections of the CEMP that address each condition.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

5 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4

Table 2 Designation conditions from the CRL designation relating to the CEMP

Condition Number

Condition

Relevant Section of CEMP

Designation Conditions (Designation 1714 (6)) 13.1

13.2

This collaborative working process shall:

13.3

5.1

(c) The “key contacts” shall be identified in the CEMP and shall meet at least monthly unless a different timeframe is agreed with the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s). The purpose of the meeting is to report on compliance with the designation conditions and with the CEMP, DWPs and material changes to these plans and on any matters of non-compliance and how they have been addressed;

5.1

The purpose and function of the collaborative working process is to: (a) Assist as necessary the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s) to confirm that:

5.1

(c) Advise where changes to construction works following a confirmed Outline Plan require a new CEMP or DWP (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs);

5.1

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

1 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4

5.1

Upon receiving a concern or complaint during construction, the Requiring Authority shall instigate a process to address concerns or complaints received about adverse effects. This shall:

5 & Appendix K

(a) Identify of the nature of the concern or complaint, and the location, date and time of the alleged event(s);

5 & Appendix K

(b) Acknowledge receipt of the concern or complaint within 24 hours of receipt;

5 & Appendix K

(c) Respond to the concern or complaint in accordance with the relevant management plan , which may include monitoring of the activity by a suitably qualified expert, implementation of mitigation measures, and, in the case of noise and / or vibration, preparation of a site specific noise and / or vibration management plan (in accordance with Conditions

5 & Appendix K

A record of all concerns and / or complaints received shall be kept by the Requiring Authority. This record shall include:

5 & Appendix K

(a) The name and address of the person(s) who raised the concern or complaint (unless they elect not to provide this) and details of the concern or complaint;

5 & Appendix K

(b) Where practicable, weather conditions at the time of the concern or complaint, including wind direction and cloud cover if the complaint relates to noise or air quality;

5 & Appendix K

(e) Remedial actions undertaken (if any) and the outcome of these, including monitoring of the activity.

5 & Appendix K

17.3

5 & Appendix K

17.4

5 & Appendix K

19.1

The objective of the CEMP and DWPs is to so far as is reasonablypracticable, avoid, remedy or mitigate any adverse effects (including cumulative effects) associated with the City Rail Link construction.

19.2

All works must be carried out in accordance with the CEMP, the DWPs required by these conditions and in accordance with any changes to plans made under Condition 23.

Noted

19.3

The CEMP and DWPs shall be prepared, complied with and monitoredby the Requiring Authority throughout the duration of construction of the City Rail Link.

Noted

17.1

17.2

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

2 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4

19.4

The DWPs shall give effect to the specific requirements and objectives set out in these designation conditions.

Noted

19.5

The CEMP shall include measures to give effect to any specificrequirements and objectives set out in these designation conditions that are not addressed by the DWPs.

20.1

In order to give effect to the objective in Condition 19.1, the CEMP must provide for the following:

20.2

21.1

4.1

(c) Training requirements for employees, sub-contractors and visitors on construction procedures, environment management and monitoring;

4.2

Appendix E

(e) Where a complaint is received, the complaint must be recorded and responded to as provided for in Conditions 13, 15 and 17.

Section 5 & Appendix K

4.1

(b) The Document management system for administering the CEMP,including review and Requiring Authority / Constructor / Auckland Council requirements;

4.1.2.4

4.4

(d) Environmental complaint's management procedures (see also Condition 17);

4.5 & Appendix K

(e) An outline of the construction programme of the work, includingconstruction hours of operation, indicating linkages to the DWPs which address the management of adverse effects during construction;

(f) Specific details on demolition to be undertaken during the construction period;

(g) Means of ensuring the safety of the general public; and

(h) Methods to assess and monitor potential cumulative adverse effects.

In order to give effect to the objective in Condition 19.1, the CEMP shall include the following details and requirements in relation to all areas within the surface designation footprint where construction works are to occur, and / or where materials and construction machinery are to beused or stored: (a) Where access points are to be located and procedures for managing construction vehicle ingress and egress to construction support and storage areas;

2.6 & Appendix E

(b) Methods for managing the control of silt and sediment within the construction area;

4.3.2 & Appendix D,

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

3 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4

Appendix D,

(d) Measures to adopt to keep the construction area in a tidy conditionin terms of disposal / storage of rubbish and storage unloading of construction materials (including equipment). All storage of materials and equipment associated with the construction works shall take place within the boundaries of the designation;

2.7 & 2.8

(e) Measures to ensure all temporary boundary / security fences associated with the construction of the City Rail Link are maintained in good order with any graffiti removed as soon as possible;

2.6, 2.7 & 2.8

(g) The location and specification of any temporary acoustic fences and visual barriers, and where practicable, opportunities for mana whenua (see Condition 8) and community art or other decorative measures along with viewing screens to be incorporated into these withoutcompromising the purpose for which these are erected;

2.6 & Appendix F

2.7

(i) The location of any temporary buildings (including workers officesand portaloos) and vehicle parking (which should be located within the construction area and not on adjacent streets);

2.6

(j) Methods to control the intensity, location and direction of artificial construction lighting to avoid light spill and glare onto sites adjacent construction areas;

4.3.5

(k) Methods to ensure the prevention and mitigation of adverse effects associated with the storage, use, disposal, or transportation of hazardous substances;

4.4

(l) That onsite stockpiling of spoil or fill at Downtown and Lower Albert Street construction yards be minimised where practicable;

N/A

(m) That site offices and less noisy construction activities be located at the edge of the construction yards where practicable; and

2.6

(n) Methods for management of vacant areas once construction is completed in accordance with the Urban Design DWP.

N/A

21.2

N/A

22.1

The CEMP and DWPs shall be reviewed at least annually or as a result of a material change to the City Rail Link project or to addressunforeseen adverse effects arising from construction or unresolved complaints. Such a review may be initiated by either Auckland Council or the Requiring Authority. The review shall take into consideration:

Noted

(a) Compliance with designation conditions, the CEMP, DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs) and material changes to these plans;

Noted

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

4 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4

(b) Any changes to construction methods;

Noted

(d) Changes in industry best practice standards;

Noted

(e) Changes in legal or other requirements;

Noted

(f) Results of monitoring and reporting procedures associated with the management of adverse effects during construction;

Noted

(g) Any comments or recommendations received from Auckland Council regarding the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs); and

Noted

(h) Any unresolved complaints and any response to the complaints and remedial action taken to address the complaint as required under Condition 17.

Noted

22.2

A summary of the review process shall be kept by the Requiring Authority, provided annually to the Auckland Council, and madeavailable to the Auckland Council upon request.

Noted

23.1

Following the CEMP and DWPs review process described in Condition 22, the CEMP may require updating.

Noted

23.2

Any material change to the CEMP and DWP must be consistent with the purpose and objective of the relevant condition.

Noted

23.3

Affected parties will be notified of the review and any material change proposed to the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPsand SSCVMPs).

Noted

23.4

Noted

23.5

Any material change proposed to the CEMP and DWPs shall be subject to an independent peer review as required by Condition 11.

Noted

23.6

Noted

24.1

To manage the adverse effects on Network Utilities Operations during the construction of the City Rail Link, the following shall be included in the CEMP.

Noted

24.2

The purpose of this section of the CEMP shall be to ensure that the enabling works and construction of the City Rail Link adequately take account of, and include measures to address the safety, integrity, protection or, where necessary, relocation of existing network utilities that traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation during the construction of the City Rail Link.

Noted

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

5 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4

24.3

For the avoidance of doubt and for the purposes of this condition an â€œexisting Network Utilityâ€? includes infrastructure operated by a Network Utility Operator which was:

Noted

(a) In place at the time the notice of requirement for the City Rail Link was served on Auckland Council (23 August 2012); or (b) Undertaken in accordance with condition 6 of this designation or the section 176(1)(b) RMA process. 24.4

4.3.1 & Appendix K

(a) Cross references to the Communication and Consultation Plan for the methods that will be used to liaise with all Network Utility Operators who have existing network utilities that traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation; (b) Measures to be used to accurately identify the location of existingNetwork Utilities, and the measures for the protection, support, relocation and/or reinstatement of existing Network Utilities; (c) Methods to be used to ensure that all construction personnel, including contractors, are aware of the presence and location of the various existing Network Utilities (and their priority designations) which traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation, and therestrictions in place in relation to those existing Network Utilities. This shall include: (i) Measures to provide for the safe operation of plant and equipment, and the safety of workers, in proximity to existing Network Utilities; (ii) Plans identifying the locations of the existing Network Utilities (and their designations) and appropriate physical indicators on the ground showing specific surveyed locations; (d) Measures to be used to ensure the continued operation of Network Utility Operations and the security of supply of the utilities by Network Utility Operators at all times; (e) Measures to be used to enable Network Utility Operators to accessexisting Network Utilities for maintenance at all reasonable times on an ongoing basis during construction, and to access existing Network Utilities for emergency and urgent repair works at all times during theconstruction of the City Rail Link (f) Contingency management plans for reasonably foreseeable circumstances in respect of the relocation and rebuild of existing Network Utilities during the construction of the City Rail Link; (g) A risk analysis for the relocation and rebuild of existing Network Utilities during the construction of the City Rail Link; (h) Earthworks management (including depth and extent of earthworks and temporary and permanent stabilisation measures), for earthworks in close proximity to existing Network Utilities;

2.3.2

(i) Vibration management and monitoring for works in close proximity to existing Network Utilities;

2.3.2, 4.3.1 & Appendix F

(j) Emergency management procedures in the event of any emergencyinvolving existing Network Utilities; (k) The process for providing as-built drawings showing the relationship of the relocated Network Utilities to the City Rail Link to Network Utility Operators and the timing for providing these drawings;

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

6 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4

(l) Measures to ensure that network utilities are not interrupted to the Mt Eden Corrections Facility as a result of City Rail Link works. The requiring authority shall advise the Department of Corrections and the entity contracted by Department of Corrections to administer and runthe Mt Eden Corrections facility at 1 Lauder Road, of any works on network utilities in the vicinity of the Mt Eden Corrections Facility which may impact on utility service provision to the Mt Eden Corrections Facility at least 14 days prior to those works occurring to allow the Department of Corrections (and the entity contracted to administer and run the facility at 1 Lauder Road) to arrange suitable contingencies. Communication and consultation with the Department of Corrections, and the entity contracted to administer and run the facility at 1 Lauder Road, shall be recorded in accordance with condition 15) of this designation. The Requiring Authority shall be responsible for ensuring that construction works do not interrupt network utilities to the Mt Eden Corrections Facility, unless by prior arrangement with Department of Corrections and the entity contracted by Department of Corrections to administer and run the Mt Eden Corrections facility at 1 Lauder Road.

24.5

N/A

(m) A summary of the consultation (including any methods or measures in dispute and the Requiring Authorities response to them) undertaken between the Requiring Authority and any Network UtilityOperators during the preparation of the CEMP.

4.3.1 & Appendix K

If the Requiring Authority and a Network Utility Operator cannot agree on the methods proposed under the CEMP to manage the construction effects on the Operatorâ€™s network utility operation, unless otherwise agreed, each party will appoint a suitably qualified and independent expert, who shall jointly appoint a third such expert to advise the parties and make a recommendation. That recommendation will beprovided by the Requiring Authority as part of the CEMP along with reasons if the recommendation is not accepted.

N/A

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

7 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4

1.7

Resource Consent Conditions

The Project falls within the scope of the A2N regional resource consents approved by Auckland Council on 17 November 20165. All works will be carried out in accordance with the CEMP and the plans required by those consents which have been prepared commensurate to the scale of the works proposed. The resource consent conditions are included in Appendix B. Resource consent conditions 35 â€“ 40 outline what is required for the CEMP under the A2N regional consents. Table 3 identifies the relevant sections of the CEMP that address each condition and where management plans identified by the regional consents are located.

R/LUC/2016/1890, R/REG/2016/1892, R/REG/2016/1895, R/REG/2016/1896, REG/2016/1897, R/REG/2016/1898, R/REG/2016/1899, R/REG/2016/1900 and R/REG/2016/2038

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

8 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4

Table 3 Resource consent conditions from the Aotea to NAL resource consent relating to the CEMP

Condition Number

Condition

Relevant Section of CEMP

Aotea to NAL Resource Consent Conditions Communication and Consultation 25

Blank

The CCP shall be based on and, where appropriate, incorporate the provisions of the PCCP, and shall set out how the Consent Holder will: a. Inform the community and business of construction progress and future construction activities and constraints that could affect them; b. Provide early information on key Project milestones; c. Obtain and specify a reasonable timeframe (being not less than 10 working days), for feedback and inputs from directly affected and affected in-proximity parties regarding the implementation and review of the CEMP or other Management Plans; d. Respond to queries and complaints including but not limited to: i) Who is responsible for responding; ii) How responses will be provided; and iii) The timeframes within which responses will be provided.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

9 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4

Appendix K

The CCP shall (as a minimum) include: a. A communications framework that details the Consent Holderâ€™s communication strategies, accountabilities, frequency of communications and consultation, the range of communication and consultation tools to be used (including relevant communication methods, newsletters or similar, advertising etc.), and any other relevant communication matters; b. The Communication and Consultation Manager for the Project including 24 hour contact details (phone, email and postal address); c. The 0800 CRL TALK phone number; d. The methods for identifying, communicating and consulting with persons affected by the project including but not limited to: i) All property owners and occupiers of the sites that are identified at Appendix 4, and adjacent to the Projectâ€™s construction sites; ii) Mana Whenua unless any of those named advise the Consent Holder of a different liaison process; iii) Heritage NZ; iv) NZ Transport Agency/ Auckland Motorway Alliance (AMA); v) Kiwirail; vi) Department of Corrections; vii) Ministry of Justice; viii) Network Utility Operators; and ix) The Community and Business Liaison Group (refer Conditions 16-24) e. How stakeholders and persons affected by the Project will be notified of the commencement of construction, the expected duration of the activities and works, and who to contact for any queries, concerns and complaints; f. How stakeholders and persons affected by the Project will be consulted in the development and review of the CEMP and other Management Plans, including specifying reasonable timeframes for feedback; g. A list of stakeholders, directly affected and affected in-proximity parties to the construction works with whom the Consent Holder will communicate; h. A requirement that the Consent Holder shall make any information that is relevant to 22 Stable Lane available to the owner of that property (Christopher Patrick Browne) on request, and advise that owner in the event that any alert or alarm trigger levels are exceeded that are relevant to 22 Stable Lane. In addition, the CCP shall state the method by which Christopher Patrick Browne can make such a request and the anticipated timeframe within which it will be provided; i. A summary of communication and consultation undertaken between the Consent Holder and parties as required by the PCCP. The summary shall include any outstanding issues or disputes raised by parties;

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

10 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4

j. How communication and consultation relating to construction activities and monitoring requirements will be recorded; and k. How opportunities to interpret and display archaeological finds within the Project area will be identified and implemented, including how Heritage NZ will be involved in this process. Advice Note: At the time this resource consent was granted, the Communication and Consultation Manager for the Project was Carol Greensmith, phone 0800 CRL TALK. 29

The CCP shall also include (as relevant) linkages and cross-references to the CEMP and other Management Plans.

Noted

The CCP shall be implemented and complied with for the duration of the construction of the Project.

Noted

Construction Management

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

11 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4

This document

The CEMP shall include details of:

All sections

a. Final project details and staging of works to illustrate that the works remain within the limits and standards approved under these resource consents and that the construction activities avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on the environment. b. The site or project manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager, including their contact details (phone, email and physical address); c. The “key contacts”; d. Communication and consultation procedures for ensuring that residents, road users and businesses in the immediate vicinity of construction areas are given prior notice of the commencement of construction and are informed about the expected duration and effects of the work. In particular, the procedures shall provide for the following in relation to residents, road users and businesses potentially affected by the construction works: i) consultation prior to the commencement of construction; ii) notice periods for changes to pedestrian and vehicle access; iii) regular updates on construction progress; iv) key dates for major milestones such as road closure and re-opening; and v) communication on any other matters potentially affecting residents or business operations in the vicinity of the works. e. Notice boards that clearly identify the Consent Holder and the Project name, together with the name, telephone number and email address of the Site or Project Manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager; f. General site layout and management; g. An outline of the Project’s construction programme, including construction hours of operation; h. Means of ensuring the safety of the general public; i. Certified Management Plans referred to in these conditions; j. Water Discharge Quality Monitoring Programme; and k. Identification of the suitably independent, qualified Chartered Professional Engineer, or member of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors, who will be undertaking the condition surveys required by the conditions of consent. 37

The CEMP shall be provided to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification at least 20 working days prior to the commencement of construction

Noted

Construction shall not commence until written certification is obtained from Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring).

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

12 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4

Noted

The Consent Holder shall request the Councilâ€™s (Team Leader Central Monitoring) determination as to whether the proposed change can be certified, in writing, within 10 working days of submission of the change. 42

The Consent Holder shall review the CEMP and other Management Plans at least annually or

5.7

as a result of a material change to the Project; b. to address unforeseen or materially greater adverse effects arising from construction or c. to address unresolved complaints. 43

A review pursuant to Condition 42 may be initiated by either the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) or the Consent Holder and shall take into consideration:

Noted

a. Compliance with resource consent conditions, the CEMP, other Management Plans and any material changes to these Plans; b. Any changes to construction methods; c. Key changes to roles and responsibilities relating to the Project; d. Relevant changes in industry best practice standards; e. Relevant changes in legal or other requirements; f. Results of monitoring and reporting procedures associated with the management of adverse effects during construction; g. Any comments or recommendations received from Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) or as a result of the CCP process regarding the CEMP and other Management Plans; and h. Any complaints and any response to complaints and remedial action taken to address the complaint as required under Conditions 45-49. 44

A summary of the review process shall be kept by the Consent Holder, provided annually to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring), and advised to and made available to the CLG.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

13 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4

Noted

Construction Traffic

The Consent Holder shall, so far as is it is reasonably practicable, avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects of construction on transport, parking and property access.

Appendix E, section 6

This is to be achieved through the following objectives: a. managing the road transport network for the duration of the construction by adopting the best practicable option to manage congestion; b. maintaining pedestrian access to private property at all times; and c. providing on-going vehicle access to private property to the greatest extent possible. Advice Note: Condition 41 refers to objectives to be achieved. The requirement to provide mechanisms to achieve these objectives is included in the relevant CRL designation conditions. Erosion and Sediment Control Plan

4.3.2 & Appendix D

Noted

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

14 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4

4.3.2 & Appendix D

An ESCP shall include, but is not limited to, the following matters: • identification of construction zones and construction support areas; • specific erosion and sediment control works for each Active Construction Zone (location, dimensions, capacity supporting calculations and design drawings), which should be in line with Industry Best Practice that will meet or exceed the performance of measures detailed in TP90; • catchment boundaries; • the timing and duration of construction and operation of control works (in relation to the staging and sequencing of earthworks); • details relating to the management of exposed areas; • reference to the Flocculent Treatment Management Plan and confirmation of erosion and sediment control measures necessary to give effect to that plan; • reference to the Contaminated Soils Management Plan and confirmation of erosion and sediment control measures necessary to give effect to that plan; and • monitoring and maintenance requirements, including information on complaint investigation and response procedures, training, and roles and responsibilities.

Any change to an ESCP shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification.

Noted

The Consent Holder shall request the Council’s (Team Leader Central Monitoring) written determination as to whether the proposed change can be certified, to be provided within 10 working days of submission of the change. No activity reliant upon a change to the ESCP can be undertaken until the change has been certified.

Noted

The Consent Holder shall comply with the ESCP for the duration of the earthworks associated with the Project.

Noted

Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan

Appendix L

Noted

The Consent Holder shall request Council’s (The Manager) determination as to whether the GSMCP can be certified in writing within 10 working days of receipt of the GSMCP.

Noted

No dewatering on the subject site shall commence until certification from the Manager is provided.

Noted

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

15 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4

100

The GSMCP required by Condition 97 shall include the requirements of this resource consent including, but not limited to, the following: a. An “as built” survey plan of all monitoring locations based on approximate positions located on the plans entitled: • A02502731, Figure 39, Rev B dated May 2016 and ET Table 7.1 (Appendix 3); and • The plans referred to in Appendix 1 and any further building-specific monitoring requirements determined from the detailed pre-construction building condition assessment. b. Full details (frequency and scope) of groundwater (including construction logs), ground surface, building, retaining wall, building façade, inclinometer monitoring programme and conditions surveys, and frequency and scope of visual inspections required by this consent; c. A bar chart, such as a Gantt chart, showing the timing and frequency of the condition surveys and monitoring required by this consent relative to the Commencement of Dewatering and the Completion of Dewatering; d. Groundwater alert triggers, defined as 90% of predicted drawdown below seasonal low groundwater levels; e. Details of all alert and alarm triggers (including any necessary horizontal and vertical displacements), the frequency of monitoring and the criteria to cease monitoring for each ground, building and retaining wall deformation marks and inclinometers, extensometers. The alert and alarm triggers shall be an update of the provisional triggers provided on drawings CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2640 Rev 4. dated 14 October 2016 and CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2642 Rev 3. dated 11 October 2016; Details of the contingency measures to be implemented if alert or alarm triggers are exceeded, including a Response Plan; g. Identification of any adjacent Services susceptible to damage and details of any pre and post construction monitoring or inspection; h. Details of monitoring proposed to ensure the effects of any ground settlement adjacent to shafts proposed for the installation of new utilities near Mt Eden Station are adequately monitored; i. Details of the monitoring proposed to be undertaken to protect the issued groundwater diversion consents listed below against cumulative settlement effects: i. Consent No. 45735, 46 Upper Queen Street ii. Consent No. 44531, 224 Hobson Street iii. Consent 44857, 106 Vincent Street iv. Consent No. 45635, 210 Federal Street v. Consent No. 44571, 58 Albert Street vi. Consent No. 43162, 26 Poynton Terrace

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

16 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4

Appendix L

j. Identification of existing basements which could be subject to potential flooding from post-construction groundwater mounding; details of monitoring of long-term groundwater mounding effects; and details of groundwater drain construction to prevent groundwater mounding; and k. The review of the proposed alarm and alert trigger levels in Appendix 2, approved by the IBA, following the preconstruction building condition surveys (required by Condition 109) that confirms they are set to ensure Serviceability Limits will be not be exceeded and whether the monitoring frequency is adequate, possibly requiring further site investigation work where sensitive structures are identified as part of Condition 112. 101

The GSMCP may be varied, including frequency of monitoring, subject to the certification of the Manager, which is contingent on approval of the IBA.

Noted

Advice Note: The Manager will endeavour to determine whether the change can be certified, in writing, within 10 working days of submission of the change. 102

Once certified, the GSMCP shall be implemented for the periods specified in conditions of this consent.

Noted

103

The Consent Holder shall advise the Manager, in writing, of the date of the proposed Commencement of Dewatering.

Noted

Appendix M

Building Inspection 109

The survey and assessment shall include, but not be limited to, the following: a. any information about the type of foundations; b. existing levels of damage considered to be of an aesthetic or superficial nature; c. existing levels of damage considered to affect the serviceability of the building where visually apparent and without recourse to intrusive or destructive investigation; d. a professional opinion as to whether observed damage may or may not be associated with actual structural damage; e. susceptibility of the building or structure to further movement; f. specific assessment of building damage with reference to the trigger levels identified in Appendix 2; g. review of proposed alarm and alert trigger levels to confirm they are appropriately set; and h. photographic evidence of (b) and (c).

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

17 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4

Contaminated Soils Management Plan

131

At least 20 days prior to the commencement of construction (earthworks), the Consent Holder shall provide a Contaminated Soils Management Plan (CSMP) to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification. The CSMP shall be prepared by a Contaminated Land Professional in accordance with the Contaminated Land Management Guidelines, No.1 Reporting on Contaminated Sites in New Zealand, Ministry for the Environment (revised 2011).

Appendix H

132

Noted

133

No earthworks shall commence until

Noted

a.certification is provided from the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) that the CSMP satisfactorily meets the requirements of Schedule 13 (A4) of the ACRP:ALW, and b.all measures identified in that plan as being required to be established prior to the commencement of earthworks have been established. 134

The CSMP shall address the following matters: a. The areas within the project site designated for the excavation works, including depths and extent of the proposed works, and an updated map/s showing the land disturbance activity areas b. Excavation, management, and disposal procedures for soil, sediment, dust, surface run-off water, perched groundwater, and groundwater, if encountered c. Temporary containment, treatment, and testing procedures for any water getting in contact with the contaminated material if the disposal option is to the stormwater system or the marine environment is considered d. Contingency measures for unexpected discovery of contamination e. Proposed sampling and analysis, if applicable; and f. Any proposed works summary reporting. Advice Note: The Council acknowledges that the CSMP is intended to provide flexibility of for the management of the works and contaminant discharge. Accordingly, the Plan may need to be further updated. Any updates must be limited to the scope of this consent and consistent with the conditions of this consent. If you would like to confirm that any proposed updates are within scope, or have any other queries, please contact the Council (Team Leader Earth and Stream Works, Trees, and Contaminated Land, Natural Resources and Specialist Input) on (09) 301 0101.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

18 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4

Appendix H, sections 2.0 & 5.0

Air Quality Management Plan

223

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

19 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4

Appendix I, sections 2.0, 3.3, 4.0 & 5.0

224

The final AQMP/s shall also provide detailed methods including, but not limited to, the following matters: a. methods to ensure exposed surfaces remain dampened to minimise dust emissions (possible examples include a water spray system or other suitable system, water carts and other suppression methods); b. ensuring a 20 km/hr vehicle speed limit within the ACZs and CSAs; c. operation of wheel washes; d. regular sweeping of public roads around the exit points of ACZs and CSAs and sealed vehicle accessways within these areas; e. measures for supressing dust from any temporary stock piles (demonstrating how they are to be limited to no more than 24 mÂł of uncovered spoil at any one time in each ACZ); f. measures for the handling of cement associated with the forming of cement stabilised columns, including filter systems and high level alarms where a silo is used; g. covering of loads of material being delivered and removed from the site; h. instrument monitoring of dust concentrations (including identification of a monitoring methodology, monitoring network and appropriate alert thresholds) to ensure that any significant dust effects arising from the ACZs or CSAs are identified and remedied as soon as practicable throughout the Project; i. the locations of instrument dust monitoring sites, including at least three re-locatable and/or fixed monitors to be associated with each of ACZs A, K and M, and the duration of this monitoring; j. measures for responding to continuous instrument dust monitoring trigger alarms, including contingency measures to reduce measured concentrations below the trigger thresholds and provisions for responding after standard operating hours; k. measures for undertaking meteorological observations and visual inspections of dust or other air discharges from the Project, to be completed at least on a daily basis, with all relevant information logged; and l. information regarding complaint logging, investigation and response procedures, training and roles and responsibilities. The Team Leader Central Monitoring shall be requested to respond to the AQMP/s with any suggested changes within 10 working days from receipt of the AQMP; otherwise the AQMP may be considered by the Consent Holder to be certified by the Council.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

20 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4

Appendix I, sections 3.0 & 4.0

Project Description

2.1

CRL Overview

The CRL project comprises the construction, operation and maintenance of a 3.4 km underground passenger railway, running between Britomart Station and the North Auckland Rail Line (NAL) in the vicinity of Mt Eden station. The proposed works include the construction of twin underground rail tunnels and two underground stations using cut and cover methods, and tunnel boring methods, up to 42 m below ground. The complex nature and substantial size of the project has meant that the project has been broken up into multiple different packages. This CEMP specifically relates to the removal or cut back of canopies and the relocation of utilities along Albert Street, from Wellesley Street to Victoria Street West. The proposed works are described in more detail in sections 2.2 and 2.3 below.

2.2

Canopy Removal and Utilities Relocation

To enable suitable site access, there is a requirement to remove or cut back the canopies of the buildings located along the western side of Albert Street, between Wellesley Street and Victoria Street West. The following properties are subject to the canopy removal works:

   

99 Albert Street (AA Building) 105 Albert Street (Manhattan Apartments) 109-125 Albert Street (Sky City Building) 135 Albert Street (Auckland Council Building)

The network of buried pipes and cables under Albert Street will need to be permanently diverted to enable construction of the station. The existing services will be relocated into a shared services trench approximately 4.0m in depth by 1.5m in width, located in the space between the new station wall and the existing buildings. Based on the approximate distance from the corners of Albert Street with Wellesley Street and Victoria Street West, it is estimated the trench will be about 220m long and the excavated volume about 1,320m 3. Figure 1 to follow shows the worksite layout, pedestrian pathways and hoarding locations.

Figure 1 Worksite layout, temporary pedestrian pathways and hoardings

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

21 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4

2.3

Construction Methodology

2.3.1

Canopy Removal / Dismantling / Cut-backs

The canopy removal or cut back works, specifically the extent of dismantling / removal, is different for each building, however there are common methodologies that will apply to each stage, and similar tools and techniques will be used throughout, as detailed in the schedule below. The equipment listed in Table 4 below will be supplemented by normal hand tools, ladders and handheld power tools. Table 4 Indicative canopy removal or cut back construction methodology

Activity

Equipment & Materials

Set up and prepare site, install temporary traffic management (TTM), and erosion and sediment control (ESC) provisions and install pedestrian pathways;



For AA and Manhattan – via existing undercroft



For Sky City and Auckland Council – Container walkways

Approx. Duration

Trucks, signage, cones, mobile crane, excavator, containers, barriers, hoardings

2 weeks

Scaffold, gas welder / cutting torch, cherry picker, mobile crane, trucks.

Up to 8 weeks, for each building.

Provide pedestrian access to affected building entrances. Provide vehicle access to Manhattan and Sky City car parks. Terminate all power supplies to and relocate any and all plant, equipment and signage currently located on those parts of the canopy to be removed. Erect scaffold, dismantle and remove building canopy or cut-back to agreed position.



Remove glazing/panel/roof sections



Remove roof/secondary supports between main support beams



Remove primary support beams

Install weatherproof flashing to building façade and make good.

Total

2.3.2

No hammer drills or percussion tools to be used, to minimize noise and vibration.

Scaffold, trucks, cherry picker, mobile crane, hand tools. Approximately

2 weeks, for each building.

20 weeks

Utility Services Relocation

Following canopy removals or cut-backs, below ground works will commence on the shared utility services trench. The trench will be excavated in two stages; first stage to 1.5m depth, around existing ducts and cables; second stage to approximately 4.0m depth, for installation of new stormwater and wastewater mains. Hydro-vac excavation will be used where ever possible, to minimise noise and vibration, and

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

22 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4

to protect existing buried services. Temporary pedestrian and vehicle bridges will be provided where the trench runs across building entrances. The trench will also be backfilled in two discrete stages; first stage to backfill over the new pipes to approximately 1.5m below ground level; second stage to backfill around the new ducts and cables to the surface. After the first stage of backfilling, the new stormwater and wastewater mains will be tested, then individual property connections (branches) installed, allowing installation of the water supply main. The water main will be tested and then connected to the individual properties. Cable ducts for power and telecommunications cables are then laid in the trench, and the trench is then backfilled to the surface. Cable joint pits are then excavated, cables pulled through the ducts, and cables cutover and connected to individual properties. This section of the work includes power and communications outages, which will be planned and coordinated with building occupants, to minimise disruption. Abandoned or redundant services will then be removed from the station wall piling line, all excavations backfilled and the footpath pavement reinstated. The equipment listed in Table 5 below will be supplemented by hand tools, ladders and hand-held power tools. Table 5 Indicative utilities relocation construction methodology

Activity

Equipment & Materials

Approx. Duration

Mark out proposed footprint of trench section (up to 50m length). Identify and locate existing services on surface.

Trucks, Hand held service locator

2 weeks

Saw cut and remove existing pavement (pavement is primarily asphalt surfacing, with isolated granite tile inserts). This would be done in brief periods progressively along the trench.

Concrete saw, handheld concrete breaker – only where necessary, excavator, trucks

2 - 3 weeks for the overall length of the trench; 2 – 3 days in front of each building

Expose and support existing services to 1.5m depth– maintain all vehicle and pedestrian access with temporary crossings.

HydroVac and normal excavator, trucks

6 weeks

Excavate trench to maximum 4m depth, using mini excavator, carefully working around struts and services. Provide temporary strutting & shoring to trench sides, with timbers or trench shield, as appropriate.

Generally using mini excavator. Truck mounted crane, excavator, trench shields

3 weeks

Lay pipe bedding and install new wastewater and stormwater pipes, connect to downstream discharge points.

Excavator, plate compactor, truck mounted or mobile crane

4 – 6 weeks

This would be done in brief periods progressively along the trench.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

23 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4

Backfill approximately half trench depth,

Trucks, excavator, plate compactor (no vibrating rollers)

4 -6 weeks

Draw cables through new ducts (where required) and cut-over live mains. Place and compact remaining sections of trench backfill

Truck mounted crane, excavator

10 weeks

Total

Approximately

Lay new power and communication ducts, place and compact trench backfill where possible. Excavation for draw pits and joint bays and connection points to be left open.

2.4

40 weeks

Programme

The Project is anticipated to take approximately 15 months to construct based on Connectus and CRLLâ€™s best knowledge of underground services and therefore, the scope of work considered at the time of preparing this CEMP. Should additional complexity or additional underground services be encountered during the course of the Project, then the Project duration will extend beyond 15 months. To ensure the Project works are undertaken as quickly and efficiently as possible, construction sequence activities may be performed in parallel, i.e. canopies removed/cut-back from more than one building simultaneously. The approximate timing of these main activities is shown in Table 4 and Table 5 above.

2.5

Hours of Operation

The designation conditions require that a number of noise and vibration limits are adhered to which restrict noise and vibration generating activity to between 0700 and 2200 (designation conditions 31 to 35). However, works will generally be undertaken between 0700 and 1900 Monday to Saturday.

2.6

Site Layout and Management

Figure 2 to follow shows an indicative site layout for the Project works area from a traffic management perspective.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

24 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4

Figure 2 Project area layout

2.7

Security, Safety and Public Viewing

Pedestrians on Albert Street will be separated from the Project area via a variety of hoardings such as containers and solid barriers, which will ensure their safety is maintained and provide a view of the work site where possible. These hoardings also secure the work site area and assist in providing a safe working environment for the construction contractors. Pedestrian access along the western side of Albert Street will be maintained through the construction period. Figure 3, Figure 4 and Figure 5 to follow provide examples of how pedestrian access will be managed adjacent to the work site.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

25 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4

Figure 3 Examples of container approach to pedestrian hoarding and safety management

Figure 4 Hoarding outside Auckland Council, 135 Albert Street

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

26 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4

Figure 5 Hoarding outside AA centre, 99 Albert Street

2.8

Graffiti and Litter

Security fences and hoardings will be inspected for integrity and graffiti as part of a weekly environmental inspection. A small quantity of paint will be kept on site to paint over graffiti rapidly. The Construction Contractor will target painting over graffiti within 48 hours of identifying the problem (although this may take longer if it requires working at height). The site will be inspected for litter via the daily work site maintenance programme. The Construction Contractor and CRLL will discourage graffiti by putting murals and project information on hoardings (where practicable) to avoid providing a blank canvas for graffiti. CRLL will continue to work with businesses to assist in the regular removal of waste from the Project area.

2.9

Returning the Site to Public Use

This will be detailed in the Urban Design DWP which will be prepared as part of a subsequent Outline Plan process for the CRL Main works.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

27 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4

Social and Environmental Management

This CEMP presents a framework of principles, environmental policy and performance standards as well as processes for implementing appropriate environmental management. The methods for achieving this are presented in detail in the sections below.

3.1

Construction Activities and Associated Environmental Receivers

Key construction activities associated with the Project include the removal/dismantling of building canopies and excavation of the utilities trench. These activities have the potential to affect different aspects of the environment (e.g. traffic, noise). The DWPs and MPs attached to this CEMP detail mitigation measures specific to the environmental aspect and detail further the construction activity which causes the potential effect.

3.2

Environmental Risk Register

The Project Risk Register includes environmental risks for the construction activities related to the Project. A risk register for the Project will be developed by the Construction Contractor and stored in their document management system. The information contained in the risk register provides a guide for the implementation of environmental management activities, controls and monitoring, thus minimising environmental impacts.

3.2.1

Review of the Register

The risk register is a â€˜living documentâ€™ and will be constantly updated to address changing conditions, revised methodologies and each new work area. The Environment and Sustainability Manager (ESM) is required to maintain and review environmental risks within the register. The risk register will be reviewed prior to the commencement of construction activities (taking into account finalised construction methodologies), at regular intervals and when there is a new or changed activity, equipment or location. Changes to legislative requirements may also drive risk register reviews. The register will be reviewed on a quarterly basis as a minimum. The ESM, with the assistance of environmental and technical experts, will determine whether the CEMP and plans require revision to reflect the revised risk assessment. CRLL, as the consent holder, will be responsible for obtaining AC approvals, if any are required, prior to commencing any new or changed activities. The ESM will inform the relevant staff, Project Director and management team of any changes to the environmental risks within the Project risk register.

3.3

Cumulative Effects

Methods to address cumulative effects are outlined for specific activities within the suite of plans attached to this CEMP. Monitoring for each area includes methods to ensure the effects from the Project are well understood and delineated from effects of concurrent construction projects in proximity.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

28 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4

3.4

Legislative and Other Requirement

This section details the statutory framework and other requirements for environmental management on the Project and outlines the relevant legislation, policies, plans and consents.

3.4.1

National Legal Requirements and Policies

The Construction Contractor will comply with all relevant legislation and will employ best practice environmental management procedures. Key environmental legislation for management of the Project is identified in Table 6 below. Table 6 Key national legislation, regulations and standards

National legislation, regulations, strategies and policies Resource Management Act 1991 Hazardous Substances and New Organisms Act 1996 Protected Objects Act 1975 for the relevant archaeological and heritage standards/practices Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga Act 2014 National Environmental Standard – Air Quality 2004 (NEW:AQ) National Environmental Standard for Assessing and Managing Contaminants in Soil to Protect Human Health Regulations 2011

The Construction Contractor will identify, maintain and continually evaluate compliance with legal and other related requirements that are applicable to delivery of the Project.

3.4.2

Legislation, Standards and Guidelines relating to Environmental Aspects

Table 7 identifies legislation, standards and guidelines which are relevant to specific environmental aspects of the Project and will be read in conjunction with the relevant DWPs and MPs of this CEMP. Table 7 Standards, guidelines and specific statutory requirements associated with environmental aspects and detailed in the CEMP and plans

Environmental Aspect/Plan Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan

Plan Statutory Requirements, Guidelines and Standards 

NZS 6803:1999 Acoustics – Construction Noise



DIN 4150-3:1999 Structural Vibration (German standard)



BS 5228:2009 Code of Practice for Noise and Vibration Control on Structures (British Standard)



NZS 6801:2008 Measurement of Sound



NZS 6802:2008 Assessment of Environmental Sound

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

29 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4



Ministry for Environment, Good Practice Guide for Assessing and Managing the Environmental Effects of Dust Emissions 2001



AS/NZ 3580.1.1: 2007 Method for sampling and analysis of ambient air – Guide to siting air monitoring equipment



National Environmental Standard for Air Quality (AQNES)



Auckland Regional Council – TP90 - Erosion and Sediment Control Guidelines for Land Disturbing Activities



Auckland Regional Council – TP10 – Design Guideline Manual Stormwater Treatment Devices



Ministry for Environment A Guide to the Management of Cleanfills 2002



Health and Safety in Employment (Asbestos) Regulations 1998



Department of Labour Guidelines for the Management and removal of Asbestos (revised) 1999



Ministry for Environment, Contaminated Land Management Guidelines No 1 to 5



National Environmental Standard for Assessing and Managing Contaminants in Soil to Protect Human Health Regulations 2011

Traffic Access and Parking DWP



Auckland City Council Manual of Temporary Traffic Management

Historic Character DWP



Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga Act 2014

Air Quality DWP

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan

Contaminated DWP

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

30 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4

Implementation and Operation

This section addresses how the CEMP, DWPs and MPs will be implemented. Details around the following are provided:

     

Roles and responsibilities; Training and induction; Operating Procedures; Emergency and Incident Responses; Communication and Interfaces; and Complaints Management.

4.1

Roles and Responsibilities

4.1.1

Overview and Responsibility for this Plan

Each person involved in the Project has equal responsibility to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse environmental effects. There are three key groups with responsibility for environmental management of the Project:

  

CRLL as the Project owner; Connectus, the construction contractor undertaking the works; and AC which audits the works and monitors compliance with resource consent conditions, the CEMP, DWPs and MPs.

Connectus will appoint an ESM as part of the Construction Team during the construction phase of the Project. The ESM will be involved throughout this period to give advice and to ensure that the CEMP and plans are implemented and maintained. Further details of responsibilities during the construction phase are included below.

4.1.2

Specific Roles and Responsibilities

The key management roles for each organisation in relation to environmental management during the construction of the Project are outlined in Table 8. Key roles of personnel as they relate to environmental management during the construction of the Project are detailed below. Roles and responsibilities of personnel which implement specific environmental controls and monitoring programs (such as the contaminated land specialist and archaeologist) are detailed in the relevant Plans.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

31 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4

Table 8 Specific roles and responsibilities

Organisation

Role

Responsibilities

City Rail Link Ltd

Requiring Authority, Consent Holder and Project Manager

CRLL Project Director

CRLL C2 Construction Manager

Identifying and managing project risks and issues.

Regular reporting to the CRLL Board, CRL Steering Group and Project Control and Integration Group. AC and other key stakeholders.

Managing performance of the Contractor. Responsible for the Contractor’s adherence to DWPs.

o o

CRLL Consents Manager

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

Providing strategic direction to all workstreams to provide an integrated approach to the delivery of the CRL. Overseeing project planning, acquisition, design, constructability, procurement, stakeholder engagement, communications, programme and financial control.

CRLL Communications Manager

Overall responsibility for project compliance and performance in relation to environment, quality assurance and incident management. Obtaining new or altered resource consents required during construction (if any). Key contact for monitoring compliance. Attendance at monthly meetings with Connectus ‘Key contact’ and AC Consent Monitoring Officers.

Manager of CRL Communications for CRLL and responsible for communicating key aspects of Project to stakeholders, affected parties and general public. Manages CRL Communications Strategy and is point of contact for CRLL. Manages CBLGs for Project. Manages CRLL’s online presence, specifically the CRLL website. Main point of contact for implementation of, and compliance with CRL designation and resource consent conditions.

32 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4

CRLL Construction Safety Manager

o o

CRLL C2.1/2.2 Project Manager

o o

CRLL Street Response Manager

o o

Construction Contractor Connectus

Project Director/Construction Manager

o o o

Stakeholder and Communications Manager

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

Health and Safety regime for the CRL enabling works. Being informed of all incidents, according to severity and time scales as outlined in the Health and Safety Plan for Connectus Reporting to the AT Rail Systems and Safety Assurance Manager. Performance oversight of Construction, Coordinate different CRLL (client) work streams to provide quality and timely client inputs and decisions. Liaise fortnightly with the Project affected community regarding project progress and scheduled works in conjunction with the Stakeholder and Communications Manager. Manages CRL street response measures including street cleaning, graffiti removal. Co-ordinates Albert Street Business Promotion events. Co-ordinates CRL Business Support Programme (Business Pack). Proactively identifying opportunities to mitigate impact on businesses. Construction delivery. Ensuring site personnel adhere to the CEMP and delivery work plans. Leading the process and providing expertise in specialist areas. Alerting the Stakeholder and Communications Manager to stakeholder groups, individuals or issues that need attention. Providing technical information and project progress/milestone information to CRLL for briefings and CLG meetings. Leading the response to issues management and crisis management. Ensuring that subcontractors adhere to the Project communication protocols and procedures. The main and readily accessible point of contact for persons affected by the Project in addition to the 24-hour inquiries service.

33 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4

o o

Inform the community of project progress and likely commencement of construction works and programme. Liaise fortnightly with the Project affected community. Manage stakeholder enquiries and working with relevant persons in the team to resolve complaints. Immediately report high risk issues to the CRLL Project Manager and the CRLL Communications Manager. Report weekly to CRLL Project Manager and the Communications Manager on all key community relations and stakeholder management issues. Work with the CRLL Communications Manager to manage and track stakeholder relations and risks. Assist the CRLL Communications team with: - stakeholders communications; - delivering communications activity; and - media enquiries

Provide communications collateral and strategic advice to Connectus Project Director/Construction Manager on critical stakeholder engagement, communications and relationship building. Assist the Construction Manager in the briefing of site personnel with respect to - the mandatory site inductions regarding the standards and requirements for community relations; - the protocols to follow if they are approached by a member of the public or the media; and - behaviour protocols in and around the construction site boundaries.

Environmental and Sustainability Manager (ESM)

o o

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

Key contact for compliance monitoring. Inspections, auditing and checking of environmental management practices and procedures. On-site compliance with consent conditions and other requirements

34 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4

o o

o o o Project and Site Engineers

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

and tracking compliance information. Attendance at compliance meetings with Auckland Council Compliance and Monitoring Officers. Report to CRLL changes to construction techniques or natural environmental changes which require alterations to existing consents or new resource consents. Prepare (with assistance from Technical Specialists), review and update CEMP and relevant subplans. Facilitate and oversee environmental monitoring. Update and maintain the environmental portion of the Project Risk Register. Training of all staff including subcontractors. Reporting on environmental and sustainability KPIs. Undertaking incident investigations. Development, management and monitoring of Construction Execution Procedures (CEPs). Including incorporating environmental and sustainability requirements into the detailed CEPs developed on site. Overseeing subcontractors.

35 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4

Subcontractors

4.1.2.1

Directing all public and media enquiries to the Stakeholder and Communications Manager.

Identifying themselves as a member of the project team and the company they work for. Using approved haul routes so that access to and egress from the sites is undertaken with minimum disruption to the local community.

Parking only in designated project parking areas, if available

Working within approved construction hours.

Working within the conditions specified in the Permits to Notify.

Showing consideration for stakeholders and community members at all times while working on the project and when travelling to and from the project site.

All Staff

 

Attending project induction tool-box talks;

 

Ensuring that required processes and procedures for environmental management are followed;



Within day to day work responsibilities, ensure the environment both on site and adjacent to the site is protected and respected;

 

Ensure the site is tidy and all litter is placed in bins; and

Responsible for reporting environmental incidents, complaints, defects and other problem areas to senior staff as they arise on site;

Ensuring that environmental mitigation and protection measures are maintained and working correctly;

Ensure all graffiti is removed from the site boundary and security fences as soon as possible.

4.1.2.2

Project Director

 

Takes ultimate responsibility for compliance with resource consent conditions;

 

Approves environmental plans prior to issue; and

Notifies CRLL of any environmental non-compliances (e.g. AC, Heritage New Zealand) or other environmental incidents;

Ensures adequate resources are provided to ensure environmental issues and obligations are appropriately managed.

4.1.2.3



Stakeholder and Communications Manager

Responsible for notifying residents of Project works in accordance with the CCP and SIBDDWP;

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

36 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4

 

Disseminates information to the public as approved by CRLL; and Primary contact for Project related complaints and enquiries.

4.1.2.4

Environmental and Sustainability Manager



Provides leadership to ensure staff are motivated to achieve environmental standards, and comply with all resource consent and designation conditions;



Develops, implements and reviews environmental management systems including the CEMP and plans for the Project;



Co-ordinates the interfaces and communications with external agencies and stakeholders in relation to environmental management on the Project in conjunction with Communication and Consultation Manager;



Manages and co-ordinates all consents required (current), and construction monitoring and maintains and submits relevant reporting and records to the AC and CRLL, as required;



Undertakes regular site inspections and audits to ensure compliance with the CEMP and plans and consent conditions;

  

Input records of all environmental monitoring results to Fulcrum;



Coordinates all site monitoring including but not limited to groundwater, settlement, water quality, dust, noise, and vibration monitoring and provides necessary related training and advice to staff in relation to this monitoring;

    

Trains staff in site specific environmental procedures;



Ensures spill kits are available and stocked and provides training on equipment use.

Coordinates environmental interfaces with consultants, subcontractors and suppliers; Coordinates site archaeological monitoring and protection requirements and provides necessary training and advice to site staff;

Coordinates environmental emergency responses; Notifies Project Director of any significant environmental non-compliances; Responsible for resolving issues of environmental non-compliances; Manages maintenance and monitoring of the effectiveness of erosion and sediment controls, stormwater devices and other control devices; and

4.1.2.5

   

Project Technical Specialists

Prepares the DWPs and MPs for the CEMP; Undertakes monitoring as required by the individual DWPs and MPs; Liaise with the ESM to confirm compliance with the DWPs and MPs; Provide assistance to the ESM on technical matters.

4.1.2.6

Project Engineer



Provides leadership to the site team to achieve Project environmental objectives and targets to ensure a high level of performance is achieved;



Responsible for ensuring environmental controls and erosion and sediment control works are installed, modified and maintained as appropriate for each stage of construction;



Assists in the development, implementation and review of Project environmental objectives; and

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

37 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4



Ensures all staff on-site are aware of environmental requirements at all times and sees that routine maintenance to erosion sediment control facilities and management measures continue with ongoing effectiveness.

4.1.3

   

Contact Details

Project Director – Chris Powell - Chris.Powell@connectus.net.nz Environmental Manager – John Surphlis - John.Surphlis@mcdgroup.com H&S Advisor – Glenn Taylor - glenn.taylor@connectus.net.nz Stakeholder Manager – Alan Howard-Smith - alan.howard-smith@hawkins.co.nz

4.2

Training and Induction

All personnel will receive training of a type and level of detail that is appropriate for the environmental aspects of their routine and emergency work assignments. As a minimum, all personnel are required to satisfactorily complete the Project Induction Training. Other mechanisms of communicating environmental controls are through the induction training, weekly tool box talks and prestart meetings, all of which are described below.

4.2.1

Induction Training

The Project Induction includes a presentation of the requirements of this CEMP and in particular the requirements of the issue specific plans, incident response, emergency procedures and spill management. The purpose of the induction is to ensure that, at a minimum, the employee or subcontractor is aware of the main environmental requirements for their scope of work, including:



Understands the importance of conforming with the environmental policy and procedures and to the requirements of this CEMP; and



Is aware of the emergency response and incident procedures.

4.2.2

Tool Box Talks

Weekly tool box talks are conducted for site personnel to deliver specific training in an aspect of work or controls. This may include spill kit training or correct erection of a silt fence. This training provides site personnel with ongoing environmental training and information throughout the Project. Participants in tool box talks shall sign the attendance sheet.

4.2.3

Pre-Start Meetings

Pre-start meetings are used by the supervisors and foremen to explain the work to be done in the upcoming shift. All operational aspects of the task are discussed including safety and environmental issues and controls, particularly if there are new hazards or if there has been a recent incident. An environmental management representative will attend as applicable to explain new environmental controls or reiterate existing controls. Pre-start meetings will be undertaken in accordance with the A2N regional consent requirements.

4.3

Operating Procedures

The following sections of the CEMP describe the environmental aspects associated with the construction phase of the Project along with the operational controls and mitigation measures. The DWPs and MPs of this CEMP detail the controls and measures for each environmental aspect are cross-referenced.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

38 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4

4.3.1

Network Utilities

Consultation and co-ordination with Network Utility Operators (NUO) will be ongoing throughout the duration of the construction of the Project and will continue to be undertaken in accordance with the ‘Principles and Objectives’ and ‘How we will communicate and consult’ sections of the CCP (Appendix K). The Construction Contractor will also utilise the strategies outlined in the Engagement Tools section of the Communication and Consultation Plan. The following NUO’s have been consulted with in order to ensure the continued operation of Network Utilities throughout construction of the Project (unless otherwise agreed with the NUO) and to ensure that relocation and protection of applicable utilities occurs prior to and during Project Construction:

       

Vector Electricity Vector Gas Vector Communications Chorus Vodafone AC Stormwater Watercare Services City Link

Consultation has included weekly workshops and ongoing liaison through emails, phone calls, and meetings. No methods or measures of construction were disputed during consultation. Prior to excavation works for utility relocations, all utilities in the excavation area will be physically identified by GPR (Ground Penetrating Radar) (or similar techniques) and marked out on the ground. In order to ensure the continued operation of the utilities and to ensure the NUO have access to existing utilities for maintenance/emergency access and repair at all reasonable times, regular consultation and coordination with all NUOs will be undertaken throughout construction of the Project. This will be through workshops, regularly scheduled meetings, phone calls and emails. 4.3.1.1

Provision of Drawings to Network Utility Operators

All new utilities being installed on the Project will be surveyed by a registered surveyor and transferred into a drawing which satisfies each of the NUOs specific ‘as built’ requirements. This information will be provided to the NUOs via CRLL.

4.3.2

Erosion and Sediment Control

An ESCP has been prepared to satisfy the relevant A2N resource consent conditions 53 – 58 and is included in Appendix D. The ESCP provides for the management of all earthworks operations to minimise any discharge of debris, soil, sediment or sediment laden water beyond the site to either land and/or stormwater drainage systems. The ESCP follows the principles of Erosion and Sediment Control which are well understood by the contracting industry and are based on Auckland Council’s Technical Publication 90 ‘Erosion and Sediment Control Guidelines for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region’ (referred to as ‘TP90’). Earthworks activities will involve trenching on the western side of Albert Street between Victoria and Wellesley Streets (approx. 200m). Excavations will generally occur in the footpath area between existing buildings and the existing kerb line, up to approximately 4m deep. Excavations are to install new services and remove existing redundant services. Additional trenching to make connections to existing utility networks will be required at both Victoria and Wellesley Street intersections with Albert Street.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

39 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4

Material from the trenching activities will be removed from site to an approved disposal location. Backfill to trenches will be approved imported fill material in accordance with NUO specifications and A2N resource consent conditions. Sediment loading is anticipated to be low as construction works will be undertaken using the following controls to minimise erosion potential and reduce sediment loads to the receiving stormwater network prior to discharge from the Construction Support Area (CSA) and works area, unless otherwise proposed in the ESCP:



The work site shall include perimeter hoardings to ensure separation of the work site from the public. Ensure the hoarding lines are installed with solid barriers at the base with waterproof seal to existing pavements to divert stormwater away from the construction support areas to existing catchpits;

During an unforeseen rainfall event that limits on carrying out the work, the work shall be stopped and the erosion and sediment control measures shall be checked and upgraded or modified where necessary prior to commencing work again;

 

All catch pits within and in the vicinity of the works site to be protected by inlet protection;



Excavated material shall be loaded straight onto trucks where possible (and covered prior to removal). If spoil/ fill or demolition debris is to be stored on site, material shall be placed within a bunded area using super silt fences or a similar alternative such as covering the stockpile with geotextile. Stockpiles will not be located in an area where runoff cannot be controlled;



Any suspected contaminated materials encountered will be notified to the Engineer and removed from site to appropriate landfill as contaminated soils until soil testing confirms otherwise and are suitable for managed fill disposal;

  

Covered truck loads for material/ spoil transport to and from the construction site;



Access points are expected to be impervious stabilised areas (asphalt) however if bare earth is exposed, stabilised entry/exit points shall be provided;



As vehicles are not expected to be accessing exposed areas, wash down areas and facilities are not proposed to be provided. If vehicles access exposed areas, a washdown area and facility will need to be provided to ensure vehicles leaving the site are ‘clean’.



Road sweeping will be carried out along the adjacent streets where trucks leave the site to ensure that no residual material is left behind which may be hazardous to traffic and pedestrians; and



No discharge of surface or groundwater to wastewater systems is proposed.

All surface and ground water flows to be collected by localised sumps within the excavation area and pumped to a settlement tank within the CSA prior to discharge or be removed by sucker truck where no space for a settlement tank is available;

Water will be available on call to wet down pavement areas to prevent dust movement; Surface site runoff within the CSA shall generally be collected against hoarding lines and directed to existing catch pits. Where flows cannot be collected prior to discharge from the site filter socks (or similar), measures shall be put in place to ensure flows are collected and treated prior to discharge from site;

The footpath will be reinstated to its pre-existing impervious condition on completion of the works.

4.3.3

Traffic, Access and Parking

A Transport, Access and Parking Delivery Work Plan (TAPDWP) has been developed to satisfy the relevant CRL designation conditions (10, 25 and 27) is included in Appendix E. The objective of the TAPDWP is to avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects of construction on transport, parking and property access by managing the road transport network for the duration of construction, maintaining

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

40 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4

pedestrian access to private property as all times, and provided on-going vehicle access so far as is reasonably practicable. The TAPDWP outlines onsite car parking management and methods for encouraging travel to the site using forms of transport other than private vehicles to assist in mitigating localised traffic effects. Critical contractor parking will be provided for on site.

4.3.4

Construction Noise and Vibration

Construction Noise and Vibration is addressed by the Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan (CNVMP) Appendix F and has been developed to satisfy the relevant CRL designation conditions (10, 36, 37 and 38). Construction noise and vibration will be generated by construction equipment and activities at the site. Throughout the construction phase, noise and vibration effects will be carefully managed through the implementation of the CNVMP and, where required, the preparation and implementation of Site Specific Noise and Vibration Management Plans (SSNVMP).

4.3.5

Lighting Spill and Glare

During construction, temporary lighting may be required in the main construction areas where sufficient natural light is not available to undertake the works. Spill lighting may cause a nuisance to surrounding residents and businesses. Glare from temporary light has the potential to cause a disabling effect to drivers of vehicles. The principal objectives for the management of temporary lighting are to:

ď‚§ ď‚§

Minimise the nuisance level to adjacent residents/building occupiers of the works; and Minimise the impact of glare on the surrounding road environment; and increase employee and subcontractor awareness of their obligations with regard to minimising effects of light spill on adjacent neighbours.

The Construction Contractor will minimise light spill by selecting / procuring light fittings that provide a defined directional beam. Lights will be mounted in elevated positions so that they may point down towards the works, rather than aiming across the work space and increasing the risk of light shining into adjacent buildings. Additional detail for lighting of pedestrian areas is contained in the SIBD DWP in Appendix J of the CEMP.

4.3.6

Historic Character: Archaeology

A Historic Character DWP (HCDWP) is included in Appendix G has been developed to satisfy the relevant CRL designation conditions (10 and 42) and addresses the management of any adverse archaeological effects that may result during the Project. A built heritage section is not required as the buildings in proximity to the works area are late 20th century buildings with no built heritage values. This DWP will therefore only cover archaeology and will not include built heritage as it is not applicable to the works. The HCDWP establishes procedures to be followed in the event of archaeological remains being discovered. An Archaeological Authority under Section 44(a) of the Heritage NZ Pouhere Taonga Act 2014 (HNZPTA) has been obtained6. The management of any pre-1900 archaeological sites exposed within the Project area must be carried out in accordance with the designation conditions and the Archaeological Authority.

Ref 2017/793 dated 31 May 2017

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

41 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4

4.3.7

Urban Design

As this CEMP is specific to enabling works for the CRL it does not include provisions for Urban Design. These will be addressed on a project wide basis in a subsequent Outline Plan which will address such matters through an Urban Design DWP (UDDWP). This approach will ensure consistency of urban design outcomes across all aspects of the CRL project.

4.3.8

Contaminated Soils

A Contamination DWP (CDWP) is included in Appendix H and has been developed to satisfy both the relevant A2N resource consents (conditions 131 – 134) and the CRL designation conditions (10 and 57). The CDWP provides the framework for managing contamination hazards and mitigation measures relevant to the expected conditions that will be encountered while earthworks are being undertaken. The CDWP outlines proposed soil management and contingency measures, and also addresses Health and Safety issues associated with construction works on contaminated land.

4.3.9

Air Quality

During the construction phase there is potential for the discharge of contaminants to air, such as dust. An Air Quality DWP (AQDWP) is included in Appendix I and has been developed to satisfy both the relevant A2N resource consents (conditions 223 – 224) and the CRL designation conditions (10 and 59). The purpose of this AQDWP is to avoid, remedy or mitigate the actual or potential adverse air quality effects during construction.

4.3.10

Social Impact and Business Disruption

During the construction of the Project there is potential for disruption to businesses, residents and community services/facilities to occur. A Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP (SIBDDWP) in included in Appendix J and has been developed to satisfy the relevant CRL designation conditions (10 and 61). Feedback obtained in the preparation of this DWP has reinforced the importance of regular communication between the Project team and affected parties during the period of construction.

4.3.11

Communications and Consultation Plan

A Communication and Consultation Plan (CCP) has been prepared for the Project to satisfy both the relevant A2N resource consents (conditions 25 – 33) and the CRL designation conditions (10 and 15) and is included in Appendix K. The CCP sets out a framework for communication and consultation with the community, stakeholders, affected parties and in proximity parties during construction and should be read in conjunction with the SIBDDWP.

4.3.12

Groundwater Settlement Monitoring and Contingency

A Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan (GSMCP) has been prepared to satisfy the relevant A2N resource consent conditions 96 - 103 and is included in Appendix L. The objective of the GSMCP is to avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects of groundwater drawdown and settlement on structures in proximity to the Project area. The GSMCP is prepared in conjunction with building condition surveys of those structures.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

42 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4

4.3.13

Building Condition Surveys

Building condition surveys will be undertaken in accordance with conditions 46.1 - 46.4 of the designation conditions and condition 109 of the A2N resource consents 7, where it is assessed that there is potential for damage to buildings or structures arising from construction. Given the scale of the works, building condition surveys will be undertaken for the four buildings in which works are proposed to be undertaken directly in front of. The subject buildings are 99 Albert St (AA building), 105-107 Albert St (Manhattan Apartments), 109-125 Albert Street (SkyCity) and 135 Albert Street (Auckland Council). . The building condition surveys will generally be undertaken as follows:

 

The building surveys will be undertaken by an independent senior qualified person; The survey shall include: -

Any information about the type of foundations

Existing levels of damage (aesthetic, superficial, affecting levels of serviceability)

Whether observed damage is associated with structural damage

Susceptibility of building or structure to further movement

Photographic evidence

Specific assessment of damage with reference to trigger levels 8

Review of alarm and alert trigger levels 9



The Construction Contractor will provide the building condition survey report to the property owner and AC within 15 working days of the survey being undertaken;



If requested by a building or structure owner where a pre-construction survey was undertaken, the Construction Contractor will undertake a visual inspection. This is in addition to monthly visual inspections until the completion of dewatering of the Project; and



The Construction Contractor will carry out visual inspections of the surrounding ground and external building facades of the surrounding buildings adjacent to the Project to monitor any deterioration or movement of any pre-existing cracks.

4.3.14

Hazardous Substances

Given the space restrictions of the Project area it is unlikely hazardous substances will be kept on site and instead will be located in a hazardous goods store off site. Small quantities of spray paint will be available on site.

4.4

Emergency and Incident Response

An environmental emergency is an event which has a detrimental effect on the surrounding environment. A detrimental environmental effect is something that causes significant harm to the environment, which is not legally allowed and requires immediate response. An environmental emergency can also be a deviation from the environmental management system defined in the CEMP, DWPs and MPs. This means there has been a failure to follow the established process or procedures that help the contractor achieve best practice.

R/LUC/2016/1890, R/REG/2016/1892, R/REG/2016/1895, R/REG/2016/1896, REG/2016/1897, R/REG/2016/1898, R/REG/2016/1899, R/REG/2016/1900 and R/REG/2016/2038 8 Condition 109, R/LUC/2016/1890, R/REG/2016/1892, R/REG/2016/1895, R/REG/2016/1896, REG/2016/1897, R/REG/2016/1898, R/REG/2016/1899, R/REG/2016/1900 and R/REG/2016/2038 9 Ib id

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

43 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4

Examples of environmental emergencies include, but are not restricted to:

  

Significant (large volume) chemical / oil spill; Excessive discharge of sediment to the stormwater system; and Hazardous substance release to air.

4.4.1

Emergency Response Plan

An Emergency Response Plan (ERP) will be prepared for the Project by the Construction Contractor. This ERP will take into account the following factors:

    

The parts of the site or adjoining properties likely to be affected; The degree of predictability of the emergency; The likely speed of onset; The likely effect of the emergency; The contents of the ERP will include: -

description of the potential emergency;

the person responsible for actioning the ERP;

the equipment required to deal with the emergency including rescue equipment;

emergency contact numbers;

direction to site workers and other affected persons on what they are required to do;

the methods used to deal with the emergency (e.g. how to use specific equipment

As necessary, emergency services such as Police, Fire Brigade, and Ambulance are to be contacted and invited to visit the site in order to become aware of site access and other emergency considerations. The ERP will incorporate the following components:

    

Emergency contact list (for the above); Emergency Reporting Instructions; Emergency Muster Point Location; Emergency Response Co-ordinator Action Plan; Emergency Personnel and Equipment.

The ERP will be displayed in prominent locations around the site and employees will be trained in its requirements. All relevant Project personnel, subcontractors and relevant emergency agencies will be instructed and rehearsed, as appropriate, in the requirements of the ERP. The ERP is additional to the management plans required by the resource consents and Designation conditions for the Project, but is not required to be certified by AC.

4.4.2

Incident Response

An environmental incident is an occurrence which has (or potentially could have had) a negative or ‘adverse’ effect on the environment. An adverse effect is something that causes (or could have caused) environmental harm. This means there has been a failure to follow the established process or procedures that help the Project achieve best practice (e.g. failure to report a spill). Environmental incidents include but are not restricted to:

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

44 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4

  

Spills; Unforeseen impacts on areas of high environmental value such as archaeology; and Consent non-compliances (e.g. noise, sediment).

A Spill Response Plan for the Project (appended to the ERP) will be developed by the Construction Contractor and will detail the actions to be followed in the event of a spill (including training). During the construction phase, the ESM will be responsible for providing training and/or orientation to employees or subcontractors that addresses the proper action regarding spills. The Construction Contractor will ensure that spill response materials are available, commensurate with the type, quantity and storage arrangements for Hazardous Substances on site. Given storage of hazardous substances will likely be provided off site due to the constrained nature of the site, this will consist of wheelie bin spill kits on site to cover all plant and vehicles involved in the works and deal with oil and chemical spills. The response to various environmental incidents is outlined in the relevant plans. For serious incidents, the immediate response may involve stopping works until a solution to manage the incident is developed.

4.4.3

Notification Procedure

Environmental incidents shall be recorded. The cause of all incidents will be subject to an investigation, convened by the ESM to determine the root causes of the incident and to ensure that remedial / corrective action is able to be implemented to ensure a repeat of the incident is avoided. In the event of an environmental incident, the Construction Contractor will provide AT and AC with notification as shown in Table 9. Table 9 Environmental incident notification

Severity Level

Incident Classification

Notification requirement to CRLL Construction Management

Incident Report Form to CRLL Construction Management

Investigation Team

Investigation report to be Supplied to CRLL

Insignificant

Event that occurs within established controls, e.g. a leak or small spill within a spill containment bund.

Via a monthly report

n/a

Minor

Event that breaches established controls but with no effect beyond the site boundary

Within 12 hours

Within 48 hours

Construction contractor

Within 10 working days

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

45 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4

Serious

Consent breach Environmental harm beyond the site boundary

Immediately upon identification

AS soon as practicable but within 12 hours

AT/CRLL and Construction Contractor Management to allocate resources as appropriate

Within 10 working days

A summary and review of incidents for the duration of the Project and for the relevant month will be included in the Project Monthly Report. CRLL shall be notified of incidents that trigger notification as defined in the incident reporting and investigation procedure. These triggers include off site discharges, unauthorised disturbance or destruction of heritage sites, and breaches and non-conformances of licences and permits issued for the Project. The Construction Contractor Project Director is responsible for notifying CRLL and parent companies of reportable incidents. CRLL is responsible for notifying relevant Regulators.

4.5

Stakeholder Communications

A CCP (Appendix K) has been developed which details the strategy, tools and process to manage communication and engagement between the Construction Contractor, its stakeholders and the community throughout the construction and monitoring periods for the Project. The CCP sets out how the Construction Contractor will inform the community of Project progress and construction dates, foster good relationships with the community, obtain feedback from stakeholders, and outline how complaints and queries will be responded to. The CCP has been prepared following consultation with stakeholders, directly affected parties and affected in proximity parties.

4.5.1

Public Safety

All sites will be contained within fencing, signage displayed and access into site limited and controlled through site sign-in procedures. Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED) principles will be applied during site set up. Generally, site security will be maintained by establishing temporary fences at the perimeter of the works and or as described in section 2.7. These may be anchored to or fixed into the ground where their location is critical (e.g. to eliminate fall risks). Gates will be provided at construction entry and exit points and these will be locked shut when the site is unattended. Noise barriers will be integrated with the fences where possible. All security fences, boundary fences around the construction sites will be maintained in good order to ensure their ongoing functionality.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

46 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4

Monitor and Review

5.1

Environmental Monitoring

Scheduled monitoring of environmental performance is required throughout the construction phase of the Project to ensure that no adverse impact on the environment occurs. This enables the overall effectiveness of the environmental controls to be determined and allows areas of non-compliance to be identified so corrective actions can be taken. The specifics of monitoring for each environmental element are detailed in the individual plans, including any monitoring requirements, the frequency of the monitoring to be undertaken and the appropriate responsible person, as required within contract documentation or environmental approvals issued for the Project. In general, monitoring will be conducted on a routine basis. However, additional monitoring may be required in the event of a complaint or incident, or after a rain event in the case of water quality monitoring. The ESM is responsible for the implementation of on-site measurements of environmental aspects, including water quality. External specialists may be used, where required, to conduct specialist monitoring, including noise, vibration, air quality, and non in-situ water monitoring. The initiation of such monitoring is on an as-needed basis and may be in response to contract requirements, complaints or internal requirements. Environmental monitoring results will be reported will be reported in the monthly compliance report to AC and CRLL.

5.1.1

Collaborative Working

The key contacts listed in Table 10 below will meet regularly to discuss:

     

Compliance with the designation conditions and the CEMP and DWPs; Material changes to the CEMP and DWPs; Any matters of non-compliance and how they have been addressed; The results of, need for, and frequency of site inspections; Environmental monitoring results; and Any other agenda items mutually agreed by the Key Contacts.

Table 10 Collaborative working contacts

Organisation

Title

Name

Auckland Council

Team Leader Central Monitoring

Richard Preece

Construction Contractor

Environment and Sustainability Manager

John Surphlis

CRLL

Principal Planner

Richard Jenkins

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

47 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4

5.1.2

Collaborative Meeting

At least five working days prior to construction commencing the key contacts listed above shall mutually agree an initial schedule for a collaboration meeting. The meeting shall be held at least monthly unless a different timeframe is agreed with AC. Collaboration meetings shall continue throughout construction and one month following completion of construction. Additional meetings between Council and Construction Contractor/CRLL specialists may be established on a one off or ongoing basis by mutual agreement of the Key Contacts listed above. These â€˜specialist meetingsâ€™ will allow for the discussion and resolution of technical issues and will provide feedback to the Key Contacts to facilitate decision making in the Collaboration Meeting.

5.2

Environmental Inspections

Weekly environmental compliance Inspections are conducted by the ESM (or a delegate). The findings of these inspections will be recorded, along with any required remedial actions, who is responsible for implementing these actions and in what timeframe. These shall be monitored to ensure that they are closed out in the required timeframe. An appropriate framework will be confirmed by the Construction Contractor prior to works commencing.

5.3

Environmental Auditing

Internal (by Project Staff) environmental auditing is required to determine whether the environmental management system conforms to planned arrangements and is properly implemented and maintained. Internal audits will be completed on a quarterly basis by the ESM (or delegate). Findings from the audits will be presented to the Construction Manager within two weeks of conducting the audit. Internal environmental audits focus on environmental and sustainability matters within a single operational procedure or a group of related operational procedures (e.g. erosion and sediment control procedures, waste management reporting).

5.4

Corrective and Preventative Action

Corrective or preventative actions identified during environmental audits shall be commensurate to the magnitude of the problem and appropriate to the environmental harm encountered. Ultimately the Project Director has responsibility for closing out any corrective or preventative actions resulting from the environmental inspections, audits and external regulatory compliance monitoring. Additionally, assessment and follow-up reviews on the effectiveness of corrective and preventive actions will be undertaken and the outcomes documented, communicated and implemented. Compliance shall be included as a regular agenda item at management meetings and project meetings. Minutes from each meeting shall record and assign actions to individuals where appropriate.

5.5

Reporting

Reporting requirements will evolve as the Project progresses. In the early phase emphasis is on the establishment of systems, controls and competence of all personnel, while later the emphasis will shift to monitoring performance. When nearing completion (as applicable) the focus will be on final reports to address approval requirements. The ESM is responsible for managing the Environmental Reporting Program. The Project Director is responsible for submitting the reports required externally. Reporting requirements include:

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

48 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4

  

Project internal reporting requirements; Reporting to CRLL and key stakeholders as specified within contract documents; and Specific reporting to AC where required – refer specific DWPs and MPs.

5.6

Document Control

The ESM is responsible for ensuring all relevant documentation is submitted and maintained within the Project filing and document control system. Applicable documentation will include but not be limited to:

  

All environmental incidents reports and investigation outcomes; Formal and informal audit and environmental inspection reports; and Records of environmental training.

5.7

CEMP Review

This CEMP (including plans) will be updated, with the necessary certification by AC, throughout the course of the Project to reflect any changes to consent conditions, relevant legislation and material changes associated with changes to construction techniques or the natural environment. Additionally, they may be updated in response to any unforeseen adverse effects arising from construction, unresolved complaints or environmental incidents. A review may also be initiated by AC in response to comments or recommendations received from AC (Team Leader Central Monitoring) or as a result of the CCP process.

5.7.1

Management Review

A management review of the CEMP and plans will be undertaken at least annually by the Project Management team. The management review will be organised by the ESM. The review will take into consideration:

         

Site personnel comments; Audit findings and recommendations; Environmental monitoring records; Environmental complaints, incidents and emergencies; Details of corrective and preventative actions; Environmental non-compliances; Changes to organisational structure and roles and responsibilities; On-going compliance with objectives, conditions and targets; Changes to industry best practice standards, legislation and other statutory requirements; and Material changes to DWPs.

The review process will include looking at the environmental controls and procedures to make sure they are still applicable to the activities being carried out. Reasons for making changes to the CEMP will be documented. A copy of the original CEMP document and subsequent revisions will be kept for the Project records, and marked as obsolete. Each new/updated revision of the CEMP documentation will be issued with a revision number and date to eliminate obsolete CEMP documentation being used.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

49 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4

5.7.2

Review Certification

Any change to the CEMP or MPs required by the resource consents shall be submitted to AC (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification and no activity reliant upon a change to the CEMP can be undertaken until the change has been certified. CRLL will request ACâ€™s (Team Leader Central Monitoring) determination as to whether the proposed change can be certified, in writing, within 10 working days of submission of the change. Any material change proposed to the DWPs required by the designation conditions relating to an increase in adverse effect on a particular receiver shall be submitted for approval to AC, at least 10 working days prior to the proposed changes taking effect.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

50 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4

Appendices

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

This page has been intentionally left blank.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

Appendix A Designation Conditions

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

This page has been intentionally left blank.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

Appendix B Resource Consent Conditions

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

This page has been intentionally left blank.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

Appendix C Site Layout Plans

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

This page has been intentionally left blank.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

Appendix D Erosion and Sediment Control Plan

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

This page has been intentionally left blank.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

Appendix E Transport Access and Parking Delivery Work Plan

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

This page has been intentionally left blank.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

Appendix F Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

This page has been intentionally left blank.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

Appendix G Historic Character Delivery Work Plan

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

This page has been intentionally left blank.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

Appendix H Contaminated Delivery Work Plan

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

This page has been intentionally left blank.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

Appendix I Air Quality Delivery Work Plan

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

This page has been intentionally left blank.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

Appendix J Social Impact and Business Disruption Delivery Work Plan

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

This page has been intentionally left blank.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

Appendix K Communication and Consultation Plan

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

This page has been intentionally left blank.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

Appendix L Groundwater Monitoring and Contingency Plan

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

This page has been intentionally left blank.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

Appendix M Building Condition Surveys

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

This page has been intentionally left blank.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

Appendix N Record of CLG and IPRP feedback on the CEMP

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

CLG Comments The following comments were received from the Community Business Liaison Group (CLG) regarding the Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP): Comment Id

Date

Time

Forum

Respondent

Comment

Resolution

12 September

5.30pm

CBLG

Heart of the City

The CRL project could incorporate the real approaches and methodology that have been applied to earlier parts of the project to demonstrate best practice as it develops within the programme of works rather than limit the DWP process to a compliance, box ticking exercises required by consent conditions.

Mitigation specific to identified effects has been addressed in the appendices to the CEMP.

12 September

5.30pm

CBLG

Heart of the City

Local businesses are very interested in how the project will manage actual adverse environmental effects as they arise.

Mitigation specific to identified effects has been addressed in the appendices to the CEMP.

12 September

5.30pm

CBLG

Heart of the City

The plan should include a specific statement which confirms that the project team will take a proactive approach in its engagement with and support of businesses in relation to environmental management.

Statement added at section 1.1.

12 September

5.30pm

CBLG

Heart of the City

Section 2.8 Graffiti and Litter should contain a statement which outlines a practical approach to assisting business with their waste management during the project.

Amendment to section 2.8 to include a reference to waste management.

12 September

5.30pm

CBLG

Heart of the City

The Stakeholder and Communications Managerâ€™s responsibilities as described are much more limited than actual practice. There is no mention of business operators or customers. The DWP should include business operators and customers as key stakeholders for the project.

Table 8 to the Stakeholder and Communications Managers role which includes management of stakeholder enquiries. The table has been amended to include reference to emphasise resolution of stakeholder enquiries by relevant persons in the Project team.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

It is noted a CRL Street Response Manager has been appointed to assist businesses during the construction period (refer table 8).

Comment Id

Date

Time

Forum

Respondent

Comment

Resolution

12 September

5.30pm

CBLG

Vicky Dick – Manhattan Apartments

The Project needs to discuss with the Body Corporate about the use Manhattan land (common are in front of the building).

CRLL has begun discussions with property owners regarding access to private sites for the purpose of undertaking works associated with the Project.

12 September

5.30pm

CBLG

Aaron Money – SkyCity

Advanced bookings need to be addressed as they are noise sensitive.

Advanced warning will be provided through ‘Construction Look a Heads’, face to face interactions and fortnightly meetings or site visits with directly affected and affected in proximity parties during construction – refer section 6.2 and Table 6 of the Project Communication and Consultation Plan (Appendix K to this CEMP).

Independent Peer Reviewer Comments The following comments were received from the Independent Peer Reviewer, Chris Millar, Opus International Consultants Ltd, regarding the Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP):

Comment Id

Date

12 October 2017

Time

Forum

Respondent

Comment

Resolution

IPR

Chris Millar

The authors of the document have pulled together a good document and should be congratulated on their work and the fact I have made 5410 suggestions and comments on the document should not be interpreted to mean the document is not suitable but rather the comments reflect my views on environmental management tools and the information I had access to review.

Noted – no update required

Where the same comment has been made more than once, only a single response has been provided as such this table shows a total of 51 responses to the independent reviewer’s comments.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

Comment Id

Date

Time

Forum

Respondent

Comment

Resolution

Note DWPs and appendices have not been reviewed by the independent Peer Reviewer. Questions raised by the reviewer may be covered by those sub-plans. If this is the case the reviewer suggests that one of the following changes is made (in order of preference):

An executive summary of the DWPs within the CEMP text removes the impetus for the reader to review the full documents contained in the CEMP appendices and makes the document unnecessarily long. The location of all DWPs is referenced in tables 2 and 3 in respect of the designation and resource consent condition requirements which specify the matters these documents are to address.

Include an executive summary of each DWP in the CEMP covering key features, what is managed, how and who is responsible for implementation. 2. A direct reference to which DWP and where in that document the issue raised is covered, 3. Bring the connection up into the front of the CEMP to provide guidance to those using the CEMP on key issues. Staging of activities needs to be clarified, it is assumed from the order of their being addressed that the canopies are to be removed first and then the utilities addressed. This should be clarified in an indicative program to show whether it will involve a staged removal of canopies as we dig or if the plan is to remove all canopies prior to trenching? Section 2.3 construction methodology table 4 â€“ states 40 weeks (however the durations appear to add up to 16 weeks? Table 5 â€“ states 40 weeks (however the durations appear to add up to 36 weeks? Please clarify what the expected length of each phase is (include expected weather/contingency days if necessary), also neither adds up to 15 months quoted in section 1.1 here.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

No change to the CEMP is required.

Sections 2.2 Project Description, 2.3 Methodology and 2.4 Programme address sequencing of works. Where possible some overlap of activities may occur. No change to the CEMP is required.

Table 4 approximate timeframes amended to read 20 weeks. It is noted the individual durations relate to each building and some overlap will occur as works on adjacent buildings are carried out simultaneously. The durations provided are approximate. No change to the CEMP is required.

Comment Id

Date

Time

Forum

Respondent

Comment

Resolution

Can we please define what a material change will be to ensure that expectations are understood by all parties?

The definition of material change is provided at the beginning of the CRL Designation condition set, Appendix A of the CEMP. No change to the CEMP is required.

How many lanes will be closed, diverted or remain open. Will there be periods when there are full road closures?

Traffic management is addressed in the traffic Access and Parking DWP, Appendix E of the CEMP. No change to the CEMP is required.

The following comment relates to section 1.5 Mana Whenua and the cultural induction for contractors. How is this practically being delivered in the CEMP, the statement here about monitoring, induction etc is not carried through into any of the operation, Accidental discovery procedures or relevant features in the document.

Section 1.5 confirms consultation with Mana Whenua it will continue through the Mana Whenua Forum. The Heritage DWP (Appendix G of the CEMP) identifies the protocols for accidental discovery of archaeological or cultural remains and training requirements preconstruction and during the construction period. No change to the CEMP is required.

Particularly this should be in the induction ADPs Urban design framework Training Stakeholder coms and Screening art design

The following comment relates to section 2.2 Canopy Removal and Utilities Relocation. Check the side of the road being worked on â€“ the buildings being described appear to be on the western side of the road.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

Section 2.2 updated to reflect correct location reference.

Comment Id

Date

Time

Forum

Respondent

Comment

Resolution

The following comment relates to section 2.2 Canopy Removal and Utilities Relocation.

Abandoned services and ducts will be either capped or removed.

Will remaining services ducts etc be removed or left in situ?

No change to the CEMP is required.

Have the business and community engagement plans addressed the lighting and access to shops, do any require higher light levels than others?

Lighting and access to adjacent businesses has been addressed in section 5 of the Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP, Appendix J.

Will the container floors (if metal floored) be supplied with flooring that will reduce loud noise from echoing footsteps. This could be a particular issue for those areas with office or accommodation space such as the hotel. Such a flooring could include non-slip rubber

A non-slip surface will be used on the floor of the containers.

The following comment relates to section 2.3 Construction Methodology, specifically the works durations.

The durations identified are approximate. CRLL have been working with SkyCity and Crowne Plaza to understand their requirements.

What is the contingency for large events or conferences being held in either sky city or the Crowne Plaza

A construction look ahead will be circulated on a monthly basis which provides advance notification of the upcoming proposed activities and impacts. The look ahead is also an opportunity to seek clarification or provide feedback on potential impacts based on the business/residents individual situation.

No change to the CEMP is required.

No change to the CEMP is required. 13

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

As this is an old area of our city how is the archaeology and heritage being addressed, will excavations be supervised? Is there any actual or potential effect on the bluestone retaining walls east of the works?

The bluestone retaining wall to the east of the project work site is not affected by these works. No change to the CEMP is required.

Comment Id

Date

Time

Forum

Respondent

Comment

Resolution

The following comment relates to Table 5 Indicative utilities relocation construction methodology, specifically in respect of saw cutting activities.

Mitigation of dust generated by the project works is addressed in the sections 3-5 of the Air Quality DWP, Appendix I of the CEMP. No change to the CEMP is required.

Need to check dealing with dust â€“ will this be water cooled equipment? 15

The following comments relate to section 2.5. Is this intended to read 0700-1900 Monday to Sunday?

Section 2.5 has been amended to reflect the hours of 0700 and 2200.

If not the next sentence needs some further explanation. What will be the process for extending these hours of operation. 16

The following comments relate to section 2.5, specifically in reference to inclusion of conditions 31 to 35 in table 2 of the CEMP. These parameters havenâ€™t been included in the list of relevant conditions above, the noise references are associated with collaborative working process conditions 13.

The designation construction noise and vibration conditions are addressed in the section 3 of the Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan. No change to the CEMP is required.

Please include. 17

The following comments relate to section 2.6, Figure 2 Project area layout. The TC control in this picture for vehicle access, will this be 24/7 or just during works times

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

Traffic management during the project works is addressed in the Traffic Access and Parking DWP, Appendix E of the CEMP.

Comment Id

Date

Time

Forum

Respondent

Comment

Resolution

Will the containers and other hoardings include temporary lighting where the normal spill of street lighting will be affected?

Temporary lighting is to be provided on hoardings/containers. Refer section 5 of the Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP and section 4 lighting of the CEMP. Additional references have been made in section 4.

The following comment relates to section 2.7, specifically in reference to maintenance of pedestrian access adjacent to the project works, along the western side of Albert Street. Is this to be maintained in its current state or as a controlled pedestrian environment

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

Containers will provide easier access to areas at height where graffiti/vandalism would have been out of access, will there be measures to make it harder to get on top of the containers and prevent access to higher areas of adjacent buildings.

Pedestrian access will be maintained by the use of containers, hoardings and undercrofts on western side of street. Section 2.7 has been amended to more clearly reflect maintenance of pedestrian areas.

The containers will be located in the middle of Albert Street. Pedestrian access close to buildings will be via existing undercrofts and hoarded pathways. No change to the CEMP is required.

Comment Id

Date

Time

Forum

Respondent

Comment

Resolution

The following comments relate to section 2.8, specifically in reference to the inclusion of feedback item 4 from the CBLG.

Waste collection is not currently kerbside in Albert Street in this location. The Manhattan Building is serviced via a laneway on site and will continue to be serviced in this manner during the project works. SkyCity, the AA building and the Auckland Council building are all served via Federal Street.

It seems that the 4 from the CLG has been missed here. I believe the matter to be addressed was the collection and removal of rubbish and recycling for the businesses along this section of the works. With access and footpaths adjusted there will need to be changes to waste collection â€“ especially if currently kerbside.

It is noted the CRLL Street Response Manager will monitor and address any refuse issues that arise, on a daily basis.

Suggest this is covered by describing how recycling and rubbish collections for these businesses will be facilitated, will there be a collection point organized by the project, will the retailers be able to use the projects waste skips, how and where will waste trucks gain access to the side of the street behind hoardings and containers?

The following comment relates to section 2.8, specifically in reference to the weekly environmental inspection.

The Contractor will attend to graffiti as described within 48 hours as described in section 2.8. No change to the CEMP is required.

This potentially leave graffiti around for 9 days. If offensive graffiti it is suggested graffiti is monitored at the same rate as the litter. 23

The following comment relates to section 2.9 and use of the work site post construction. Will this include the reinstatement of canopies? Or will the footpaths remain uncovered on completion of the works?

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

Building canopies removed as part of this project will be reinstated by the building owner at the completion of the Contract 3 main CRL works. In the meantime footpaths will remain uncovered.

Comment Id

Date

Time

Forum

Respondent

Comment

Resolution

Please include the risk matrix used and the guidance on assessing the risk. Especially useful would be the change in risk level that would trigger a review â€“ eg from medium to high risk.

Inclusion of the risk matrix is not a requirement of the CRL Designation conditions.

The following comments relate to section 3.4.1, table 6 Key national legislation, regulations and standards.

These standards are addressed in DWPs attached as appendices to the CEMP, as relevant to the respective discipline. All DWPs have been prepared by a suitably qualified person.

Please clarify whether these are the guidelines that through being implemented and adhered to will lead to compliance with the conditions of consent/designation and environmental standards? Not having access to the DWPs and associated appendices it is not possible to comment on whether these are adequate to meet the environmental objectives of the CEMP and wider project.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

No change to the CEMP is required.

Comment Id

Date

Time

Forum

Respondent

Comment

Resolution

The following comments relate to section 3.4.2, table 7 Standards, guidelines and specific statutory requirements associated with environmental aspects and detailed in the CEMP and plans.

These standards are addressed in DWPs attached as appendices to the CEMP, as relevant to the respective discipline. All DWPs have been prepared by a suitably qualified person.

I would question why we have so many standards that relate to the same environmental aspect. It is unlikely that all these standards (particularly in noise and vibration) are going to entirely align on all issues.

No change to the CEMP is required.

I can only assume that parts of each standard are to be used! If this is the case there needs to be clarity about which standard will apply to which component and what the process will be if any of these standards contradict each other. For example if the German and British vibration standards are different on the amount of movement is acceptable which will be relied on?

The following comment relates to section 3.4.2, table 7 Standards, guidelines and specific statutory requirements associated with environmental aspects and detailed in the CEMP and plans Please expand to include the complete title of these plans

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

Table 7 has been amended to show the names of the DWPs in full.

Comment Id

Date

Time

Forum

Respondent

Comment

Resolution

While it may still require being adopted by plan change, best practice would be to follow the more up to date GD 05 http://www.aucklanddesignmanual.co.nz/projecttype/infrastructure/technical-guidance For sediment control. If the authors wish to only use the operative documents it is advised that the equivalent/similar practices in GD05 are assessed and either adopted or reasons for not adopting noted

An erosion and sediment control plan is being developed by a suitably qualified person and will represent best practice for these works. This plan requires certification by Auckland Council prior to works commencing.

The following comment relates to section 4.1.1.

Sub-contractors are unknown at this stage. The main contractor for this project is Connectus, the construction contractor (including their subcontractors) undertaking the works.

What about sub-contractors or will the entirety of the work be undertaken by Connectus.

No change to the CEMP is required.

No change to the CEMP is required. 30

The following comment relates to section 4.1.2, table 8 Specific roles and responsibilities, specifically in relation to compliance with health and safety and incident management.

Connectus confirm this is the role of the Health and Safety Manager. No change to the CEMP is required.

Will this be in conjunction with Environmental manager or will all investigations be undertaken by the H&S manager. 31

The following comment relates to section 4.1.2, table 8 Specific roles and responsibilities. Communication with utilities.

Network Utility Operators are identified as a stakeholder in the Communication and Consultation Plan in Appendix K. No change to the CEMP is required.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

Comment Id

Date

Time

Forum

Respondent

Comment

Resolution

The following comment relates to section 4.1.2, table 8 Specific roles and responsibilities.

Table 8 has been amended to include the IPR listed additional responsibilities under the Environmental and Sustainability Manager role.

Incident response â€“ spills Reporting on environmental and sustainable KPIs Incident investigations? Implementation of sustainability measures

The following comment relates to section 4.1.2.4. Reviewing changes to DWPs?

Reviewing changes to the DWPs is not the responsibility of the Connectus Environmental and Sustainability Manager. According to the process identified under CRL designation conditions 22 and 23. No change to the CEMP is required.

The following comment relates to section 4.1.2.5, bullet three. Assists ESM on technical matters

It would be useful to have the key contacts for all the utilities to be moved. The council monitoring officer, HNZ, other regulatory officers associated with the project and the major stakeholders â€“ business group etc who may need notification in the event of a spill, or other environmental factor.

All key contacts are listed in Appendix B of the Communication and Consultation Plan attached as Appendix K to the CEMP.

The following comment relates to section 4.2.1.

Induction training will be undertaken for all people working on site as required.

How often will these be held, will it be regular or will there be a threshold of people required. How much work is required before an induction will be undertaken, will a labour hire doing one shift be required to do an entire induction session

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

Section 4.1.2.5, bullet three has been amended to include providing assistance to the Environmental and Sustainability Manger on technical matters.

No change to the CEMP is required.

Comment Id

Date

Time

Forum

Respondent

Comment

Resolution

The DWPs provide the details on this but it would help the CEMP be useful to summarise the key risks and mitigation and allow the reader to understand what is expected without having to read through screeds of documents. An executive summary from each document in this section would help this be a good quality stand alone document and allow for ease of understanding in relation to how mitigation measures fit together and what effect changing one system may have on other controls.

The following comment relates to section 4.3.2, bullet two, in regard to unforeseen rainfall events.

The statement made by the reviewer is correct.

No change to the CEMP is required.

Is this aimed at the rainfall being longer than anticipated. 39

The following comment relates to section 4.3.2, bullet five. Discharge to where? Will this be to the stormwater network?

The following comment relates to section 4.3.2, bullet six. Where in site are we going to be able to install silt fences? From the plans provided isnâ€™t the site paved? If so it will not be possible to properly dig in and return the silt fencing? I would suggest that a container, such as a removable skip is used to retain any soil on site and this is covered to prevent rainfall soaking through.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

Discharge to the existing stormwater network will occur if testing allows as per section 5.3 of the Contaminated DWP. No change to the CEMP is required. The constrained site limits placement of container within the Project area. A detailed Erosion and Sediment Control Plan is to be lodged with and certified by AC prior to works commencing. No change to the CEMP is required.

Comment Id

Date

Time

Forum

Respondent

Comment

Resolution

The following comment relates to section 4.3.2, bullet ten in relation to catchpits.

A detailed Erosion and Sediment Control Plan is to be lodged with and certified by AC prior to works commencing. No additional impervious surfaces will be created as a result of this project. As such there is no additional stormwater resulting from the Project which needs to be addressed.

Are these able to take the additional stormwater quantities, what risk is there of the remaining catchpits being overwhelmed and the down hill buildings

No change to the CEMP is required. 42

The following comment relates to section 4.3.2, bullet twelve in relation to provision of a washdown area. Would suggest the shallow skip based system in this situation.

The constrained site limits placement of devices within the Project area. A detailed Erosion and Sediment Control Plan is to be lodged with and certified by AC prior to works commencing, however, it is noted vehicles are not expected to be access exposed areas within the Project worksite. No change to the CEMP is required.

The following comment relates to section 4.3.4 in regard to mitigation options. Can we please include what this is likely to be, will it be noise screens, mufflers, enclosed work spaces? Should be able to pull this information from the DWP.

This information is contained in section 5 of the Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan. Repeating that information in this section of the CEMP represents unnecessary duplication and removes the impetus for the reader to review the full document contained in the CEMP as Appendix F. No change to the CEMP is required.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

Comment Id

Date

Time

Forum

Respondent

Comment

Resolution

The following comment relates to section 4.3.8.

The project area has been identified as potentially containing contaminated fill associated with road infrastructure and on this basis the Contaminated DWP (Appendix H of the CEMP) has been prepared. At section 6.2 of this DWP the general safety and training requirements for management of contaminated soil is explained. The Health and Safety Officer will be responsible for the implementation of and adherence to contamination related health and safety procedures.

Is it anticipated that there is contaminated soils and materials or is this a DWP essentially a accidental discovery procedure? If so the training provided at induction and tool box sessions will need to cover what to look for and the procedure to deal with any discovery.

No change to the CEMP is required. 45

The following comment relates to section 4.3.9, specifically in regard to cause and mitigation of potential adverse effects. Please provide information on how this will be done – an executive summary of the main causes and mitigation – such as how will the concrete cutting dust be deal with when the pavements are opened?

The following comment relates to section 4.3.10, specifically in regard to feedback from potentially affected parties. What are the key concerns of the group – were their bottom lines or assumptions mentioned that that a manager on the project should be aware of. What promises have been made to get to this point and what has been asked for and rejected by the project? This information is very useful in ensuring that project teams don’t duplicate work and that stakeholders are provided certainty that the team knows about their concerns.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

This information is contained in section 3 of the Air Quality Delivery Work Plan. Repeating that information in this section of the CEMP represents unnecessary duplication and removes the impetus for the reader to review the full document contained in the CEMP as Appendix I. No change to the CEMP is required. This information is contained in section 4 and Appendix B of the Social Impact and Business Disruption Delivery Work Plan. Repeating that information in this section of the CEMP represents unnecessary duplication and removes the impetus for the reader to review the full document contained in the CEMP as Appendix J. No change to the CEMP is required.

Comment Id

Date

Time

Forum

Respondent

Comment

Resolution

The following comment relates to section 4.3.12, specifically in regard to groundwater.

A Groundwater Settlement and Monitoring Contingency Plan is being developed for the Project works in accordance with the conditions of the A2N regional resource consents. This plan will be lodged with and certified by AC prior to works commencing.

When is the greatest risk during these works, how does the project intend managing this?

No change to the CEMP is required. 48

The following comment relates to section 5.1 and the monitoring required by each of the DWPs. I believe that these should be summarised in this document so that the reader is able to see all necessary monitoring in one location.

This information is contained in is contained in each individual DWP, attached as appendices to the CEMP. Repeating that information in this section of the CEMP represents unnecessary duplication and removes the impetus for the reader to review the full document contained in the CEMP appendices. No change to the CEMP is required.

The following comment relates to section 5.1.2. Deputies should be identified to represent the each group should the key members listed be unable to attend or should they leave their respective organisation.

The following comment relates to section 5.3, specifically in regard to the frequency of internal audits. This should be done more regularly than quarterly. It is recommended that fortnightly at least is undertaken

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

Connectus and CRLL will ensure the appropriate individuals will attend the collaboration meetings should those people identified in table 8 of the CEMP are unavailable. No change to the CEMP is required. Quarterly monitoring is considered appropriate given the scale of the works proposed. No change to the CEMP is required.

Comment Id

Date

Time

Forum

Respondent

Comment

Resolution

The following comment relates to section 5.3, specifically in regard to the 10 working days allowed for certification of a change to the CEMP.

The 10 working day period is specified in condition 23.6 of the CRL designation conditions.

I would suggest this period is too long for a construction project, it is good to see the collaborative meetings earlier in this section and I would recommend that a method of using that group to provide input into any changes would be beneficial and allow for a shortened turnaround period. It could be as simple as emailing the group about the problem, suggesting a solution and incorporating any comments or recommendations from the group have them endorse the proposed change and then submit to council with a 5 day or less turn around expectation.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

No change to the CEMP is required.

This page has been intentionally left blank.

Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP

Auckland Office Level 4, Aurecon House 139 Carlton Gore Road Auckland 1023 New Zealand T +64 9 520 6019 F +64 524 7815

Leading. Vibrant. Global. www.aurecongroup.com

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station

Appendix R

ISCA Requirements

Table R identifies the ISCA Credit Requirements relevant to the Approved CEMP and CEMP addendum and where they are addressed in the document. Where the CEMP and sub-plans do not address these requirements in full, references to other plans/documents have been provided (e.g. the Sustainability Management Plan). Further details regarding the specifics of the evaluation and means of achieving the relevant targets is provided in the relevant sub-plans and other relevant documents. Table R: ISCA Requirements Credit

Relevant section of the CEMP

Requirement *

Other Relevant Information / Comments

Sustainability and leadership commitment MAN-1 Level 1

Commitments to mitigating negative environmental, cultural, social and economic impacts

Sections 1.1 and 1.8

Also refer to the Sustainability Management Plan

MAN-1 Level 1

Commitments embedded into sustainability objectives/and or targets

Sections 1.1 and 1.8

Also refer to the Sustainability Management Plan

Risk and opportunity management MAN-2 Level 2

Environmental, cultural, social and economic risks and opportunities are assessed

Sections 3.2 and 4.3

MAN-2 Level 1

The risk assessment is updated at least annually

Sections 1.1, 3.2.1, 5.7

Also refer to the Sustainability Opportunities Register

Organisational structure, roles and responsibilities MAN-3 Level 1

Members of the senior management team has central responsibility for managing sustainability

Section 4.1

Also refer to the Sustainability Management Plan

MAN-3 Level 2

A principle participant in the project team is an IS Accredited Professional

Sections 1.8 and 4.1.2

Also refer to the IS accreditation records and meeting minutes

MAN-3 Level 3

Independent sustainability professional is engaged to monitor and review sustainability performance

Section 1.8 and 4.1.2

Also refer to the Sustainability Management Plan and Audit Schedule

Inspection and Auditing MAN-4 Level 2

Internal environmental and sustainability inspections undertaken weekly

Sections 4.1.2 and 5.2

Also refer to the Sustainability Management Plan and Audit Schedule

MAN-4 Level 2

Internal environmental and sustainability audits completed at least quarterly

Section 5.3

Also refer to the Sustainability Management Plan and Audit Schedule

Page 114

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station

Credit

Requirement *

Relevant section of the CEMP

Other Relevant Information / Comments

MAN-4 Level 2

External environmental and sustainability audits completed at least annually

Section 5.3

Also refer to the Sustainability Management Plan and Audit Schedule

Reporting and review MAN-5 Level 2

Plans demonstrate how improvements and/or changes have been made to the management systems as a result of management review

Sections 4.3.11 and 5.7

Also refer to the Communication and Consultation Plan

Knowledge sharing MAN-6 Level 3

There is a knowledge sharing process in place that encourages sharing of sustainability knowledge across the project, to parent organisations, key stakeholders and to the wider industry

Sections 4.3.11, 4.3.10 and 5.1

Also refer to the Communication and Consultation Plan, the Sustainability Management Plan and the Social Impact and Business Disruption Delivery Work Plan

MAN-6 Level 3

Sustainability knowledge sharing initiatives extend beyond project boundaries and key stakeholder boundaries to the wider industry.

Sections 4.3.11, 4.3.10 and 5.1

Also refer to the Communication and Consultation Plan and the Social Impact and Business Disruption Delivery Work Plan

MAN-6 Level 3

Sustainability knowledge sharing includes ‘mistakes’ as well as ‘good practices’.

Sections 4.3.11 and 5.1

Also refer to the Communication and Consultation Plan

Receiving Water Quality DIS-1 Level 1

Measures to minimise adverse impacts to receiving wai environmental values during construction and operation have been identified and implemented. These measures demonstrate an awareness of the values of wai ora and its Mauri, and opportunity for mana whenua feedback has been provided and where practicable incorporated into these measures. AND Monitoring of wai discharges and receiving wai is undertaken at appropriate intervals and at times of discharge during construction.

Sections 4.3.2,4.3.8, 4.3.12, 4.4 and 5.1

Also refer to the Erosion and Sediment Control Plan, Emergency Spill Response Plan, Contamination Delivery Work Plan and the Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan

DIS-2 Level 2

Monitoring and modelling of wai discharges and receiving wai

Sections 4.3.2 and 5.1

Also refer to Erosion and Sediment Control Plan

Page 115

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station

Credit

Requirement *

Relevant section of the CEMP

Other Relevant Information / Comments

Sections 4.3.2 and 5.1

Also refer to the Sustainability Management Plan

demonstrates no adverse impact on receiving wai environmental values. The infrastructure does not increase peak stormwater flows for rainfall events of up to a 1.5 year ARI event discharge DIS-3 Level 3

Opportunities to improve receiving wai environmental values have been identified and implemented. Monitoring and modelling demonstrates improvement of receiving wai environmental values

Noise DIS-2 Level 1

Measures to mitigate noise during construction and operation have been identified and implemented

Section 4.3.4

Also refer to the Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan and Site Specific Construction Noise Management Plans

DIS-2 Level 1

Monitoring of noise is undertaken at appropriate intervals and in respons to complaints during construction.

Section 4.3.4

Also refer to the Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan and Site Specific Construction Vibration Management Plans

DIS-2 Level 2

For construction, modelling and monitoring demonstrates no recurring or major divergences from the noise management process in ISCA approved noise guidelines.

Section 4.3.4

Also refer to the Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan and Site Specific Construction Vibration Management Plans

For operation, modelling demonstrates no recurring or major exceedances of noise goals. Vibration DIS-3 Level 1

Measures to mitigate vibration during construction and operation have been identified and implemented

Section 4.3.4

Also refer to the Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan and Site Specific Construction Vibration Management Plans

DIS-3 Level 1

Monitoring of vibration is undertaken at appropriate intervals and in response to complaints during construction.

Section 4.3.4

Also refer to the Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan and Site Specific Construction Vibration Management Plans

DIS-3 Level 1

For construction, modelling and monitoring demonstrates no exceedances of vibration goals for structural damage to buildings and structures.

Sections 4.3.4, 4.3.6 and Appendix M

Also refer to the Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan and the Historic Character Delivery Work Plan (Built Heritage)

Page 116

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station

Credit

Requirement *

Relevant section of the CEMP

Other Relevant Information / Comments

DIS-3 Level 2

For operation, modelling demonstrates no recurring or major exceedances of vibration goals for human comfort criteria. No physical damage has been caused to any buildings or structures by vibration caused by construction.

Sections 4.3.4 and 4.3.6

Also refer to the Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan and Historic Character Delivery Work Plan (Built Heritage)

Air Quality DIS-4 Level 1

Measures to minimise adverse impacts to local air quality during construction have been identified and implemented

Section 4.3.9

Also refer to the Air Quality Delivery Work Plan

DIS-4 Level 1

Monitoring of air emissions and/or air quality is undertaken at appropriate intervals and in response to complaints during construction

Section 4.3.9

Also refer to the Air Quality Delivery Work Plan

DIS-4 Level 2

Monitoring and modelling demonstrates no recurring or major exceedances of air emission or air quality goals

Section 4.3.9

Also refer to the Air Quality Delivery Work Plan

Light Pollution DIS-5 Level 1

Measures to prevent light spill during construction and operation have been identified and implemented

Section 4.3.5

DIS-5 Level 1

The lighting design for operation prevents horizontal light spill through compliance with the numerical limits for obtrusive light in Tables 2.1 and 2.2 of AS4282.

Section 4.3.5

Energy and carbon monitoring and reduction ENE-1 Level 1

Monitoring and modelling of energy use and GHG emissions and actions taken to reduce them is undertaken

Section 4.3.17

Also refer to Sustainability Management Plan

ENE 1 Level 2-3

Monitoring demonstrates at least 25% reduction in construction GHG emissions. And a reduction of at least 20% reduction in “significant” scope 3 emissions.

Section 4.3.17

Also refer to Sustainability Management Plan

Use of renewable energy ENE-2 Level 1

Page 117

Opportunities for the use of renewable energy fully investigated.

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Section 4.3.17

Also refer to Sustainability Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station

Credit

Relevant section of the CEMP

Requirement *

Other Relevant Information / Comments

Wai (water) use, monitoring and reduction WAT-1 Level 1-2

Monitoring of water use is undertaken. There is at least 5% reduction compared to the base case footprint.

Section 4.3.18

Also refer to Sustainability Management Plan

Replace potable wai (water) WAT-2 Level 1

Monitoring demonstrates that some proportion of total wai use is from non-potable sources (substituting for potable).

Sections 4.3.2, 4.3.18

Also refer to Sustainability Management Plan and the Erosion and Sediment Control Plan

Materials lifecycle impact measurement and reduction MAT-1 Level 1

Monitoring and modelling of material lifecycle impacts are undertaken using the Materials Calculator and demonstrates a reduction in materials lifecycle impacts of at least 15% compared to a base case footprint.

Section 4.3.19

Also refer to Sustainability Management Plan

Environmentally labelled products and supply chains MAT-2 Level 1

A Percentage of Materials/products have an ISCA approved environmental label.

Section 4.3.19

Also refer to Sustainability Management Plan

Crime Prevention HEA-2 Level 2

The likelihood of crime prevention has been reduced through the implementation of CPTED guidelines, in design, construction and operation, including temporary construction diversions and lighting. All tunnels or underpasses have end to end visibility.

Section 2.7

Heritage assessment and management HER-1 Level 1

Measures to minimise the adverse impacts to heritage during construction have been identified and implemented

Section 4.3.6

Also refer to the Historic Heritage Delivery Work Plan

HER-1 Level 1

Community heritage values have been identified through consultation and integrated into studies.

Section 4.3.6

Also refer to the Historic Heritage Delivery Work Plan

Stakeholder engagement strategy Page 118

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station

Credit

Requirement *

Relevant section of the CEMP

Other Relevant Information / Comments

STA-1 Level 1

A comprehensive stakeholder management strategy is developed

Sections 4.3.10 and 4.3.11

Also refer to the Communication and Consultation Plan and Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP

STA-1 Level 2

The community is informed of the draft strategy and provided an opportunity to give feedback. Community feedback is documented and used to guide completion of the final strategy.

Sections 1.4, 4.3.11 and Appendix N

Also refer to the Communication and Consultation Plan

STA -1 Level 2

The strategy is implemented, and formal monitoring, evaluation and corrective action is undertaken.

Sections 1.4, 4.3.11, 5.1

Also refer to the Communication and Consultation Plan

STA-3 Level 1

The community has been provided with information that: - was provided in a timely manner - supported community participation - was meaningful and relevant - was accessible This has been verified by internal management/reviews/audits or community feedback with 65%80% support

Sections 1.4, 4.3.11

Also refer to the Communication and Consultation Plan

STA-3 Level 2

The community has been provided with information that: -was provided in a timely manner - supported community participation - was meaningful and relevant - was accessible And this has been verified by independent reviews/audits or community feedback with >80% support

Sections 1.4, 4.3.11

Also refer to the Communication and Consultation Plan

Site planning URB-1 Level 1

Page 119

An urban and landscape design plan is developed and implemented that includes the following: 1. Site analysis; 2. Vision and objectives for the infrastructure; 3. Site planning; and 4. Strategies that respond to:

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Section 4.3.7

Also refer to the Urban Design Delivery Work Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan â€“ Aotea Station

Credit

Requirement *

Relevant section of the CEMP

a. the relevant People and Place principles outlined in the New Zealand Urban Design Protocol (NZUDP) or b. other ISCA approved guidelines

* Refer to ISCA Rating Tool for full details of the requirement

Page 120

| Construction Environmental Management Plan

Other Relevant Information / Comments